From quaid at fedoraproject.org Mon Dec 1 15:24:17 2008 From: quaid at fedoraproject.org (Karsten Wade) Date: Mon, 1 Dec 2008 15:24:17 +0000 (UTC) Subject: en_US/Installation_notes.xml Message-ID: <20081201152417.BAF1C1203AD@lists.fedorahosted.org> en_US/Installation_notes.xml | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) New commits: commit beefb91980de0d295fbc3defefdc81d6f4dc6956 Author: Karsten Wade Date: Mon Dec 1 07:15:32 2008 -0800 fixing bug 473324 diff --git a/en_US/Installation_notes.xml b/en_US/Installation_notes.xml index 87dbde8..6d80a22 100644 --- a/en_US/Installation_notes.xml +++ b/en_US/Installation_notes.xml @@ -4,10 +4,11 @@
Installation notes - To learn how to install Fedora, refer to <ulink - url="http://docs.fedoraproject.org/install-guide/"/> + <title>To learn how to install Fedora, refer to to the Fedora Installation Guide + Refer to for full instructions on installing Fedora. If you encounter a problem or have a question during installation that is not covered in these release notes, refer to and en_US/other-instmethods.xml | 12 ++++++++++-- 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) New commits: commit 918fc10e53b436c4a71cc5fbb623b3ca59d64daf Author: Paul W. Frields Date: Tue Dec 2 11:55:54 2008 -0500 Use a leading slash for HD install method diff --git a/en_US/other-instmethods.xml b/en_US/other-instmethods.xml index ea027b9..d6d8663 100644 --- a/en_US/other-instmethods.xml +++ b/en_US/other-instmethods.xml @@ -170,15 +170,23 @@ VFAT, NTFS D:\ D:\Downloads\&FCX;&FCVER; - Downloads/&FCX;&FCVER; + /Downloads/&FCX;&FCVER; ext2, ext3 /home /home/user1/&FCX;&FCVER; - user1/&FCX;&FCVER; + /user1/&FCX;&FCVER; + + Use a leading slash + + Use a leading slash character (/) to start the directory path. + An entry without a leading slash may cause the installation to + fail. + + Select OK to continue. Proceed with . From transif at fedoraproject.org Wed Dec 3 22:28:07 2008 From: transif at fedoraproject.org (Transifex System User) Date: Wed, 3 Dec 2008 22:28:07 +0000 (UTC) Subject: Branch 'f10' - po/fr.po Message-ID: <20081203222807.0A1E81203C6@lists.fedorahosted.org> po/fr.po | 38 ++++++++++++++++++++------------------ 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-) New commits: commit 6b13516be3664a6b3707a22aa1fdb3543a168977 Author: PabloMartin-Gomez Date: Wed Dec 3 22:28:01 2008 +0000 Fix for bug (rh) #473957 Transmitted-via: Transifex (translate.fedoraproject.org) diff --git a/po/fr.po b/po/fr.po index e6ee392..4b63b45 100644 --- a/po/fr.po +++ b/po/fr.po @@ -2497,14 +2497,14 @@ msgid "" "default 4MiB:" msgstr "" "Genesi Pegasos II / Efika 5200B -- Le noyau de Fedora prend ?? la fois en " -"charge le Pegasos et l'Efika sans devoir utiliser le ????Device Tree Supplement " -"?? de powerdeveloper.org. Cependant, le manque de prise en charge pour " -"l'ISO9660 dans le firmware signifie que d??marrer sur le CD avec ?? yaboot est " -"impossible. D??marrez l'image ????netboot???? ?? la place, soit depuis le CD ou " -"depuis le r??seau. A cause de la taille de l'image, vous devez configurer la " -"variable du firmware de mani??re ?? pouvoir charger " -"les fichiers dans des adresses ??lev??es telles que 32Mo au lieu des 4Mo par " -"d??faut??:" +"charge le Pegasos et l'Efika sans devoir utiliser le ????Device Tree " +"Supplement ?? de powerdeveloper.org. Cependant, le manque de prise en charge " +"pour l'ISO9660 dans le firmware signifie que d??marrer sur le CD avec ?? " +"yaboot est impossible. D??marrez l'image ????netboot???? ?? la place, soit depuis " +"le CD ou depuis le r??seau. A cause de la taille de l'image, vous devez " +"configurer la variable du firmware de mani??re ?? " +"pouvoir charger les fichiers dans des adresses ??lev??es telles que 32Mo au " +"lieu des 4Mo par d??faut??:" #: en_US/PPC_specifics_for_Fedora.xml:116(userinput) #, no-wrap @@ -2588,11 +2588,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Pour une installation sur la PlayStation 3, mettez d'abord ?? jour son " "firmware vers la version 1.60 ou plus r??cente. Le chargeur de d??marrage " -"????OtherOS???? doit ??tre install?? sur la m??moire flash, d'apr??s les instructions " -"disponibles depuis . Une image appropri??e du chargeur de d??marrage peut ??tre " -"trouv??e sur le CD ????ADDON???? de Sony disponible sur ." +"????OtherOS???? doit ??tre install?? sur la m??moire flash, d'apr??s les " +"instructions disponibles depuis . Une image appropri??e du chargeur de d??marrage " +"peut ??tre trouv??e sur le CD ????ADDON???? de Sony disponible sur ." #: en_US/PPC_specifics_for_Fedora.xml:162(para) msgid "" @@ -5542,10 +5542,10 @@ msgid "" "larger than 16 TiB." msgstr "" "Fedora 9 a d??but?? par un aper??u g??n??ral du support ext4. Fedora 10 propose " -"un e2fsprogs enti??rement compatible-est4. De plus, " -"l'??cran de partition d'Anacondae2fsprogs enti??rement compatible avec ext4. De plus, " +"l'??cran de partition d'Anaconda poss??de une option " "syst??me de fichiers ext4 de disponible si vous lancez le programme " -"d'installation par l'option lorsque vous y ??tes " +"d'installation avec l'option lorsque vous y ??tes " "invit??s au d??marrage. Fedora 10 fournit ??galement une allocation diff??r??e " "pour ext4. Cependant, ext4 ne prend pas actuellement en charge des syst??mes " "de fichiers de plus de 16 t??raoctets dans Fedora 10." @@ -8839,8 +8839,10 @@ msgstr "" #~ "nspluginwrapper.x86_64, et libflashsupport." #~ "i386 : " -#~ msgid "su -c 'yum install nspluginwrapper.{i386,x86_64} libflashsupport.i386'" -#~ msgstr "su -c 'yum install nspluginwrapper.{i386,x86_64} libflashsupport.i386'" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "su -c 'yum install nspluginwrapper.{i386,x86_64} libflashsupport.i386'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "su -c 'yum install nspluginwrapper.{i386,x86_64} libflashsupport.i386'" #~ msgid "" #~ "Install flash-plugin after nspluginwrapper." From transif at fedoraproject.org Mon Dec 8 00:19:45 2008 From: transif at fedoraproject.org (Transifex System User) Date: Mon, 8 Dec 2008 00:19:45 +0000 (UTC) Subject: po/de.po Message-ID: <20081208001945.1C08F120318@lists.fedorahosted.org> po/de.po | 236 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------------- 1 file changed, 120 insertions(+), 116 deletions(-) New commits: commit 031a49d0b9fc7a4fa6411c73732dc7d221df8363 Author: Fabian Affolter Date: Mon Dec 8 00:19:42 2008 +0000 Updated German translation Transmitted-via: Transifex (translate.fedoraproject.org) diff --git a/po/de.po b/po/de.po index c3c61bb..44a25e7 100644 --- a/po/de.po +++ b/po/de.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: install-guide.HEAD.de\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-07-25 19:59-0400\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-12 10:16+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-08 01:18+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Fabian Affolter \n" "Language-Team: German \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "Viele Fehler behoben" #: en_US/rpm-info.xml:37(details) msgid "Add information on upgrading a distribution" -msgstr "Informationen ??ber das Aktualisieren der Distribution hinuzgef??gt" +msgstr "Informationen ??ber das Aktualisieren der Distribution hinzugef??gt" #: en_US/welcome.xml:15(title) msgid "Welcome Dialog" @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ msgstr "Aktualisieren eines bestehenden Systems" #: en_US/upgrading.xml:18(para) msgid "The installation system automatically detects any existing installation of Fedora. The upgrade process updates the existing system software with new versions, but does not remove any data from users' home directories. The existing partition structure on your hard drives does not change. Your system configuration changes only if a package upgrade demands it. Most package upgrades do not change system configuration, but rather install an additional configuration file for you to examine later." -msgstr "Das Installationssystem erkennt automatisch ein bereits installiertes Fedora-System. Der Aktualisierungsprozess aktualisiert die bestehende Software auf neue Versionen, entfernt aber keine Dateien aus den Home-Verzeichnissen der Benutzer. Die bestehende Struktur der Partitionen auf Ihrer Festplatte bleibt ebenfalls bestehen. Die Konfiguration Ihres Systems wird nur dann ge??ndert, wenn eine Paket-Aktualisierung es erforderlich macht. Die meisten Paket-Aktualisierungen ??ndern die System-Konfiguration nicht, sondern installieren eine zus??tzliche Konfigurationsdatei, welche sp??ter dann begutachtet werden kann. " +msgstr "Das Installationssystem erkennt automatisch ein bereits installiertes Fedora-System. Der Aktualisierungsprozess aktualisiert die bestehende Software auf neue Versionen, entfernt aber keine Dateien aus den Heim-Verzeichnissen der Benutzer. Die bestehende Struktur der Partitionen auf Ihrer Festplatte bleibt ebenfalls bestehen. Die Konfiguration Ihres Systems wird nur dann ge??ndert, wenn eine Paket-Aktualisierung es erforderlich macht. Die meisten Paket-Aktualisierungen ??ndern die System-Konfiguration nicht, sondern installieren eine zus??tzliche Konfigurationsdatei, welche sp??ter dann begutachtet werden kann. " #: en_US/upgrading.xml:30(title) msgid "Upgrade Examine" @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ msgstr "Speicherverwaltung" #: en_US/techref.xml:63(para) msgid "LVMdocumentation Logical Volume Management (LVM) provides administrators with a range of facilities to manage storage. By default, the Fedora installation process formats drives as LVM volumes. Refer to for more information." -msgstr "LVMDokumentation Logical Volume Management (LVM) bietet Administratoren eine Reihe von M??glichkeiten den Speicher zu verwalten. Standardm??ssig formatiert der Fedora-Installations-Prozess die Laufwerke als LVM-Volumen. Wenden Sie sich an um mehr Informationen zu erhalten." +msgstr "LVMDokumentation Logical Volume Management (LVM) bietet Administratoren eine Reihe von M??glichkeiten den Speicher zu verwalten. Standardm??ssig formatiert der Fedora-Installationsprozess die Laufwerke als LVM-Volumen. Wenden Sie sich an um mehr Informationen zu erhalten." #: en_US/techref.xml:78(term) msgid "Audio Support" @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ msgstr "Fedora und anaconda beinhalten VN #: en_US/techref.xml:128(term) msgid "Command-line Interface" -msgstr "Befehlszeilen-Schnitstelle" +msgstr "Befehlszeilen-Schnittstelle" #: en_US/techref.xml:130(para) msgid "By default, Fedora uses the GNU bash shell to provide a command-line interface. The GNU Core Utilities complete the command-line environment. Refer to for more information on bash. To learn more about the GNU Core Utilities, refer to ." @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ msgstr "Virtualisierung" #: en_US/techref.xml:225(para) msgid "Virtualizationdocumentation Virtualization provides the capability to simultaneously run multiple operating systems on the same computer. Fedora also includes tools to install and manage the secondary systems on a Fedora host. You may select virtualization support during the installation process, or at any time thereafter. Refer to for more information." -msgstr "VirtualisierungDokumentation Virtualisierung stellt die M??glichkeit zum simultanen Laufenlassen von verschiedenen Betriebssystemen auf dem gleichen Computer. Fedora also includes tools to install and manage the secondary systems on a Fedora host. You may select virtualization support during the installation process, or at any time thereafter. Refer to for more information." +msgstr "VirtualisierungDokumentation Virtualisierung stellt die M??glichkeit zum simultanen Laufenlassen von verschiedenen Betriebssystemen auf dem gleichen Computer. Fedora enth??lt Werkzeuge zum Installieren und Verwalten eines zweites Systems auf einem Fedora-Host. Sie k??nnen die Virtualisierungs-Unterst??tzung w??hrend des Installationsprozesses oder zu jedem sp??teren Zeitpunkt ausw??hlen. Lesen Sie f??r mehr Informationen." #: en_US/rootpassword.xml:16(title) msgid "Set the Root Password" @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ msgstr "Das root-Passwort festlegen" #: en_US/rootpassword.xml:18(para) msgid "Fedora uses a special account named root accountroot for system administration. The root account on a Linux system is not subject to most normal account restrictions. As the system owner or administrator, you may sometimes require special privileges to configure or modify the system. In those cases, use the root account." -msgstr "Fedora nutzt ein spezielles Konto namens root accountroot zur Systemadministration. Das Konto root auf einem Linux-System unterliegt nicht den ??blichen Beschr??nkungen f??r Konten. Als Eigent??mer oder Administrator des Systems ben??tigen Sie manchmal besondere Rechte, um das System zu konfigurieren oder zu ver??ndern. In diesen F??llen nutzen Sie das Konto root." +msgstr "Fedora nutzt ein spezielles Konto namens root-Kontoroot zur Systemadministration. Das Konto root auf einem Linux-System unterliegt nicht den ??blichen Beschr??nkungen f??r Konten. Als Eigent??mer oder Administrator des Systems ben??tigen Sie manchmal besondere Rechte, um das System zu konfigurieren oder zu ver??ndern. In diesen F??llen nutzen Sie das Konto root." #: en_US/rootpassword.xml:32(title) msgid "Using the root Account" @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ msgstr "Iwtb,10^th" #: en_US/rootpassword.xml:93(para) msgid "Enter the root password into the Root Password field. Fedora displays the characters as asterisks for security. Type the same password into the Confirm field to ensure it is set correctly. After you set the root password, select Next to proceed." -msgstr "Geben Sie das root-Passwort in das Feld Root Password ein. Aus Sicherheitsgr??nden zeigt Fedora die einzelnen Buchstaben als Sternchen an. Geben Sie das selbe Passwort nochmals in das Feld Confirm ein, um sicherzustellen, dass Ihnen bei der Eingabe keine Fehler unterlaufen sind. Klicken Sie nun Next, um fortzufahren." +msgstr "Geben Sie das root-Passwort in das Feld root-Passwort ein. Aus Sicherheitsgr??nden zeigt Fedora die einzelnen Buchstaben als Sternchen an. Geben Sie das selbe Passwort nochmals in das Feld Best??tigen ein, um sicherzustellen, dass Ihnen bei der Eingabe keine Fehler unterlaufen sind. Klicken Sie nun Weiter, um fortzufahren." #: en_US/pxe-server.xml:14(title) msgid "Setting Up an Installation Server" @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ msgstr "Spieglen eines Netzwerk-Ortes" #: en_US/pxe-server.xml:100(para) msgid "If you do not have discs or ISO images for a distribution, you can use cobbler to create an installation server. The cobbler command can fetch the distribution over the network as part of the import process." -msgstr "Wenn Sie keine Datentr??gen oder ISO-Abbilder f??r die Distribution haben, k??nnen Sie cobbler benutzen, zur Erzeugung eines Installationsserver. Der cobbler-Befehl kann die Distribution ??ber das Netzwerk beziehen als Teil des Import-Ablaufes." +msgstr "Wenn Sie keine Datentr??ger oder ISO-Abbilder f??r die Distribution haben, k??nnen Sie cobbler benutzen, zur Erzeugung eines Installationsserver. Der cobbler-Befehl kann die Distribution ??ber das Netzwerk beziehen als Teil des Import-Ablaufes." #: en_US/pxe-server.xml:105(para) msgid "Locate the distribution on the network. The location may be on the local network or reached at a remote site via FTP, HTTP, or rsync protocols. Note the URI, which will be in one of the following forms:" @@ -641,15 +641,15 @@ msgstr "Firewall-??berlegungen" #: en_US/pxe-server.xml:183(para) msgid "Depending on your server's configuration, you may need to use the system-config-securitylevel command to permit access to some or all of these network services:" -msgstr "Je nach Konfiguration Ihres Servers m??ssen Sie eventuell den Befehl system-config-securitylevel nutzen, um den Zugang zu einigen oder allen dieser Netzwerkdienste zu erlauben:" +msgstr "Je nach Konfiguration Ihres Servers m??ssen Sie eventuell den Befehl system-config-firewall nutzen, um den Zugang zu einigen oder allen dieser Netzwerkdienste zu erlauben:" #: en_US/pxe-server.xml:189(para) msgid "67 or bootps, for the DHCP/BOOTP server" -msgstr "67 oder bootps, f??r den DHCP/BOOTP Server" +msgstr "67 oder bootps, f??r den DHCP/BOOTP-Server" #: en_US/pxe-server.xml:192(para) msgid "69 or tftp, for providing the PXE loader" -msgstr "69 oder tftp, f??r Bereitstellung des PXE Lader" +msgstr "69 oder tftp, f??r Bereitstellung des PXE-Lader" #: en_US/pxe-server.xml:195(para) msgid "80 or http, if the cobbler server is to provide HTTP installation service" @@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ msgstr "Eine Fedora-Rettungs-CD" #: en_US/preparing-media.xml:39(para) msgid "A Fedora boot-only CD" -msgstr "Eine Fedora Nur-Boot-CD" +msgstr "Eine Fedora-nur-Start-CD" #: en_US/preparing-media.xml:43(para) msgid "For instructions to download and prepare this CD or DVD installation media, refer to . If you already have the full set of Fedora installation media, skip to ." @@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ msgstr "Um Fedora zu installieren, m??ssen Sie das Boot- und Installationsmedium #: en_US/preparing-media.xml:65(para) msgid "You may use the first CD or DVD installation disc from the complete Fedora distribution to boot your computer. The Fedora distribution also includes image files for boot-only CD or DVD media and USB media. You can convert these files into bootable media using standard Linux utilities or third-party programs on other operating systems." -msgstr "Sie k??nnen die erste Installations-CD oder die DVD Ihrer Fedora-Distribution nutzen, um den Rechner zu starten. Die Fedora-Distribution enth??lt dar??ber hinaus image files zur Erstellung von CDs, DVDs oder USB-Medien zum Starten des Computers. Sie k??nnen diese mithilfe von Linux-Bordmitteln oder Software von Drittanbeitern auf anderen Betriebssystemen bootf??hig machen." +msgstr "Sie k??nnen die erste Installations-CD oder die DVD Ihrer Fedora-Distribution nutzen, um den Rechner zu starten. Die Fedora-Distribution enth??lt dar??ber hinaus Abbild-Dateien zur Erstellung von CDs, DVDs oder USB-Medien zum Starten des Computers. Sie k??nnen diese mithilfe von Linux-Bordmitteln oder Software von Drittanbietern auf anderen Betriebssystemen bootf??hig machen." #: en_US/preparing-media.xml:73(para) msgid "You may boot your computer with boot-only media, and load the installation system from another source to continue the process. The types of installation source for Fedora include:" @@ -737,11 +737,11 @@ msgstr "Festplatte, entweder per USB angeschlossen oder intern im Rechner" #: en_US/preparing-media.xml:91(para) msgid "network installation server, using either HTTP, FTP, or NFS" -msgstr "Netzwerk Installationsserver, entweder HTTP, FTP oder NFS nutzend" +msgstr "Netzwerk-Installationsserver, entweder HTTP, FTP oder NFS" #: en_US/preparing-media.xml:97(para) msgid "You can use this facility to install Fedora on machines without using installation discs. For example, you may install Fedora on a laptop with no CD or DVD drive by booting the machine with a USB pen drive, and then using a hard drive as an installation source." -msgstr "Sie k??nnen diese Einrichtung nutzen, um Fedora ohne Nutzung von Installationsdisks auf Computers zu installieren. Zum Beispiel k??nnen Sie Fedora auf einem tragbaren Computer ohne CD- oder DVD-Laufwerk installieren, indem Sie die Maschine mit einem USB-Speicherstift starten und dann eine Festplatte als Installationsquelle nutzen." +msgstr "Sie k??nnen diese Einrichtung nutzen, um Fedora ohne Nutzung von Installations-Disks auf Computers zu installieren. Zum Beispiel k??nnen Sie Fedora auf einem tragbaren Computer ohne CD- oder DVD-Laufwerk installieren, indem Sie die Maschine mit einem USB-Speicherstift starten und dann eine Festplatte als Installationsquelle nutzen." #: en_US/preparing-media.xml:104(para) msgid "The supported boot media for Fedora include:" @@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ msgstr "Vorbereiten des CD- oder DVD-Mediums " #: en_US/preparing-media.xml:138(para) msgid "The images/boot.iso file on the first Fedora installation disc is a boot image designed for CD and DVD media. This file also appears on FTP and Web sites providing Fedora. You can also find this file on mirror sites in the Fedora distribution directory for your particular architecture." -msgstr "Die Datei images/boot.iso auf der ersten Fedora-Installations-CD ist ein f??r CDs oder DVDs ausgelegtes Boot-Abbild. Diese Datei findet sich ebenfalls auf FTP-Servern oder Webseiten, die Fedora bereitstellen. Sie k??nnen diese Datei zudem auf Spiegelungs-Servern im Fedora-Distributionsverzeichnis f??r Ihre bestimmte Architektur finden." +msgstr "Die Datei images/boot.iso auf der ersten Fedora-Installations-CD ist ein f??r CDs oder DVDs ausgelegtes Boot-Abbild. Diese Datei findet sich ebenfalls auf FTP-Servern oder Webseiten, die Fedora bereitstellen. Sie k??nnen diese Datei zudem auf Spiegel-Servern im Fedora-Distributionsverzeichnis f??r Ihre bestimmte Architektur finden." #: en_US/preparing-media.xml:146(para) msgid "The Fedora distribution is also downloadable as a set of CD-sized ISO image files or a single DVD-sized ISO image file. You can record these files to CD or DVD using a CD or DVD burning program on your current operating system:" @@ -791,6 +791,7 @@ msgstr "Brennen Sie mit der installierten CD- oder DVD-Brennsoftware ein ISO-Abb msgid "Apple Mac OS X" msgstr "Apple Mac OS X" +# Dies hat grundlegend ge??ndert. #: en_US/preparing-media.xml:171(para) msgid "Open the Disk Utility application, found in the /Applications/Utilities folder. Select FileOpen Disk Image and select the ISO image. From the list of volumes, select the item representing the ISO image. Select Burn and follow the instructions." msgstr "??ffnen Sie die Anwendung Disk Utility, die Sie im Verzeichnis /Applications/Utilities finden. W??hlen Sie DateiAbbild ??ffnen und w??hlen Sie das ISO-Abbild aus. W??hlen Sie aus der Liste das Laufwerk aus, das das ISO-Abbild zeigt. W??hlen Sie Brennen und folgen Sie den Anweisungen." @@ -801,7 +802,7 @@ msgstr "Linux-Betriebssysteme" #: en_US/preparing-media.xml:188(para) msgid "If you are using a recent version of the GNOME desktop environment, right-click the ISO image file and choose Write to disc. If you are using a recent version of the KDE desktop environment, use K3B and select ToolsBurn CD Image, or ToolsBurn DVD ISO Image if appropriate. The following command line works for many other environments:" -msgstr "Wenn Sie eine aktuelle Version der GNOME Desktop Umgebung einsetzen, machen Sie einen Rechtsklick auf die ISO-Datei und w??hlen Sie Auf Disk schreiben aus. Wenn Sie eine aktuelle Version der KDE Desktop Umgebung einsetzen, benutzen Sie K3Bund w??hlen WerkzeugeCD Image brennen oder WerkzeugeDVD ISO Image brennen, wenn angebracht. Die folgende Kommandozeile funktioniert f??r viele andere Umgebungen: " +msgstr "Wenn Sie eine aktuelle Version der GNOME-Desktop-Umgebung einsetzen, machen Sie einen Rechtsklick auf die ISO-Datei und w??hlen Sie Auf Disk schreiben aus. Wenn Sie eine aktuelle Version der KDE-Desktop-Umgebung einsetzen, benutzen Sie K3Bund w??hlen WerkzeugeCD Image brennen oder WerkzeugeDVD ISO Image brennen, wenn angebracht. Die folgende Kommandozeile funktioniert f??r viele andere Umgebungen: " #: en_US/preparing-media.xml:202(replaceable) msgid "cdwriter-device" @@ -846,7 +847,7 @@ msgstr "Es existieren verschiedene Softwarewerkzeuge f??r Windows und Linux, die #: en_US/preparing-media.xml:252(para) msgid "The dd utility requires you to specify the device file that corresponds to the physical media. The name of the device file matches the name assigned to the device by your system. All device files appear in the directory /dev/. For example, /dev/sda denotes the first USB, SATA, or SCSI device that is attached to the system." -msgstr "Das Werkzeug dd erfordert, dass Sie die Ger??tedatei angeben, die sich auf das physische Medium bezieht. Der Name der Ger??tedatei entspricht dem Namen, der dem Ger??t auf Ohrem System zugewiesen wurde. Alle Ger??tedateien finden Sie im Verzeichnis /dev/. Zum Beispiel bezeichnet /dev/sda das erste USB-, SATA- oder SCSI-Ger??t, das an das System angeschlossen ist." +msgstr "Das Werkzeug dd erfordert, dass Sie die Ger??tedatei angeben, die sich auf das physische Medium bezieht. Der Name der Ger??tedatei entspricht dem Namen, der dem Ger??t auf Ihrem System zugewiesen wurde. Alle Ger??tedateien finden Sie im Verzeichnis /dev/. Zum Beispiel bezeichnet /dev/sda das erste USB-, SATA- oder SCSI-Ger??t, das an das System angeschlossen ist." #: en_US/preparing-media.xml:262(para) msgid "To learn the name that your system assigns to the media:" @@ -881,7 +882,7 @@ msgstr "Verwendung des Device Mappers" #: en_US/preparing-media.xml:292(para) msgid "On Fedora 5 and later systems, it may be easier to find the right device name by examining the /dev/disk/ directory. Use the command ls -l /dev/disk/by-id/ to see the disk devices collated by model and device name." -msgstr "Auf einem Fedora Core 5 und sp??teren Systemen kann es einfacher sein, das richtige Medium durch Untersuchen des Verzeichnis /dev/disk/ zu finden. Benutzen Sie den Befehl ls -l /dev/disk/by-id/, um die nach Modell und Ger??te-Namen angeordenten Disk-Ger??te zu sehen." +msgstr "Auf einem Fedora Core 5 und sp??teren Systemen kann es einfacher sein, das richtige Medium durch Untersuchen des Verzeichnis /dev/disk/ zu finden. Benutzen Sie den Befehl ls -l /dev/disk/by-id/, um die nach Modell und Ger??te-Namen angeordneten Disk-Ger??te zu sehen." #: en_US/preparing-media.xml:302(para) msgid "Unmount the media. On a Fedora system, right-click the icon that corresponds to the media, and select Unmount Volume. Alternatively, enter this command in a terminal window:" @@ -938,7 +939,7 @@ msgstr "Falls Sie von einem Fedora-Live-Abbild installieren, k??nnen Sie keine P #: en_US/packageselection.xml:27(para) msgid "By default, the Fedora installation process loads a selection of software that is suitable for a desktop system. To include or remove software for common tasks, select the relevant items from the list:" -msgstr "Per Standard l??dt der Installationsprozess von Fedora eine Auswahl von Software, die f??r ein Desktopsystem angemessen ist. Um Software f??r g??ngige Aufgaben einzuschlie??en oder auszulassen, w??hlen Sie die entsprechenden Objekte von der Liste:" +msgstr "Per Standard l??dt der Installationsprozess von Fedora eine Auswahl von Software, die f??r ein Desktopsystem angemessen ist. Um Software f??r g??ngige Aufgaben einzuschliessen oder auszulassen, w??hlen Sie die entsprechenden Objekte von der Liste:" #: en_US/packageselection.xml:34(term) msgid "Office and Productivity" @@ -978,7 +979,7 @@ msgstr "Das Software-Repository von Fedora ist automatisch f??r Sie ausgew??hlt. #: en_US/packageselection.xml:82(para) msgid "To include software from repositories other than the Fedora package collection, select Add additional software repositories. You may provide the location of a repository of third-party software. Depending on the configuration of that repository, you may be able to select non-Fedora software during installation." -msgstr "Um Software von anderen Repositories als der Fedora-Paketsammlung einzuschlie??en, w??hlen Sie Weitere Software-Repositories hinzuf??gen. Sie k??nnen den Ort eines Repositories oder der Software eines Drittanbieters angeben. Je nach Konfiguration dieses Repositories k??nnen Sie w??hrend der Installation Fedora-fremde Software ausw??hlen." +msgstr "Um Software von anderen Repositories als der Fedora-Paketsammlung einzuschliessen, w??hlen Sie Weitere Software-Repositories hinzuf??gen. Sie k??nnen den Ort eines Repositories oder der Software eines Drittanbieters angeben. Je nach Konfiguration dieses Repositories k??nnen Sie w??hrend der Installation Fedora-fremde Software ausw??hlen." #: en_US/packageselection.xml:90(para) msgid "To edit an existing software repository location, select the repository in the list and then select Modify repository." @@ -994,7 +995,7 @@ msgstr "Wenn Sie w??hrend einer Installation ohne Netzwerk - z. B. von einer Fed #: en_US/packageselection.xml:103(para) msgid "If you select Add additional software repositories, the Add repository dialog appears. Provide a Repository name and the Repository URL for its location." -msgstr "Wenn Sie Add additional software repositories ausw??hlen, wird der Add repository Dialog erscheinen. Geben Sie dann bitte einen Repository name und die Repository URL f??r den genauen Ort an. " +msgstr "Wenn Sie Zus??tzliche Software-Repositories hinzuf??gen ausw??hlen, wird der Repository hinzuf??gen Dialog erscheinen. Geben Sie dann bitte einen Repository-Name und die Repository-URL f??r den genauen Ort an. " #: en_US/packageselection.xml:110(title) msgid "Fedora Software Mirrors" @@ -1026,7 +1027,7 @@ msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Auswahl der Software" #: en_US/packageselection.xml:143(para) msgid "Select Customize now to specify the software packages for your final system in more detail. This option causes the installation process to display an additional customization screen when you select Next." -msgstr "W??hlen Sie Jetzt anpassen, um die Softwarepakete f??r Ihr System abschlie??end detailliert anzugeben. Diese Option bewirkt, dass der Installationsprozess eine zus??zlich Ansicht zur weiteren Anpassung zeigt, wenn Sie Weiter w??hlen." +msgstr "W??hlen Sie Jetzt anpassen, um die Softwarepakete f??r Ihr System abschliessend detailliert anzugeben. Diese Option bewirkt, dass der Installationsprozess eine zus??tzlich Ansicht zur weiteren Anpassung zeigt, wenn Sie Weiter w??hlen." #: en_US/packageselection.xml:150(title) msgid "Installing Support for Additional Languages" @@ -1038,11 +1039,11 @@ msgstr "W??hlen Sie Jetzt anpassen, um Unterst??tzung f??r #: en_US/packageselection.xml:160(para) msgid "Fedora divides the included software into package groupspackage groups. For ease of use, the package selection screen displays these groups as categories." -msgstr "Fedora teilt die mitgelieferte Software in paketgruppenPaket-Gruppen. F??r eine einfache Benutzung werden bei der Paketauswahl die folgenden Gruppen als Kategorien angezeigt: " +msgstr "Fedora teilt die mitgelieferte Software in PaketgruppenPaket-Gruppen. F??r eine einfache Benutzung werden bei der Paketauswahl die folgenden Gruppen als Kategorien angezeigt: " #: en_US/packageselection.xml:168(para) msgid "To view the package groups for a category, select the category from the list on the left. The list on the right displays the package groups for the currently selected category." -msgstr "Um die Paketgruppen f??r eine Kateforie anzuzeigen, w??hlen Sie die Kategorie in der Liste auf der linken Seite. Die Liste zur Rechten zeigt die Paketgruppen der aktuell ausgew??hlten Kategorie." +msgstr "Um die Paketgruppen f??r eine Kategorie anzuzeigen, w??hlen Sie die Kategorie in der Liste auf der linken Seite. Die Liste zur Rechten zeigt die Paketgruppen der aktuell ausgew??hlten Kategorie." #: en_US/packageselection.xml:174(para) msgid "To specify a package group for installation, select the check box next to the group. The box at the bottom of the screen displays the details of the package group that is currently highlighted. None of the packages from a group will be installed unless the check box for that group is selected." @@ -1050,7 +1051,7 @@ msgstr "Um eine Paketgruppe zur Installation zu bestimmen, setzen Sie einen Hake #: en_US/packageselection.xml:182(para) msgid "If you select a package group, Fedora automatically installs the base and mandatory packages for that group. To change which optional packages within a selected group will be installed, select the Optional Packages button under the description of the group. Then use the check box next to an individual package name to change its selection." -msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Paketgruppe ausw??hlen installiert Fedora automatisch the base and mandatory Pakete dieser Gruppe. Um die Auswahl, welche optionalen Pakete einer Gruppe installiert werden, zu ver??ndern, w??hlen Sie die Schaltfl??che Optionale Pakete unterhalb der Beschreibung der Gruppe. Dann nutzen Sie die Auswahlbox neben eine mindivuellen Paket, um die Auswahl zu ??ndern." +msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Paketgruppe ausw??hlen installiert Fedora automatisch die n??tigen Basis-Pakete dieser Gruppe. Um die Auswahl, welche optionalen Pakete einer Gruppe installiert werden, zu ver??ndern, w??hlen Sie die Schaltfl??che Optionale Pakete unterhalb der Beschreibung der Gruppe. Dann nutzen Sie die Auswahlbox neben eine individuellen Paket, um die Auswahl zu ??ndern." #: en_US/packageselection.xml:190(para) msgid "After you choose the desired packages, select Next to proceed. Fedora checks your selection, and automatically adds any extra packages required to use the software you select." @@ -1118,7 +1119,7 @@ msgstr "Zugang zu entfernten Desktops per VNC (Virtual Network Computing)" #: en_US/packageselection.xml:283(para) msgid "Some automated processes on your Fedora system use the email service to send reports and messages to the system administrator. By default, the email, logging, and printing services do not accept connections from other systems. Fedora installs the NFS sharing, HTTP, and VNC components without enabling those services." -msgstr "Einige autmatisierte Prozesse auf Ihrem Fedora-System nutzen den Email-Dienst, um dem Systemadministrator Berichte und Nachrichten zu senden. Per Standard akzeptieren die Dienste Email, Protokollierung und Drucken keine eingehenden Verbindungen von anderen Systemen. Fedora installiert die Dienste NFS-Freigabe, HTTP und VNC-Komponenten ohne die Dienste zu aktivieren." +msgstr "Einige automatisierte Prozesse auf Ihrem Fedora-System nutzen den Email-Dienst, um dem Systemadministrator Berichte und Nachrichten zu senden. Per Standard akzeptieren die Dienste Email, Protokollierung und Drucken keine eingehenden Verbindungen von anderen Systemen. Fedora installiert die Dienste NFS-Freigabe, HTTP und VNC-Komponenten ohne die Dienste zu aktivieren." #: en_US/packageselection.xml:292(para) msgid "You may configure your Fedora system after installation to offer email, file sharing, logging, printing and remote desktop access services. The SSH service is enabled by default. You may use NFS to access files on other systems without enabling the NFS sharing service." @@ -1261,7 +1262,7 @@ msgstr "Das Installationsprogramm ist netzwerkf??hig und kann Netzwerkeinstellun #: en_US/other-instmethods.xml:191(para) msgid "By default, the installation program uses DHCP to automatically provide network settings. If you use a cable or DSL modem, router, firewall, or other network hardware to communicate with the Internet, DHCP is a suitable option. In a business environment, consult with your network administrators for appropriate settings. If your network has no DHCP server, clear the check box labeled Use dynamic IP configuration (DHCP)." -msgstr "Standardm??ssig verwendet das Installationsprogramm DHCP, um automatisch die Netzwerkeinstellungen zu ermitteln. Wenn Sie ein Kabel- oder DSL-Modem, einen Router, eine Firewall oder andere Netzwerk-Hardware einsetzen, um mit dem Internet zu kommunizieren, eignet sich DHCP gut. In einem betrieblichen Umfeld sollten Sie sich f??r die richtigen Einstellungen mit den Netzwerkadministratoren in Verbindung setzen. W??hlen Sie das Ankreuzfeld namens Dynamische IP-Konfiguration verwenden (DHCP) ab, wenn Ihr Netzwerk keinen DHCP-Server hat." +msgstr "Standardm??ssig verwendet das Installationsprogramm DHCP, um automatisch die Netzwerkeinstellungen zu ermitteln. Wenn Sie ein Kabel- oder DSL-Modem, einen Router, eine Firewall oder andere Netzwerk-Hardware einsetzen, um mit dem Internet zu kommunizieren, eignet sich DHCP gut. In einem betrieblichen Umfeld sollten Sie sich f??r die richtigen Einstellungen mit den Netzwerkadministratoren in Verbindung setzen. W??hlen Sie das Feld namens Dynamische IP-Konfiguration verwenden (DHCP) ab, wenn Ihr Netzwerk keinen DHCP-Server hat." #: en_US/other-instmethods.xml:201(para) msgid "The installation program supports both IPv4 and IPv6 protocols. If you are not sure which addressing scheme your network uses, it is safe to leave both options selected. Refer also to for more information on configuring your network." @@ -1317,7 +1318,7 @@ msgstr "W??hlen Sie OK um fortzufahren. Fahren Sie weiter #: en_US/other-instmethods.xml:281(title) msgid "Web and FTP Installation Setup" -msgstr "Einrichten einer Web- oderFTP-Installation" +msgstr "Einrichten einer Web- oder FTP-Installation" #: en_US/other-instmethods.xml:283(para) msgid "Enter the name or IP address of the network server and the directory where the installation files reside. Select OK to continue. Proceed with ." @@ -1329,7 +1330,7 @@ msgstr "Die n??chsten Schritte" #: en_US/nextsteps.xml:18(para) msgid "Fedora provides you with a complete operating system with a vast range of capabilities, supported by a large community." -msgstr "Fedora stellt Ihnen ein komplettes Betriebssystem mit vielen F??higkeiten bereit, unterst??tzt durch eine grosse Gemeinschaft." +msgstr "Fedora stellt Ihnen ein komplettes Betriebssystem mit vielen F??higkeiten bereit, unterst??tzt durch eine grosse Community." #: en_US/nextsteps.xml:23(title) msgid "Updating Your System" @@ -1365,7 +1366,7 @@ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf Updates anwenden um mit der Aktua #: en_US/nextsteps.xml:78(para) msgid "If one or more updates require a system reboot, the update process displays a dialog with the option to Reboot Now. Either select this option to reboot the system immediately, or Cancel it and reboot the system at a more convenient time." -msgstr "Falls eines oder mehrere Updates einen Neustart erfordern, zeigt der Update-Prozess einen Dialog mit der Option Jetzt neustarten. Nutzen Sie diese Option, um unmittelbar neuzustarten oder Abbrechen und starten Sie das System bei passender Gelegenheit neu." +msgstr "Falls eines oder mehrere Updates einen Neustart erfordern, zeigt der Update-Prozess einen Dialog mit der Option Jetzt neustarten. Nutzen Sie diese Option, um unmittelbar neu zu starten oder Abbrechen und starten Sie das System bei passender Gelegenheit neu." #: en_US/nextsteps.xml:87(para) msgid "To update packages from the command-line, use the yumyum utility. Type this command to begin a full update of your system with yum:" @@ -1407,15 +1408,15 @@ msgstr "System-Updates empfohlen" #: en_US/nextsteps.xml:130(para) msgid "Once you have rebooted your system after performing an upgrade, you should also perform a manual system update. Consult for more information." -msgstr "Sobald Sie Ihr System nach einem Upgrade neugestartet haben, sollten Sie eine manuelle Aktualisierung des Systems durchf??hren. Siehe f??r weitere Informationen." +msgstr "Sobald Sie Ihr System nach einem Upgrade neu gestartet haben, sollten Sie eine manuelle Aktualisierung des Systems durchf??hren. Siehe f??r weitere Informationen." #: en_US/nextsteps.xml:135(para) msgid "If you chose to upgrade your system from a previous release rather than perform a fresh installation, you may want to examine the differences in the package set. advised you to create a package listing for your original system. You can now use that listing to determine how to bring your new system close to the original system state." -msgstr "Wenn Sie sich daf??r entscheiden, ein Upgrade Ihres System von einer Vorg??ngerversion statt einer Neuinstallation durchzuf??hren, m??chten Sie sich wahrscheinlich ??ber die Unterschiede in der Paketkonfiguration informieren. hat Ihnen geraten, einer Auslistung der Pakete Ihres urspr??nglichen Systems anzufertigen. Sie k??nnen nun diese Auflistung nutzen, um Ihr neues System m??glichst nah an den Stand des urspr??nglichen anzugleichen." +msgstr "Wenn Sie sich daf??r entscheiden, ein Upgrade Ihres System von einer Vorg??ngerversion statt einer Neuinstallation durchzuf??hren, m??chten Sie sich wahrscheinlich ??ber die Unterschiede in der Paketkonfiguration informieren. hat Ihnen geraten, einer Auflistung der Pakete Ihres urspr??nglichen Systems anzufertigen. Sie k??nnen nun diese Auflistung nutzen, um Ihr neues System m??glichst nah an den Stand des urspr??nglichen anzugleichen." #: en_US/nextsteps.xml:142(para) msgid "Most software repository configurations are stored in packages that end with the term release. Check the old package list for the repositories that were installed:" -msgstr "Der Gro??teil der Konfiguration von Software-Repositories ist in Paketen gespeichert, die mit release enden. Durchsuchen Sie die alte Paketliste nach vormals installierten Repositories:" +msgstr "Der Grossteil der Konfiguration von Software-Repositories ist in Paketen gespeichert, die mit release enden. Durchsuchen Sie die alte Paketliste nach vormals installierten Repositories:" #: en_US/nextsteps.xml:146(para) msgid "If necessary, retrieve and install these software repository packages from their original sources on the Internet. Follow the instructions at the originating site to install the repository configuration packages for use by yum and other software management tools on your Fedora system." @@ -1435,7 +1436,7 @@ msgstr "Fehlende Software" #: en_US/nextsteps.xml:166(para) msgid "Due to changes in package complements between Fedora releases, it is possible this method may not restore all the software on your system. You can use the routines above to again compare the software on your system, and remedy any problems you find." -msgstr "Aufgrund von ??nderungen in der Paketzusammenstellung zwischen Releases von Fedora kann es m??glich sein, dass diese Methode nicht alle Software auf Ihrem System wiederherstellt." +msgstr "Aufgrund von ??nderungen in der Paketzusammenstellung zwischen den Versionen von Fedora kann es m??glich sein, dass diese Methode nicht alle Software auf Ihrem System wiederherstellt." #: en_US/nextsteps.xml:174(title) msgid "Switching to a Graphical Login" @@ -1491,7 +1492,7 @@ msgstr "Abonnieren Sie die Fedora-Ank??ndigungs- und News-Liste" #: en_US/nextsteps.xml:244(para) msgid "To receive information about package updates, subscribe to either the announcements mailing list, or the RSS feeds." -msgstr "Um Informationen ??ber Paket-Aktualisierungen zu erhalten, schreiben Sie sich entweder in die Ank??ndigungs-Liste oder den RSS Feed ein." +msgstr "Um Informationen ??ber Paket-Aktualisierungen zu erhalten, schreiben Sie sich entweder in die Ank??ndigungs-Liste oder den RSS-Feed ein." #: en_US/nextsteps.xml:251(term) msgid "Fedora Project announcements mailing list" @@ -1503,7 +1504,7 @@ msgstr "RSS-Feeds des Fedora-Projekts" #: en_US/nextsteps.xml:273(para) msgid "The announcements mailing list also provides you with news on the Fedora Project, and the Fedora community." -msgstr "Die ??nk??ndigungsliste stellt zudem auch noch Informationen bez??glich des Fedora-Projekts und der Fedora-Gemeinschaft zur Verf??gung. " +msgstr "Die Ank??ndigungsliste stellt zudem auch noch Informationen bez??glich des Fedora-Projekts und der Fedora-Gemeinschaft zur Verf??gung. " #: en_US/nextsteps.xml:279(title) msgid "Security Announcements" @@ -1535,7 +1536,7 @@ msgstr "Die Liste h??ufig gestellter Fragen auf der Fedora-Projektwebseite " #: en_US/nextsteps.xml:325(term) msgid "The documents available from the Fedora Documentation Project Web site" -msgstr "Die Dokumente sind auf der Fedora Documentation Project Webseite verf??gbar" +msgstr "Die Dokumente sind auf der Fedora-Dokumentationsprojekt-Webseite verf??gbar" #: en_US/nextsteps.xml:339(term) msgid "The Linux Documentation Project (LDP)" @@ -1555,7 +1556,7 @@ msgstr "Ein Teil der Fedora-Gemeinschaft werden " #: en_US/nextsteps.xml:378(para) msgid "The Fedora Project is driven by the individuals that contribute to it. Community members provide support and documentation to other users, help to improve the software included in Fedora by testing, and develop new software alongside the programmers employed by Red Hat. The results of this work are available to all." -msgstr "Das Fedora Projekt wird durch die Individuen, die zu ihm beitragen, betrieben. Die Mitglieder der Gemeinschaft stellen Dokumentationen und Unterst??tzungen f??r andere Benutzer bereit, helfen die mitgelieferte Software durch Testen zu verbessern und entwickeln, gemeinsam mit den Red Hat Programmierern, neue Software. Die Ergebnisse dieser Arbeit werdend dann f??r alle zur Verf??gung gestellt., " +msgstr "Das Fedora-Projekt wird durch die Individuen, die zu ihm beitragen, betrieben. Die Mitglieder der Gemeinschaft stellen Dokumentationen und Unterst??tzungen f??r andere Benutzer bereit, helfen die mitgelieferte Software durch Testen zu verbessern und entwickeln, gemeinsam mit den Red Hat Programmierern, neue Software. Die Ergebnisse dieser Arbeit werdend dann f??r alle zur Verf??gung gestellt., " #: en_US/nextsteps.xml:386(para) msgid "To make a difference, start here:" @@ -1752,7 +1753,7 @@ msgstr "i386 funktioniert bei den meisten Windows-kompa #: en_US/new-users.xml:184(para) msgid "If you are unsure what type of processor your computer has, and you are not using a non-Intel based Apple Macintosh, choose i386." -msgstr "Wenn Sie nicht sicher sind, welche Art von Prozessor Ihr Rechner hat und Sie keinen nicht-intelbasierenden Apple Macintosh verwenden, sollten Sie i386 ausw??hlen." +msgstr "Wenn Sie nicht sicher sind, welche Art von Prozessor Ihr Rechner hat und Sie keinen nicht-intel-basierenden Apple Macintosh verwenden, sollten Sie i386 ausw??hlen." #: en_US/new-users.xml:190(title) msgid "Which Files Do I Download?" @@ -1772,7 +1773,7 @@ msgstr "Komplette Distribution auf DVD" #: en_US/new-users.xml:204(para) msgid "If you have plenty of time and a fast Internet connection, and want to be able to install a broader choice of software, download the full DVD version. Both types of media are bootable, and include an installation program as well as a mode to perform rescue operations on your Fedora system in an emergency. You can download the DVD version directly from a mirror, or via BitTorrent." -msgstr "Wenn Sie viel Zeit und eine schnelle Internetverbindung haben und bei der Installation aus einer umfangreichen Software-Sammlung ausw??hlen m??chten, sollten Sie die komplette DVD-Version herunterladen. Beide Medientypen sind bootbar und enthalten sowohl das Installationsprogramm als auch einen Modus, um im Notfall Rettungsmassnahmen an Ihrem Fedora-System durchf??hren zu k??nnen. Sie k??nnen die DVD-Version direkt von einem Spiegelserver oder via BitTorrent herunterladen." +msgstr "Wenn Sie viel Zeit und eine schnelle Internetverbindung haben und bei der Installation aus einer umfangreichen Software-Sammlung ausw??hlen m??chten, sollten Sie die komplette DVD-Version herunterladen. Beide Medientypen sind startbar und enthalten sowohl das Installationsprogramm als auch einen Modus, um im Notfall Rettungsmassnahmen an Ihrem Fedora-System durchf??hren zu k??nnen. Sie k??nnen die DVD-Version direkt von einem Spiegelserver oder via BitTorrent herunterladen." #: en_US/new-users.xml:215(title) msgid "Live Image" @@ -1880,7 +1881,7 @@ msgstr "Wenn Sie das Live-Image auf den USB-Datentr??ger schreiben, werden darau #: en_US/new-users.xml:306(para) msgid "Before you begin, make sure you have sufficient free space available on your USB media. You do not need to repartition or reformat your media. It is always a good idea to back up important data before performing sensitive disk operations." -msgstr "Stellen Sie vor Beginn sicher, dass auf dem USB-Datentr??ger ausreichend freier Speicherplatz vorhanden ist. Sie brauchen den Datentr??ger nicht neu zu partitionieren. Es ist stets zu empfehlen, wichtige Daten vor Beginn tiefgreifender ??nderungen an einem Datentr??ger zu sichern." +msgstr "Stellen Sie vor Beginn sicher, dass auf dem USB-Datentr??ger ausreichend freier Speicherplatz vorhanden ist. Sie brauchen den Datentr??ger nicht neu zu partitionieren. Es ist stets zu empfehlen, wichtige Daten vor Beginn tiefgreifenden ??nderungen an einem Datentr??ger zu sichern." #: en_US/new-users.xml:315(para) #: en_US/new-users.xml:352(para) @@ -2052,7 +2053,7 @@ msgstr "Fedora zeigt eine Liste von Netzwerk Interfaces an, die auf Ihrem Comput #: en_US/networkconfig.xml:76(para) msgid "Specify whether an interface should be automatically activated at boot time with the Active on Boot check box for that device. You may manually activate a network interface at any time after the system has booted." -msgstr "Um eine Schnittstelle beim Systemstart automatisch zu aktvieren, setzen Sie einen Haken bei Active on Boot. Schnittstellen k??nnen ebenso jederzeit nach dem Systemstart manuell aktiviert werden." +msgstr "Um eine Schnittstelle beim Systemstart automatisch zu aktivieren, setzen Sie einen Haken bei Active on Boot. Schnittstellen k??nnen ebenso jederzeit nach dem Systemstart manuell aktiviert werden." #: en_US/networkconfig.xml:83(title) #: en_US/before-begin.xml:96(title) @@ -2061,7 +2062,7 @@ msgstr "Modem-Konfiguration" #: en_US/networkconfig.xml:84(para) msgid "The Network Configuration screen does not list modem modems. Configure these devices after installation with the Network utility. The settings for your modem are specific to your particular Internet Service Provider (ISP)." -msgstr "Die Anzeige Network Configuration listet keine Modem Modems auf. Nach der Installation konfigurieren Sie diese Schnittstellen mit dem Werkzeug Network. Die Einstellungen Ihres Modems sind abh??ngig von Ihrem jeweiligen Internet Dienstleistung (ISP)." +msgstr "Die Anzeige Netzwerk-Konfiguration listet keine Modem Modems auf. Nach der Installation konfigurieren Sie diese Schnittstellen mit dem Werkzeug Netzwerk. Die Einstellungen Ihres Modems sind abh??ngig von Ihrem jeweiligen Internet Dienstleistung (ISP)." #: en_US/networkconfig.xml:96(title) msgid "Configuring IPv4 and IPv6 Support" @@ -2069,11 +2070,11 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration der IPv4- und IPv6-Unterst??tzung" #: en_US/networkconfig.xml:97(para) msgid "To add or remove IPv4 or IPv6 support, highlight the interface on the Network Device list and select Edit. Fedora displays the Edit Interface dialog. If the interface is not configured for IPv4 or IPv6 protocol, that entry is marked Disabled." -msgstr "Um IPv4 oder IPv6 Unterst??tzung zu entfernen, markieren Sie das Interface auf der Network Device Liste und w??hlen Sie Bearbeiten aus. Fedora zeigt dann den Interface bearbeiten Dialog an. Wenn das Interface nicht f??r IPv4 oder IPv6 konfiguriert ist, wird dieser Eintrag als Deaktiviert angezeigt. " +msgstr "Um IPv4 oder IPv6 Unterst??tzung zu entfernen, markieren Sie das Interface auf der Netzwerk-Ger??t Liste und w??hlen Sie Bearbeiten aus. Fedora zeigt dann den Interface bearbeiten Dialog an. Wenn das Interface nicht f??r IPv4 oder IPv6 konfiguriert ist, wird dieser Eintrag als Deaktiviert angezeigt. " #: en_US/networkconfig.xml:103(para) msgid "To change the selection, select or deselect the appropriate checkbox. If necessary, change the network address configuration for the interface." -msgstr "Um die Auswahl zu ??ndern aktivieren oder deaktivieren die entsprechende Checkbox. Wenn n??tig, ??ndern Sie die Netzwerkadress-Konfiguration f??r die Schnittstelle." +msgstr "Um die Auswahl zu ??ndern aktivieren oder deaktivieren die entsprechende Auswahlbox. Wenn n??tig, ??ndern Sie die Netzwerkadress-Konfiguration f??r die Schnittstelle." #: en_US/networkconfig.xml:107(title) msgid "DHCP and Servers" @@ -2093,15 +2094,15 @@ msgstr "statisch" #: en_US/networkconfig.xml:122(para) msgid "To assign an unchanging, or static, IP address to your system, highlight the interface on the Network Device list and select Edit. Fedora then displays the Edit Interface dialog." -msgstr "Um eine feste oder statische IP-Adresse zuzuweisen, markieren Sie in der Liste Network Device die Schnittstelle und w??hlen Edit. Nun zeigt Fedora den Dialog Edit Interface." +msgstr "Um eine feste oder statische IP-Adresse zuzuweisen, markieren Sie in der Liste Netzwerk-Ger??t die Schnittstelle und w??hlen Bearbeiten. Nun zeigt Fedora den Dialog Bearbeite Schnittstelle." #: en_US/networkconfig.xml:128(para) msgid "Deselect the Configure using DHCP check box, so that it is empty. Enter the IP Address and the appropriate Netmask for the interface, then select OK." -msgstr "Deaktivieren Sie das K??stchen DHCP-Einstellungen, so dass es leer ist. Geben Sie die IP Addresse und entsprechende Netzmaske f??r die Schnittstelle ein und w??hlen Sie OK." +msgstr "Deaktivieren Sie das K??stchen DHCP-Einstellungen, so dass es leer ist. Geben Sie die IP-Adresse und entsprechende Netzmaske f??r die Schnittstelle ein und w??hlen Sie OK." #: en_US/networkconfig.xml:133(para) msgid "If you disable DHCP, automatic configuration of the Hostname is also disabled, and the Miscellaneous Settings options are enabled. Refer to for more information." -msgstr "Mit der Deaktivierung von DHCP wird ebenfalls die automatische Konfiguration des Hostnames abgeschaltet und die Optionen unter Miscellaneous Settings werden aktiv. Siehe f??r weitere Informationen." +msgstr "Mit der Deaktivierung von DHCP wird ebenfalls die automatische Konfiguration des Hostnames abgeschaltet und die Optionen unter Verschiedene Einstellungen werden aktiv. Siehe f??r weitere Informationen." #: en_US/networkconfig.xml:140(title) msgid "Configuring IPv6" @@ -2109,11 +2110,11 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration von IPv6" #: en_US/networkconfig.xml:141(para) msgid "If IPv6 is enabled, the installation program defaults to using Automatic neighbor discovery. If you want to change the default, select either DHCPv6 for IPv6-compliant dynamic IP addressing, or Manual configuration to enter IP information manually." -msgstr "Wenn IPv6 aktiviert ist, wird das Installationsprogramm standardm??ssig Automatische Erkennung der Nachbarn benutzen. Wenn sie die Standardeinstellungen ??ndern m??chten, w??hlen Sie entweder DHCPv6 um IPv6 kompatible dynamische IP-Adressen zu erhalten oder Manuelle Konfiguration um die IP-Informationen manuell einzugeben. " +msgstr "Wenn IPv6 aktiviert ist, wird das Installationsprogramm standardm??ssig Automatische Erkennung der Nachbarn benutzen. Wenn sie die Standardeinstellungen ??ndern m??chten, w??hlen Sie entweder DHCPv6, um IPv6 kompatible dynamische IP-Adressen zu erhalten oder Manuelle Konfiguration um die IP-Informationen manuell einzugeben. " #: en_US/networkconfig.xml:147(para) msgid "To assign a static IPv6 address, enter the IP Address and the appropriate Prefix for the interface, then select OK." -msgstr "Um eine statische IPv6 Adresse zuzuweisen, geben Sie die IP Addresse und den zugeordneten Prefix f??r das Interface ein und w??hlen dann OK aus. " +msgstr "Um eine statische IPv6-Adresse zuzuweisen, geben Sie die IP-Adresse und den zugeordneten Prefix f??r das Interface ein und w??hlen dann OK aus. " #: en_US/networkconfig.xml:156(title) msgid "Hostname" @@ -2137,7 +2138,7 @@ msgstr "Sie k??nnen dem System einen beliebigen Namen geben, er muss nur eindeut #: en_US/networkconfig.xml:189(para) msgid "If your Fedora system is connected directly to the Internet, you must pay attention to additional considerations to avoid service interruptions or risk action by your upstream service provider. A full discussion of these issues is beyond the scope of this document." -msgstr "Falls Ihr System direkt mit dem Internet verbunden ist, bed??rfen weitere Betrachtungen Ihre Aufmerksamkeit, um Unterbrechungen des Service oder Ma??nahmen seitens Ihres Dienstleisters zu vermeiden. Eine vollst??ndige Er??rterung dieses Themas f??hrt an dieser Stelle zu weit." +msgstr "Falls Ihr System direkt mit dem Internet verbunden ist, bed??rfen weitere Betrachtungen Ihre Aufmerksamkeit, um Unterbrechungen des Service oder Massnahmen seitens Ihres Dienstleisters zu vermeiden. Eine vollst??ndige Er??rterung dieses Themas f??hrt an dieser Stelle zu weit." #: en_US/networkconfig.xml:197(title) msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" @@ -2145,7 +2146,7 @@ msgstr "Verschiedene Einstellungen" #: en_US/networkconfig.xml:198(para) msgid "To manually configure a network interface, you may also provide other network settings for your computer. All of these settings are the IP addresses of other systems on the network." -msgstr "Um eine Netzwerkschnittstelle manuell zu konfigurieren, sollten Sie weitere Netzwerkeinstellungen f??r Ihren Computer angeben. Alle diese Einstellungen sind die Ip-Adressen anderer Systeme in Ihrem Netzwerk." +msgstr "Um eine Netzwerkschnittstelle manuell zu konfigurieren, sollten Sie weitere Netzwerkeinstellungen f??r Ihren Computer angeben. Alle diese Einstellungen sind die IP-Adressen anderer Systeme in Ihrem Netzwerk." #: en_US/networkconfig.xml:204(para) msgid "A gatewaygateway is the device that provides access to other networks. Gateways are also referred to as routergatewayrouters. If your system connects to other networks through a gateway, enter its IP address in the Gateway box." @@ -2153,7 +2154,7 @@ msgstr "Ein GatewayGateway< #: en_US/networkconfig.xml:216(para) msgid "Most software relies on the DNS (Domain Name Service)DNS (Domain Name Service) provider to locate machines and services on the network. DNS converts hostnames to IP addresses and vice versa. A Fedora system may use more than one DNS server. If the primary DNS server does not respond, the computer sends any query to the secondary DNS server, and so on. To assign DNS servers, type their IP addresses into the Primary DNS or Secondary DNS boxes." -msgstr "Die meiste Software verl??sst sich auf den DNS (Domain Name Service)DNS (Domain Name Service) Dienstleister, um Maschinen und Dienste im Netzwerk ausfindig zu machen. DNS ??bersetzt Hostnamen in IP-Adressen und andersherum. Ein Fedora-System kann mehr als einen DNS-Server nutzen. Falls der prim??re DNS-Server nicht anwortet, sendet der Computer alle Anfragen an den sekund??ren DNS-Server usw. Um DNS-Server hinzuzuf??gen, geben Sie deren IP-Adressen in die Felder Prim??rer DNS-Server oder Sekund??rer DNS-Server ein." +msgstr "Die meiste Software verl??sst sich auf den DNS (Domain Name Service)DNS (Domain Name Service) Dienstleister, um Maschinen und Dienste im Netzwerk ausfindig zu machen. DNS ??bersetzt Hostnamen in IP-Adressen und andersherum. Ein Fedora-System kann mehr als einen DNS-Server nutzen. Falls der prim??re DNS-Server nicht antwortet, sendet der Computer alle Anfragen an den sekund??ren DNS-Server usw. Um DNS-Server hinzuzuf??gen, geben Sie deren IP-Adressen in die Felder Prim??rer DNS-Server oder Sekund??rer DNS-Server ein." #: en_US/networkconfig.xml:229(para) msgid "Select Next once you are satisfied with the network settings for your system." @@ -2165,7 +2166,7 @@ msgstr "Installation ohne Medien" #: en_US/medialess.xml:15(para) msgid "This section discusses how to install Fedora to your system without making any additional physical media. Instead, you can use your existing GRUB boot loader to start the installation program." -msgstr "Dieser Abschnitt behandelt die Installation von Fedora auf Ihrem System ohne weitere physische Medien. Stattdessen k??nnen Sie Ihren existierenden Boot Loader GRUB nutzen, um die Installation zu starten." +msgstr "Dieser Abschnitt behandelt die Installation von Fedora auf Ihrem System ohne weitere physische Medien. Stattdessen k??nnen Sie Ihren existierenden Boot-Loader GRUB nutzen, um die Installation zu starten." #: en_US/medialess.xml:20(title) msgid "Linux Required" @@ -2173,7 +2174,7 @@ msgstr "Linux erforderlich" #: en_US/medialess.xml:21(para) msgid "This procedure assumes you are already using Fedora or another relatively modern Linux distribution, and the GRUB boot loader. It also assumes you are a somewhat experienced Linux user." -msgstr "Dieser Vorgang geht davon aus, dass sie bereits Fedora oder eine verh??ltnism????ig moderne Linux-Distribution und den Boot Loader GRUB verwenden. Er nimmt weiterhin an, dass die ein etwas erfahrener Linux-Nutzer sind." +msgstr "Dieser Vorgang geht davon aus, dass sie bereits Fedora oder eine verh??ltnism??ssig moderne Linux-Distribution und den Boot-Loader GRUB verwenden. Er nimmt weiterhin an, dass die ein etwas erfahrener Linux-Nutzer sind." #: en_US/medialess.xml:27(title) msgid "Retrieving Boot Files" @@ -2185,7 +2186,7 @@ msgstr "Um eine Installation ohne Installations-Medien oder einen PXE-Server dur #: en_US/medialess.xml:33(para) msgid "Download a Live image or DVD distribution, or to locate an installation mirror, visit ." -msgstr "Laden Sie ein Live-Abbild oder ene DVD-Distribution herunter oder, um einen Installations-Spiegelserver zu finden, besuchen Sie ." +msgstr "Laden Sie ein Live-Abbild oder eine DVD-Distribution herunter oder, um einen Installations-Spiegelserver zu finden, besuchen Sie ." #: en_US/medialess.xml:38(para) msgid "Locate the isolinux/ folder using one of the following methods:" @@ -2197,7 +2198,7 @@ msgstr "Falls Sie sich daf??r entscheiden, ein Image herunterzuladen, ??ffnen Si #: en_US/medialess.xml:51(para) msgid "If you chose not to download a whole image because you wish to install via the network, locate the desired release. In general, once you find a suitable mirror, browse to the releases/9/Fedora/arch/os/isolinux/ folder." -msgstr "Falls Sie sich daf??r entscheiden, kein Abbild herunterzuladen und ??ber Netzwerk zu installieren, m??ssen Sie das gew??nschte Release ausfindig machen. Wenn Sie einen passenden Mirror gefunden haben, finden Sie dieses im Allgemeinen im Verzeichnis releases/9/Fedora/arch/os/isolinux/." +msgstr "Falls Sie sich daf??r entscheiden, kein Abbild herunterzuladen und ??ber Netzwerk zu installieren, m??ssen Sie die gew??nschte Version ausfindig machen. Wenn Sie einen passenden Spiegel gefunden haben, finden Sie dieses im Allgemeinen im Verzeichnis releases/9/Fedora/arch/os/isolinux/." #: en_US/medialess.xml:60(title) msgid "Installation Types Available" @@ -2205,7 +2206,7 @@ msgstr "Verf??gbare Installations-Typen" #: en_US/medialess.xml:61(para) msgid "If you download an image, you may then choose a hard disk-based installation or a network installation. If you only download selected files from a mirror, you may only perform a network installation." -msgstr "Nachdem sie ein Abbild heruntergeladen haben k??nnen Sie zwischen einer Installation von Festplatte oder ??ber Netzwerk w??hlen. Falls Sie nur ausgew??hlte Dateien von einem Mirror herunterladen, k??nnen Sie unter Umst??nden nur eine Installation ??ber Netzwerk durchf??hren." +msgstr "Nachdem sie ein Abbild heruntergeladen haben k??nnen Sie zwischen einer Installation von Festplatte oder ??ber Netzwerk w??hlen. Falls Sie nur ausgew??hlte Dateien von einem Spiegel herunterladen, k??nnen Sie unter Umst??nden nur eine Installation ??ber Netzwerk durchf??hren." #: en_US/medialess.xml:68(para) msgid "Copy the vmlinuz and initrd.img files from the chosen source to the /boot/ directory, renaming them to vmlinuz-install and initrd.img-installYou must have root privileges to write files into the /boot/ directory." @@ -2217,11 +2218,11 @@ msgstr "??ndern der GRUB Konfiguration" #: en_US/medialess.xml:83(para) msgid "The GRUB boot loader uses the configuration file /boot/grub/grub.conf. To configure GRUB to boot from the new files, add a boot stanza to /boot/grub/grub.confthat refers to them." -msgstr "Der Boot Loader GRUB nutzt die Konfigurationsdatei /boot/grub/grub.conf. Um GRUB so zu konfigurieren, dass er von den neuen Dateien l??dt, erg??nzen in /boot/grub/grub.conf einige Zeile, die auf diese verweisen." +msgstr "Der Boot-Loader GRUB nutzt die Konfigurationsdatei /boot/grub/grub.conf. Um GRUB so zu konfigurieren, dass er von den neuen Dateien l??dt, erg??nzen in /boot/grub/grub.conf einige Zeile, die auf diese verweisen." #: en_US/medialess.xml:89(para) msgid "A minimal boot stanza looks like the following listing:" -msgstr "Ein minimaler Boot Absatz sieht aus wie das folgende Listing:" +msgstr "Ein minimaler Boot Absatz sieht aus wie die folgende Auflistung:" #: en_US/medialess.xml:94(para) msgid "You may wish to add options to the end of the line of the boot stanza. These options set preliminary options in Anaconda which the user normally sets interactively. For a list of available installer boot options, refer to ." @@ -2257,7 +2258,7 @@ msgstr " und f??r eine Remote- #: en_US/medialess.xml:124(para) msgid "When you are finished, change the option in /boot/grub/grub.conf to point to the new first stanza you added:" -msgstr "Wenn Sie fertig sind, ??ndern Sie die Option in /boot/grub/grub.conf, damit sie auf den ersten Absatz zeigt, welche Sie angelegt haben:" +msgstr "Wenn Sie fertig sind, ??ndern Sie die -Option in /boot/grub/grub.conf, damit sie auf den ersten Absatz zeigt, welche Sie angelegt haben:" #: en_US/medialess.xml:130(title) msgid "Booting to Installation" @@ -2373,7 +2374,7 @@ msgstr "Zielgruppe" #: en_US/intro.xml:74(para) msgid "This guide is intended for new and intermediate Fedora users. Advanced Fedora users with questions about detailed operation of expert installation features should consult the Anaconda development mailing list at ." -msgstr "Diese Anleitung richtet sich an neue und noch nicht allzu weit fortgeschrittene Fedora-Benutzer. Erfahrene Fedora-Nutzer mit Fragen zur Bedienung von Installationsfunktionen f??r Experten sollten in der Entwicklungs-Mailingliste von Anaconda um Rat fragen unter ." +msgstr "Diese Anleitung richtet sich an neue und noch nicht allzu weit fortgeschrittene Fedora-Benutzer. Erfahrene Fedora-Nutzer mit Fragen zur Bedienung von Installationsfunktionen f??r Experten sollten in der Entwickler-Mailingliste von Anaconda um Rat fragen unter ." #: en_US/intro.xml:82(title) msgid "Feedback" @@ -2390,11 +2391,11 @@ msgstr "Fedora-Dokumentationsprojekt" #: en_US/intro.xml:90(para) msgid "The Fedora Documentation Project (Fedora Docs Project) is a group of volunteer writers, editors, translators, and other contributors who create content for free and open source software. The Fedora Docs Project maintains this document and is always interested in reader feedback." -msgstr "Das Fedora-Dokumentationsprojekt (Fedora Docs Project) ist eine Gruppe freiwilliger Autoren, Redakteuren, ??bersetzern und weiterer Mitarbeiter, die Inhalte f??r freie und offene Software erstellen. Das Fedora Docs Project betreut dieses Dokument und freut sich immer R??ckmeldungen von Lesern." +msgstr "Das Fedora-Dokumentationsprojekt (Fedora Docs Project) ist eine Gruppe freiwilliger Autoren, Redakteuren, ??bersetzern und weiterer Mitarbeiter, die Inhalte f??r freie und offene Software erstellen. Das Fedora-Dokumentationsprojekt betreut dieses Dokument und freut sich immer R??ckmeldungen von Lesern." #: en_US/intro.xml:94(para) msgid "To send feedback regarding this document, file a bug in Bugzilla. To file a bug, fill in \"Fedora Documentation\" as the Product, choose the name of this document from the Component list, and choose \"devel\" as the version. Fedora Docs Project volunteers receive your feedback, and may contact you for additional information, if necessary." -msgstr "Wenn Sie einen Fehler in diesem Dokument zu melden, f??lle Sie bitt einen Fehlerbericht aus. Zu einen Bericht auszuf??llen, w??hlen Sie bitte als Produkt \"Fedora Documentation\" und den Namen dieses Dokuments aus der Komponentenliste und \"devel\" als Version ausw??hlen. FDP-Mitarbeiter werden Ihre R??ckmeldung erhalten und wenn n??tig mit Ihnen Kontakt aufnehmen." +msgstr "Wenn Sie einen Fehler in diesem Dokument zu melden, f??lle Sie bitte einen Fehlerbericht aus. Zu einen Bericht auszuf??llen, w??hlen Sie bitte als Produkt \"Fedora Documentation\" und den Namen dieses Dokuments aus der Komponentenliste und \"devel\" als Version ausw??hlen. FDP-Mitarbeiter werden Ihre R??ckmeldung erhalten und wenn n??tig mit Ihnen Kontakt aufnehmen." #: en_US/installingpackages.xml:16(title) msgid "Installing Packages" @@ -2410,7 +2411,7 @@ msgstr "Nachdem die Installation abgeschlossen ist, w??hlen Sie bitte NTP (Network Time Protocol)NTP (Network Time Protocol) servers to maintain the accuracy of the clock. NTP provides time synchronization service to computers on the same network. The Internet contains many computers that offer public NTP services." -msgstr "Hat Ihr System keinen Zugang zum Internet oder einem Netzwerk-Zeitserver, setzen Sie Datum und Zeit f??r Ihr System in dieser Anzeige. Ansonsten k??nnen Sie NTP (Network Time Protocol)NTP (Network Time Protocol) Server nutzen, um die Genauigkeit Ihrer Uhr sicherzustellen. NTP stellt einen Dienst zur Syncronisation der Zeit von Computern im selben Netzwerk zur Verf??gung. Das Internet enth??lt viele Computer, die ??ffentliche NTP-Dienste zur Verf??gung stellen." +msgstr "Hat Ihr System keinen Zugang zum Internet oder einem Netzwerk-Zeitserver, setzen Sie Datum und Zeit f??r Ihr System in dieser Anzeige. Ansonsten k??nnen Sie NTP (Network Time Protocol)NTP (Network Time Protocol) Server nutzen, um die Genauigkeit Ihrer Uhr sicherzustellen. NTP stellt einen Dienst zur Synchronisation der Zeit von Computern im selben Netzwerk zur Verf??gung. Das Internet enth??lt viele Computer, die ??ffentliche NTP-Dienste zur Verf??gung stellen." #: en_US/firstboot.xml:249(para) msgid "The initial display enables you to set the date and time of your system manually." @@ -2474,11 +2475,11 @@ msgstr "Um diese Einstellungen sp??ter zu ??ndern, w??hlen Sie bitte Enable Network Time Protocol option. This option disables the settings on the Date and Time tab and enables the other settings on this screen." -msgstr "Um ihr System f??r die Konfiguration von Netzwerkzeit-Servern zu konfigurieren, w??hlen Sie die Option Enable Network Time Protocol. Diese Option deaktiviert die Einstellungen im Reiter Date and Time und aktiviert andere Eisntellungen in dieser Ansicht." +msgstr "Um ihr System f??r die Konfiguration von Netzwerkzeit-Servern zu konfigurieren, w??hlen Sie die Option Aktiviere Network Time Protocol. Diese Option deaktiviert die Einstellungen im Reiter Datum und Zeit und aktiviert andere Einstellungen in dieser Ansicht." #: en_US/firstboot.xml:272(para) msgid "By default, Fedora is configured to use three separate groups, or pools, of time servers. Time server pools create redundancy, so if one time server is unavailable, your system synchronizes with another server." -msgstr "Von Haus aus nutzt Fedora drei verschiedene Gruppen oder Pools von Zeitservern. Zeitserver-Pools schaffen Redundanz, sodass Ihr System mit einem anderen Server syncronisiert, falls ein Zeitserver nicht verf??gbar ist." +msgstr "Von Haus aus nutzt Fedora drei verschiedene Gruppen oder Pools von Zeitservern. Zeitserver-Pools schaffen Redundanz, sodass Ihr System mit einem anderen Server synchronisiert, falls ein Zeitserver nicht verf??gbar ist." #: en_US/firstboot.xml:279(para) msgid "To use an additional time server, select Add, and type the DNS name of the server into the box. To remove a server or server pool from the list, select the name and click Delete." @@ -2486,7 +2487,7 @@ msgstr "Um weitere Zeitserver zu nutzen, w??hlen Sie Hinzuf??gen Synchronize system clock before starting service option. This option may cause a short delay during startup but ensures accurate time on your system even if the clock is significantly wrong at boot time." -msgstr "Falls Ihr Rechner permanent kabelgebunden mit dem Internet verbunden st, w??hlen Sie die Option Systemuhr vor dem Starten des Dienstes syncronisieren. Diese Option kann eine kurze Verz??gerung w??hrend des Systemstarts verursachen, stellt jedoch eine exakte Zeit auf Ihrem System sicher, selbst wenn die Uhr zur Zeit des Starts deutlich verstellt ist. " +msgstr "Falls Ihr Rechner permanent per Kabel mit dem Internet verbunden ist, w??hlen Sie die Option Systemuhr vor dem Starten des Dienstes synchronisieren. Diese Option kann eine kurze Verz??gerung w??hrend des Systemstarts verursachen, stellt jedoch eine exakte Zeit auf Ihrem System sicher, selbst wenn die Uhr zur Zeit des Starts deutlich verstellt ist. " #: en_US/firstboot.xml:292(title) msgid "Laptops and NTP" @@ -2498,7 +2499,7 @@ msgstr "Benutzen Sie diese Option nicht mit Laptops, die gelegentlich kabellose #: en_US/firstboot.xml:296(para) msgid "If the hardware clock in your computer is highly inaccurate, you may turn off your local time source entirely. To turn off the local time source, select Show advanced options and then deselect the Use Local Time Source option. If you turn off your local time source, the NTP servers take priority over the internal clock." -msgstr "Falls die Hardware-uhr in Ihrem Computer deutlich ungenau arbeitet, k??nnen Sie diese auch vollst??ndig abschalten. Um diese lokale Zeitquelle abzuschalten, w??hlen Sie Erweiterte Einstellungen zeigen und deaktivieren die Option Lokale Zeitquelle nutzen. " +msgstr "Falls die Hardware-Uhr in Ihrem Computer deutlich ungenau arbeitet, k??nnen Sie diese auch vollst??ndig abschalten. Um diese lokale Zeitquelle abzuschalten, w??hlen Sie Erweiterte Einstellungen zeigen und deaktivieren die Option Lokale Zeitquelle nutzen. " #: en_US/firstboot.xml:305(para) msgid "If you enable the Enable NTP Broadcast advanced option, Fedora attempts to automatically locate time servers on the network." @@ -2534,7 +2535,7 @@ msgstr "Hardware-Profile" #: en_US/firstboot.xml:397(para) msgid "The Setup Agent displays a screen that allows you to anonymously submit your hardware information to the Fedora Project. Developers use these hardware details to guide further support efforts. You can read more about this project and its development at ." -msgstr "Der Setup-Assistent zeigt eine Ansicht, die es Ihnen erm??glicht, Informationen zu Ihrer Hardware anonym ans Fedora-Projekt zu ??bermitteln. Entwickler nutzen diese Hardware-Informationen um weitere Supportbem??hungen zu unterst??tzen. Unter k??nnen Sie mehr ??ber dieses Projekt und seine Entwicklung erfahren." +msgstr "Der Setup-Assistent zeigt eine Ansicht, die es Ihnen erm??glicht, Informationen zu Ihrer Hardware anonym ans Fedora-Projekt zu ??bermitteln. Entwickler nutzen diese Hardware-Informationen, um weitere Unterst??tzung bereitzustellen. Unter k??nnen Sie mehr ??ber dieses Projekt und seine Entwicklung erfahren." #: en_US/firstboot.xml:404(para) msgid "To opt in to this important work, select Send Profile. If you choose not to submit any profile data, do not change the default. Select Next to continue to the login screen." @@ -2574,7 +2575,7 @@ msgstr "Der Installationsablauf ist ziemlich einfach und besteht nur aus wenigen #: en_US/expert-quickstart.xml:32(para) msgid "Download files to make media or another bootable configuration." -msgstr "Dateien herunterladen, um Medien oder eine andere bootbare Konfiguration zu erzeugen." +msgstr "Dateien herunterladen, um Medien oder eine andere startbare Konfiguration zu erzeugen." #: en_US/expert-quickstart.xml:36(para) msgid "Prepare system for installation." @@ -2614,11 +2615,11 @@ msgstr "Laden Sie die ISO-Abbilder f??r die komplette Distribution auf CD oder D #: en_US/expert-quickstart.xml:74(para) msgid "Download the boot.iso image for a minimal boot CD or USB flash drive. Write the image to the approriate physical media to create bootable media. The boot media contains no packages but must be pointed at a hard disk or online repository to complete the installation." -msgstr "Laden Sie das boot.iso-Abbild f??r eine minimale Boot-CD oder f??r einen USB-Flashspeicher. Schreiben Sie das Abbild auf das entsprechende physische Medium, um das bootbare Medium zu erzeugen. Das startbare Medium enth??lt keine Pakete und muss diese von einer Festplatte oder einem Repository im Internet beziehen zum vervollst??ndigen der Installation." +msgstr "Laden Sie das boot.iso-Abbild f??r eine minimale Boot-CD oder f??r einen USB-Flashspeicher. Schreiben Sie das Abbild auf das entsprechende physische Medium, um das startbare Medium zu erzeugen. Das startbare Medium enth??lt keine Pakete und muss diese von einer Festplatte oder einem Repository im Internet beziehen zum vervollst??ndigen der Installation." #: en_US/expert-quickstart.xml:81(para) msgid "Download the netinst.iso image for a reduced-size boot CD. Write the image to the appropriate physical media to create bootable media." -msgstr "Laden Sie das netinst.iso-Abbild f??r eine Boot-CD mit reduzierter Gr??sse herunter. Schreiben Sie das Abbild auf das entsprechende physische Medium, um das bootbare Medium zu erzeugen." +msgstr "Laden Sie das netinst.iso-Abbild f??r eine Boot-CD mit reduzierter Gr??sse herunter. Schreiben Sie das Abbild auf das entsprechende physische Medium, um das startbare Medium zu erzeugen." #: en_US/expert-quickstart.xml:86(para) msgid "Download the vmlinuz kernel file and the initrd.img ramdisk image from the distribution's isolinux/ directory. Configure your operating system to boot the kernel and load the ramdisk image. For further information on installation without media, refer to ." @@ -2650,7 +2651,7 @@ msgstr "Partitionsgr??ssen ??ndern" #: en_US/expert-quickstart.xml:108(para) msgid "The installation program provides functions for resizing ext2, ext3, and NTFS formatted partitions. Refer to for more information." -msgstr "Das Instalaltionsprogramm stellt Funktionen zum Ver??ndern der Gr??sse von ext2-, ext3- und NTFS-formatierten Partitionen bereit. Unter finden Sie weitere Informationen dazu." +msgstr "Das Installationsprogramm stellt Funktionen zum Ver??ndern der Gr??sse von ext2-, ext3- und NTFS-formatierten Partitionen bereit. Unter finden Sie weitere Informationen dazu." #: en_US/expert-quickstart.xml:114(title) msgid "Install Fedora" @@ -2792,7 +2793,7 @@ msgstr "Auch Unterverzeichnisse k??nnen Partitionen zugewiesen werden. Einige Ad #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:202(para) msgid "If you create many partitions instead of one large / partition, upgrades become easier. Refer to the description of Disk Druid'sEdit option for more information." -msgstr "Wenn Sie anstelle einer einzigen grossen /-Partition viele Partitionen anlegen, gestaltet sich das Aktualisieren einfacher. In der Beschreibung der Bearbeitungs Bearbeitungsoption von Disk Druid finden Sie weitere Informationen." +msgstr "Wenn Sie anstelle einer einzigen grossen /-Partition viele Partitionen anlegen, gestaltet sich das Aktualisieren einfacher. In der Beschreibung der Bearbeitungsoption von Disk Druid finden Sie weitere Informationen." #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:210(title) msgid "Leave Excess Capacity Unallocated" @@ -2808,7 +2809,7 @@ msgstr "Partitionstypen" #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:222(para) msgid "Every partition has a partitiontypefile systempartition type, to indicate the format of the file systemfile system on that partition. The file system enables Linux to organize, search, and retrieve files stored on that partition. Use the ext3file systemfile systemext3ext3 file system for data partitions that are not part of LVM, unless you have specific needs that require another type of file system." -msgstr "Jede Partition hat einen PartitionTypDateisystemPartitions-Typ, der das Format des DateisystemDateisystems auf der betreffenden Partition angibt. Das Dateisystem erm??glicht es Linux, auf dieser Partition abgelegte Dateien zu organisieren, zu suchen und abzufragen. Verwenden Sie f??r Datenpartitionen, die nicht Teil des LVM sind, das ext3file systemfile systemext3ext3-Dateisystem, sofern Sie nicht aus irgendwelchen Gr??nden einen anderen Dateisystem-Typ ben??tigen." +msgstr "Jede Partition hat einen PartitionTypDateisystemPartitionstyp, der das Format des DateisystemDateisystems auf der betreffenden Partition angibt. Das Dateisystem erm??glicht es Linux, auf dieser Partition abgelegte Dateien zu organisieren, zu suchen und abzufragen. Verwenden Sie f??r Datenpartitionen, die nicht Teil des LVM sind, das ext3file systemfile systemext3ext3-Dateisystem, sofern Sie nicht aus irgendwelchen Gr??nden einen anderen Dateisystem-Typ ben??tigen." #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:253(title) msgid "Minimum Partition Sizes" @@ -2885,8 +2886,9 @@ msgid "understanding" msgstr "verstehen" #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:299(para) +#, fuzzy msgid "LVM (Logical Volume Management) partitions provide a number of advantages over standard partitions. LVM partitions are formatted as LVMphysical volumephysical volumes. One or more physical volumes are combined to form a LVMvolume groupvolume group. Each volume group's total storage is then divided into one or more LVMlogical volumelogical volumes. The logical volumes function much like standard partitions. They have a file system type, such as ext3, and a mount point." -msgstr "LVM (Logical Volume Management) Partitionen bieten eine Reihe von Vorteilen gegen??ber normalen Partitionen. LVM-Partitionen sind als LVMphysical volumephysical volumes formatiert. Ein oder mehrere physische Laufwerke werden kombiniert zu einer LVMvolume groupLaufwerksgruppe. Der Speicherplatz jeder Laufwerksgruppe wird weiterhin in ein oder mehrere LVMlogical volumelogische Laufwerke unterteilt. Die logischen Laufwerke funktionieren gr????tenteils wie normale Partitionen. Sie besitzen ein Dateisystem wie zum Beispiel ext3 und einen Mountpunkt." +msgstr "LVM (Logical Volume Management) Partitionen bieten eine Reihe von Vorteilen gegen??ber normalen Partitionen. LVM-Partitionen sind als LVMphysical volumephysical volumes formatiert. Ein oder mehrere physische Laufwerke werden kombiniert zu einer LVMvolume groupLaufwerksgruppe. Der Speicherplatz jeder Laufwerksgruppe wird weiterhin in ein oder mehrere LVMlogical volumelogische Laufwerke unterteilt. Die logischen Laufwerke funktionieren gr??sstenteils wie normale Partitionen. Sie besitzen ein Dateisystem wie zum Beispiel ext3 und einen Einh??ngepunkt." #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:323(title) msgid "The /boot Partition and LVM" @@ -2894,19 +2896,19 @@ msgstr "Die /boot-Partition und LVM" #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:324(para) msgid "The boot loader cannot read LVM volumes. You must make a standard, non-LVM disk partition for your /boot partition." -msgstr "Der Boot Loader kann keine LVM-Datentr??ger lesen. Sie m??ssen eine normale, nicht-LVM-Festplattenpartition f??r Ihre /boot-Partition erstellen." +msgstr "Der Boot-Loader kann keine LVM-Datentr??ger lesen. Sie m??ssen eine normale, nicht-LVM-Festplattenpartition f??r Ihre /boot-Partition erstellen." #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:331(para) msgid "To understand LVM better, imagine the physical volume as a pile of blocks. A block is simply a storage unit used to store data. Several piles of blocks can be combined to make a much larger pile, just as physical volumes are combined to make a volume group. The resulting pile can be subdivided into several smaller piles of arbitrary size, just as a volume group is allocated to several logical volumes." -msgstr "Um LVM besser zu verstehen, stellen Sie sich das physikalische Laufwerk als eine Ansammlung von Bl??cken vor. Ein BLock ist vereinfacht eine Einheit zum Speichern von Daten. Mehrere S??tze von Bl??cken k??nnen kombiniert werden, um viel gr????ere Gruppen zu bilden, so wie physikalische Laufwerke zu einer Laufwerksgruppe kombiniert werden. Die sich ergebende Einheit kann in mehrere kleinere Einheiten von angemessener Gr????e unterteils werden, so wie auf einer Laufwerksgruppe mehrere logische Laufwerke angelegt werden." +msgstr "Um LVM besser zu verstehen, stellen Sie sich das physikalische Laufwerk als eine Ansammlung von Bl??cken vor. Ein Block ist vereinfacht eine Einheit zum Speichern von Daten. Mehrere S??tze von Bl??cken k??nnen kombiniert werden, um viel gr??ssere Gruppen zu bilden, so wie physikalische Laufwerke zu einer Laufwerksgruppe kombiniert werden. Die sich ergebende Einheit kann in mehrere kleinere Einheiten von angemessener Gr??sse unterteilt werden, so wie auf einer Laufwerksgruppe mehrere logische Laufwerke angelegt werden." #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:339(para) msgid "An administrator may grow or shrink logical volumes without destroying data, unlike standard disk partitions. If the physical volumes in a volume group are on separate drives or RAID arrays then administrators may also spread a logical volume across the storage devices." -msgstr "Ein Administrator kann logische Laufwerke im Gegensatz zu normalen Plattenpartitionen vergr????ern oder schrumpfen, ohne Daten zu zerst??ren. Falls sich die physikalischen Laufwerke in einer Laufwerksgruppe auf getrennten Ger??ten oder RAID-Verb??nden befinden, k??nnen Administratoren ein logisches Laufwerk zudem ??ber die Speicherger??te verteilen." +msgstr "Ein Administrator kann logische Laufwerke im Gegensatz zu normalen Plattenpartitionen vergr??ssern oder schrumpfen, ohne Daten zu zerst??ren. Falls sich die physikalischen Laufwerke in einer Laufwerksgruppe auf getrennten Ger??ten oder RAID-Verb??nden befinden, k??nnen Administratoren ein logisches Laufwerk zudem ??ber die Speicherger??te verteilen." #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:347(para) msgid "You may lose data if you shrink a logical volume to a smaller capacity than the data on the volume requires. To ensure maximum flexibility, create logical volumes to meet your current needs, and leave excess storage capacity unallocated. You may safely grow logical volumes to use unallocated space, as your needs dictate." -msgstr "Sie k??nnen Daten verlieren, wenn Sie ein logisches Laufwerk auf eine geringere Kapazit??t schrumpfen, als das Laufwerk erfordert. Um maximale Flexibilit??t sicherzustellen, erstellen Sie logische Laufwerke, die Ihren aktuellen Bed??rfnissen entsprechen und lassen Sie verbleibende Speicherkapazit??t unzugeordnet. So k??nnen Sie logische Laufwerke sicher um unzugeordneten Speicherplatz erweitern, wie Ihre Situation es erfordert." +msgstr "Sie k??nnen Daten verlieren, wenn Sie ein logisches Laufwerk auf eine geringere Kapazit??t schrumpfen, als das Laufwerk erfordert. Um maximale Flexibilit??t sicherzustellen, erstellen Sie logische Laufwerke, die Ihren aktuellen Bed??rfnissen entsprechen und lassen Sie verbleibende Speicherkapazit??t nicht zugeordnet. So k??nnen Sie logische Laufwerke sicher um nicht zugeordneten Speicherplatz erweitern, wie Ihre Situation es erfordert." #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:356(title) msgid "LVM and the Default Partition Layout" @@ -2914,7 +2916,7 @@ msgstr "LVM und das standardm??ssige Partitionslayout" #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:358(para) msgid "By default, the installation process creates / and swap partitions within LVM volumes, with a separate /boot partition." -msgstr "Standardm????ig erstellt der Installationsvorgang / und Swap-Partitionen innerhalb von LVM-Datentr??gern, jeweils mit separaten /boot-Partitionen." +msgstr "Standardm??ssig erstellt der Installationsvorgang / und Swap-Partitionen innerhalb von LVM-Datentr??gern, jeweils mit separaten /boot-Partitionen." #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:367(title) msgid "Understanding Encryption" @@ -2926,7 +2928,7 @@ msgstr "Fedora beinhaltet Funktionen zur Verschl??sselung Ihres Speichers. Diese #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:375(para) msgid "You may choose to encrypt either all partitions, or only selected ones. A typical use case includes encrypting partitions containing /home, /var, and /tmp, along with the swap partition. There is usually no need to encrypt /usr, since this directory usually contains only system executables and libraries that have no intrinsic privacy value. The /boot partition is never encrypted and should not be used for sensitive data." -msgstr "Sie k??nnen entscheiden, ob sie alle Partitionen oder nur ausgew??hlte verschl??sseln m??chten. Ein typischer Anwendungsfall schlie??t die Partitionen /home, /var und /tmpein, sowie die Swap-Partition. ??blicherweise ist es nicht n??tig, /usr zu verschl??sseln, da dieses Verzeichnis in der Regel nur ausf??hrbare Dateien und Bibliotheken enth??lt, die keinen direkten privaten Wert haben. Die Partition /boot wird niemals verschl??sselt und sollte nicht f??r sensbile Daten genutzt werden." +msgstr "Sie k??nnen entscheiden, ob sie alle Partitionen oder nur ausgew??hlte verschl??sseln m??chten. Ein typischer Anwendungsfall schliesst die Partitionen /home, /var und /tmpein, sowie die Swap-Partition. ??blicherweise ist es nicht n??tig, /usr zu verschl??sseln, da dieses Verzeichnis in der Regel nur ausf??hrbare Dateien und Bibliotheken enth??lt, die keinen direkten privaten Wert haben. Die Partition /boot wird niemals verschl??sselt und sollte nicht f??r sensible Daten genutzt werden." #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:389(title) msgid "Encrypted Storage Performance" @@ -2958,11 +2960,11 @@ msgstr "Wenn zu erwarten ist, dass Sie oder andere Nutzer Daten auf dem System a #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:425(para) msgid "Each kernel installed on your system requires approximately 6 MB on the /boot partition. Unless you plan to install a great many kernels, the default partition size of 100 MB for /boot should suffice." -msgstr "Jeder auf Ihrem System installierte Kernel ben??tigt jeweils ungef??hr 6 MB auf der /boot-Partition. Sofern Sie nicht vorhaben, sehr viele Kernel zu installieren, sollte diese Ausgangsgr????e von 100 MB f??r /boot ausreichend sein." +msgstr "Jeder auf Ihrem System installierte Kernel ben??tigt jeweils ungef??hr 6 MB auf der /boot-Partition. Sofern Sie nicht vorhaben, sehr viele Kernel zu installieren, sollte diese Ausgangsgr??sse von 100 MB f??r /boot ausreichend sein." #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:433(para) msgid "The /var directory holds content for a number of applications, including the Apache web server. It also is used to store downloaded update packages on a temporary basis. Ensure that the partition containing the /var directory has enough space to download pending updates and hold your other content." -msgstr "Das Verzeichnis /var h??lt Inhalte f??r eine Reihe von Anwendungen bereit, einschlie??lich des Webservers Apache. Es wird auch genutzt, um heruntergeladene Update-Pakete zeitweilig zu speichern. Stellen Sie sicher, dass die Partition, die das Verzeichnis /var enth??lt, ??ber gen??gend freien Speicher verf??gt, um neben den weiteren Inhalten auch Updates herunterzuladen." +msgstr "Das Verzeichnis /var h??lt Inhalte f??r eine Reihe von Anwendungen bereit, einschliesslich des Webservers Apache. Es wird auch genutzt, um heruntergeladene Update-Pakete zeitweilig zu speichern. Stellen Sie sicher, dass die Partition, die das Verzeichnis /var enth??lt, ??ber gen??gend freien Speicher verf??gt, um neben den weiteren Inhalten auch Updates herunterzuladen." #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:442(title) msgid "Pending Updates" @@ -2974,11 +2976,11 @@ msgstr "Da Fedora ein sich sehr schnell entwickelnde Sammlung von Software ist, #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:452(para) msgid "The /usr directory holds the majority of software content on a Fedora system. For an installation of the default set of software, allocate at least 4 GB of space. If you are a software developer or plan to use your Fedora system to learn software development skills, you may want to at least double this allocation." -msgstr "Das Verzeichnis /usr enth??lt den Gro??teil der in Fedora enthaltenen Software. R??umen Sie f??r die Installation der Standard-Softwarepakete wenigstens 4 GB ein. Falls Sie Software-Entwickler sind oder Ihr Fedora-System nutzen m??chten, um Ihre F??higkeiten in der Entwicklung von Software auszubauen, sollten Sie mindestens den doppelten Platz einplanen." +msgstr "Das Verzeichnis /usr enth??lt den Grossteil der in Fedora enthaltenen Software. R??umen Sie f??r die Installation der Standard-Softwarepakete wenigstens 4 GB ein. Falls Sie Software-Entwickler sind oder Ihr Fedora-System nutzen m??chten, um Ihre F??higkeiten in der Entwicklung von Software auszubauen, sollten Sie mindestens den doppelten Platz einplanen." #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:461(para) msgid "Consider leaving a portion of the space in an LVM volume group unallocated. This unallocated space gives you flexibility if your space requirements change but you do not wish to remove data from other partitions to reallocate storage." -msgstr "Erw??gen Sie, in einer LVM-Laufwerksgruppe etwas Speicherplatz unzugeordnet zu belassen. Dieser nicht zugeordnete Platz bietet Ihnen Flexibilit??t bei Ver??nderungen Ihrer Anforderungen, sodass Sie nicht Daten auf anderen Partitionen l??schen m??ssen, um entsprechenden Speicherplatz freizumachen." +msgstr "Erw??gen Sie, in einer LVM-Laufwerksgruppe etwas Speicherplatz nicht zugeordnet zu belassen. Dieser nicht zugeordnete Platz bietet Ihnen Flexibilit??t bei Ver??nderungen Ihrer Anforderungen, sodass Sie nicht Daten auf anderen Partitionen l??schen m??ssen, um entsprechenden Speicherplatz freizumachen." #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:468(para) msgid "If you separate subdirectories into partitions, you can retain content in those subdirectories if you decide to install a new version of Fedora over your current system. For instance, if you intend to run a MySQL database in /var/lib/mysql, make a separate partition for that directory in case you need to reinstall later." @@ -3072,7 +3074,7 @@ msgstr "Der Dialog auf dem Bildschirm listet die verf??gbaren Treiber auf. Stand #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:544(para) msgid "By default, the installation process erases any existing Linux partitions on the selected drives, and replaces them with the default set of partitions for Fedora. All other types of partitions remain unchanged. For example, partitions used by Microsoft Windows, and system recovery partitions created by the computer manufacturer, are both left intact. You may choose an alternative from the drop-down list:" -msgstr "Standardm??ssig l??scht der Installationsvorgang jegliche Linux-Partitionen auf dem ausgew??hlten Laufwerk und ersetzt sie durch die Standard-Partitionen f??r Fedora. Alle anderen Partitionstypen bleiben unver??ndert. Beispielsweise bleiben sowohl von Microsoft Windows verwendete Partitionen und vom Computerhersteller eingerichtete Systemwiederherstellungs-Partitionen unber??hrt. Sie k??nnen eine Alternative aus der Drop-Down-Liste w??hlen:" +msgstr "Standardm??ssig l??scht der Installationsvorgang jegliche Linux-Partitionen auf dem ausgew??hlten Laufwerk und ersetzt sie durch die Standard-Partitionen f??r Fedora. Alle anderen Partitionstypen bleiben unver??ndert. Beispielsweise bleiben sowohl von Microsoft Windows verwendete Partitionen und vom Computerhersteller eingerichtete Systemwiederherstellungs-Partitionen unber??hrt. Sie k??nnen eine Alternative aus der Auswahl-Liste w??hlen:" #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:555(guilabel) msgid "Remove all partitions on selected drives and create default layout" @@ -3116,15 +3118,16 @@ msgstr "Sie bestimmen die Partitionierung der ausgew??hlten Laufwerke manuell. D #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:610(para) msgid "Select Encrypt system to encrypt all partitions except the /boot partition." -msgstr "W??hlen Sie System verschl??sseln, um alle au??er der /boot-Partition zu verschl??sseln." +msgstr "W??hlen Sie System verschl??sseln, um alle ausser der /boot-Partition zu verschl??sseln." #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:615(para) msgid "Select Review and modify partitioning layout to customize the set of partitions that Fedora creates, to configure your system to use drives in RAID arrays, or to modify the boot options for your computer. If you choose one of the alternative partitioning options, this is automatically selected." msgstr "W??hlen Sie Partitionierungslayout ??berpr??fen und anpassen, um die Partitionen, die Fedora anlegen soll, Ihren Vorstellungen entsprechend anzupassen. Auch k??nnen Sie die Boot-Optionen Ihres Computers anpassen oder Ihr System dahingehend konfigurieren, dass die Laufwerke im RAID-Verbund verwendet werden. Wenn Sie eine der alternativen Partitionierungsoptionen w??hlen, wird dies automatisch ausgew??hlt." #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:626(para) +#, fuzzy msgid "You want to install Fedora to a drive connected through the iSCSI protocol. Select Advanced storage options, then select Add iSCSI target, then select Add drive. Provide an IP address and the iSCSI initiator name, and select Add drive." -msgstr "Sie wollen Fedora auf einem Laufwerk installieren, welches per iSCSI Protokoll mit dem System verbunden ist. W??hlen Sie bitte Advanced storage options, danach Add iSCSI target, und danach Add drive.Stellen Sie eine IP-Adresse und den iSCSI Initiationsnamen bereit und w??hlen Sie Add drive aus. " +msgstr "Sie wollen Fedora auf einem Laufwerk installieren, welches per iSCSI Protokoll mit dem System verbunden ist. W??hlen Sie bitte Advanced storage options, danach Add iSCSI target, und danach Add drive.Stellen Sie eine IP-Adresse und den iSCSI-Initiationsnamen bereit und w??hlen Sie Add drive aus." #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:637(para) msgid "You want to disable a dmraid device that was detected at boot time." @@ -3168,7 +3171,7 @@ msgstr "Neu" #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:696(para) msgid "Select this option to add a partition partitionadding or LVM physical volume to the disk. In the Add partition dialog, choose a mount point and a partition type. If you have more than one disk on the system, choose which disks the partition may inhabit. Indicate a size in megabytes for the partition. If you wish to encrypt the partition, select that option." -msgstr "W??hlen Sie diese Option, um zu der Platte eine Partition hinzuzuf??gen, Partitionhinzuf??gen oder ein physisches LVM-Laufwerk. Im Dialog Partition hinzuf??gen w??hlen Sie einen Mountpunkt und Partitionstyp. Falls sich mehr als eine Festplatte im System befindet, geben Sie an, auf welchen Festplatten die Partition heimisch sein soll. Geben Sie ein Gr????e in Megabyte f??r die Partition an. Falls Sie Verschl??sselung f??r diese Partition w??nschen, w??hlen Sie die entsprechende Option." +msgstr "W??hlen Sie diese Option, um zu der Platte eine Partition hinzuzuf??gen, Partitionhinzuf??gen oder ein physisches LVM-Laufwerk. Im Dialog Partition hinzuf??gen w??hlen Sie einen Mountpunkt und Partitionstyp. Falls sich mehr als eine Festplatte im System befindet, geben Sie an, auf welchen Festplatten die Partition heimisch sein soll. Geben Sie ein Gr??sse in Megabyte f??r die Partition an. Falls Sie Verschl??sselung f??r diese Partition w??nschen, w??hlen Sie die entsprechende Option." #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:709(title) msgid "Illegal Partitions" @@ -3216,7 +3219,7 @@ msgstr "Partitionsgr??ssen" #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:771(para) msgid "The actual partition on the disk may be slightly smaller or larger than your choice. Disk geometry issues cause this effect, not an error or bug." -msgstr "Die eigentliche Gr????e der Partition auf der Festplatte kann leicht kleiner oder gr????er als angegeben ausfallen. Dieser Effekt ist auf den Festplattenaufbau zur??ckzuf??hren und ist kein Fehler." +msgstr "Die eigentliche Gr??sse der Partition auf der Festplatte kann leicht kleiner oder gr??sser als angegeben ausfallen. Dieser Effekt ist auf den Festplattenaufbau zur??ckzuf??hren und ist kein Fehler." #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:777(para) msgid "Select the Encrypt partition option to encrypt all information on the disk partition." @@ -3233,7 +3236,7 @@ msgstr "Bearbeiten" #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:794(para) msgid "Select this option to edit an existing partition, partitionediting LVM volume group, or an LVM physical volume that is not yet part of a volume group. To change the size of a LVM physical volume partition, first remove it from any volume groups." -msgstr "W??hlen Sie diese Option, um eine existierende Partition, partitionediting LVM Volume-Gruppe oder ein physisches LVM-Laufwerk, das noch nicht Teil einer Volume-Gruppe ist, zu bearbeiten. Um die Gr????e einer Partition eines physischen LVM-Laufwerks zu ??ndern, entfernen Sie es zuerst aus allen Volume-Gruppen." +msgstr "W??hlen Sie diese Option, um eine existierende Partition, partitionediting LVM Volume-Gruppe oder ein physisches LVM-Laufwerk, das noch nicht Teil einer Volume-Gruppe ist, zu bearbeiten. Um die Gr??sse einer Partition eines physischen LVM-Laufwerks zu ??ndern, entfernen Sie es zuerst aus allen Volume-Gruppen." #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:805(title) msgid "Removing LVM Physical Volumes" @@ -3257,11 +3260,11 @@ msgstr "migrieren Sie Linux-Partitionen, wenn Sie Fedora aktualisieren oder neu #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:829(para) msgid "provide a mount point for non-Linux partitions such as those used on some Windows operating systems" -msgstr "stellt einen Mountpunkt f??r nicht-Linux-Partitionen zur Verf??gung, wie sie auf Windows-Betriebssystemen verwendet werden" +msgstr "stellt einen Einh??ngepunkt f??r nicht-Linux-Partitionen zur Verf??gung, wie sie auf Windows-Betriebssystemen verwendet werden" #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:835(para) msgid "resize an existing NTFS, ext2, or ext3 partition" -msgstr "die Gr????e einer bestehenden NTFS, ext2 oder ext3-Partition ??ndern" +msgstr "die Gr??sse einer bestehenden NTFS, ext2 oder ext3-Partition ??ndern" #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:844(title) msgid "Windows Partitions" @@ -3269,11 +3272,11 @@ msgstr "Windows-Partitionen" #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:845(para) msgid "You may not label Windows partitions that use the NTFSfile systemfile systemNTFSNTFS file system with a mount point in the Fedora installer. You may label vfatfile systemfile systemvfatvfat (FAT16 or FAT32) partitions with a mount point." -msgstr "Sie sollten Windows-Partitionen, die das NTFSDateisystemDateisystemNTFSNTFS-Dateisystem nutzen, im Fedora-Installer nicht mit einem Mountpunkt versehen. Sie k??nnen allerdings vfatDateisystemDateisystemvfatvfat (FAT16 oder FAT32)-Partitionen mit einem Mountpunkt ausstatten." +msgstr "Sie sollten Windows-Partitionen, die das NTFSDateisystemDateisystemNTFSNTFS-Dateisystem nutzen, im Fedora-Installer nicht mit einem Mountpunkt versehen. Sie k??nnen allerdings vfatDateisystemDateisystemvfatvfat (FAT16 oder FAT32)-Partitionen mit einem Einh??ngepunkt ausstatten." #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:879(para) msgid "If you need to make drastic changes to your partition configuration, you may want to delete partitions and start again. If your disk contains data that you need to keep, back it up before you edit any partitions. If you edit the size of a partition, you may lose all data on it." -msgstr "Falls Sie drastische Ver??nderungen an der Partitionierung vornehmen m??ssen, m??chten Sie vielleicht Partitionen l??schen und neu beginnen. Falls Ihre Festplatte Daten enth??lt, die Sie erhalten m??chten, sichern Sie sie bevor Sie Partitionen bearbeiten. Falls Sie die Gr????e einer Partition bearbeiten verlieren Sie alle Daten auf dieser." +msgstr "Falls Sie drastische Ver??nderungen an der Partitionierung vornehmen m??ssen, m??chten Sie vielleicht Partitionen l??schen und neu beginnen. Falls Ihre Festplatte Daten enth??lt, die Sie erhalten m??chten, sichern Sie sie bevor Sie Partitionen bearbeiten. Falls Sie die Gr??sse einer Partition bearbeiten verlieren Sie alle Daten auf dieser." #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:887(para) msgid "If your system contains many separate partitions for system and user data, it is easier to upgrade your system. The installation program allows you to erase or retain data on specific partitions. If your user data is on a separate partition/home/home partition, you can retain that data while erasing system partitions such as /boot." @@ -3281,7 +3284,7 @@ msgstr "Ein Upgrade Ihres Systems ist leichter, wenn es mehrere getrennte Partit #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:900(para) msgid "To change the partition's mount point, enter the new mount point in the space provided. To resize the partition, select Resize and enter a new size, or click and hold the arrow controls to dial the size up or down as needed. To encrypt the partition, select Encrypt and provide a passphrase by typing it twice at the prompt. Refer to for information on using good passphrases." -msgstr "Um den Mountpunkt einer Partition zu ??ndern, geben Sie einen neuen Mountpunkt in das Feld ein. Um die Gr????e der Partition zu ??ndern, w??hlen Sie Gr????e ??ndern und geben die neue Gr????e ein oder klicken in das Feld und halten die Pfeiltasten gedr??ckt, um die ben??tigte Gr????e zu bestimmen. W??hlen Sie Verschl??sseln und geben Sie an der Eingabeaufforderung zweimal ein Passwort ein, falls Sie diese Partition verschl??sseln m??chten. Unter finden Sie Informationen ??ber gute Passw??rter." +msgstr "Um den Einh??ngepunkt einer Partition zu ??ndern, geben Sie einen neuen Einh??ngepunkt in das Feld ein. Um die Gr??sse der Partition zu ??ndern, w??hlen Sie Gr??sse ??ndern und geben die neue Gr??sse ein oder klicken in das Feld und halten die Pfeiltasten gedr??ckt, um die ben??tigte Gr??sse zu bestimmen. W??hlen Sie Verschl??sseln und geben Sie an der Eingabeaufforderung zweimal ein Passwort ein, falls Sie diese Partition verschl??sseln m??chten. Unter finden Sie Informationen ??ber gute Passw??rter." #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:915(guilabel) #: en_US/bootloader.xml:127(guibutton) @@ -3342,7 +3345,7 @@ msgstr "Um ein oder mehrere physische Laufwerke einer Laufwerksgruppe zuzuweisen #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:1015(para) msgid "You may not remove a physical volume from a volume group if doing so would leave insufficient space for that group's logical volumes. Take for example a volume group made up of two 5 GB LVM physical volume partitions, which contains an 8 GB logical volume. The installer would not allow you to remove either of the component physical volumes, since that would leave only 5 GB in the group for an 8 GB logical volume. If you reduce the total size of any logical volumes appropriately, you may then remove a physical volume from the volume group. In the example, reducing the size of the logical volume to 4 GB would allow you to remove one of the 5 GB physical volumes." -msgstr "Sie sollten kein physisches Laufwerk aus einer Laufwerksgruppe entfernen, da ansonsten nicht gen??gend Speicher f??r die logischen Laufwerke dieser Gruppe zur Verf??gung steht. Nehmen wir als Beispiel eine Laufwerksgruppe, die aus zwei 5 GB gro??en physischen LVM-Laufwerkspartitionen besteht und ein 8 GB gro??es logisches Laufwerk enth??lt. Der Installer wird nicht zulassen, dass Sie eines der physischen Laufwerke entfernen, da sonst in dieser Gruppe nur noch 5 GB f??r ein 8 GB gro??es logisches Laufwerk zur Verf??gung stehen. Wenn Sie die Gesamtgr????e der logischen Laufwerke angemessen reduzieren, k??nnen Sie allerdings ein physisches Laufwerk aus der Gruppe entfernen. Im Beispiel w??rde eine Verkleinerung des logischen Laufwerks auf 4 GB erm??glichen, eines der 5 GB gro??en physischen Laufwerke zu entfernen." +msgstr "Sie sollten kein physisches Laufwerk aus einer Laufwerksgruppe entfernen, da ansonsten nicht gen??gend Speicher f??r die logischen Laufwerke dieser Gruppe zur Verf??gung steht. Nehmen wir als Beispiel eine Laufwerksgruppe, die aus zwei 5 GB grossen physischen LVM-Laufwerkspartitionen besteht und ein 8 GB grosses logisches Laufwerk enth??lt. Der Installer wird nicht zulassen, dass Sie eines der physischen Laufwerke entfernen, da sonst in dieser Gruppe nur noch 5 GB f??r ein 8 GB grosses logisches Laufwerk zur Verf??gung stehen. Wenn Sie die Gesamtgr??sse der logischen Laufwerke angemessen reduzieren, k??nnen Sie allerdings ein physisches Laufwerk aus der Gruppe entfernen. Im Beispiel w??rde eine Verkleinerung des logischen Laufwerks auf 4 GB erm??glichen, eines der 5 GB grossen physischen Laufwerke zu entfernen." #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:1030(title) msgid "LVM Unavailable in Text Installs" @@ -3362,15 +3365,16 @@ msgstr "Mache ??nderungen an den Festplatten" #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:1057(para) msgid "To proceed, the installer makes important changes to the disk configuration. This is the last point at which you can quit the installer and still retain your original system configuration. If you have chosen to resize existing Windows NTFS partitions without erasing or formatting them, the data in those partitions is retained." -msgstr "Um fortzufahren, nimmt der Installer wichtige ??nderungen an der Plattenkonfiguration vor. Dies ist der letzte Punkt, an dem sie den Installer beenden und Ihre urspr??ngliche Systemkonfiguration erhalten k??nnen. Falls Sie entschieden haben, existierende Windows-NTFS-Partionen in Ihrer Gr????e zu ver??ndern ohne diese zu l??schen oder zu formatieren, werden die Daten auf diesen erhalten." +msgstr "Um fortzufahren, nimmt der Installer wichtige ??nderungen an der Plattenkonfiguration vor. Dies ist der letzte Punkt, an dem sie den Installer beenden und Ihre urspr??ngliche Systemkonfiguration erhalten k??nnen. Falls Sie entschieden haben, existierende Windows-NTFS-Partitionen in Ihrer Gr??sse zu ver??ndern ohne diese zu l??schen oder zu formatieren, werden die Daten auf diesen erhalten." #: en_US/diskpartitioning.xml:1065(para) msgid "Select Write changes to disk to proceed." msgstr "W??hlen Sie ??nderungen auf Platte schreiben um fortzufahren." #: en_US/bootloader.xml:17(para) +#, fuzzy msgid "A boot loader is a small program that reads and launches the operating system. Fedora uses the GRUBconfiguringboot loaderGRUB boot loader by default. If you have multiple operating systems, the boot loader determines which one to boot, usually by offering a menu." -msgstr "Ein Boot Loader ist ein kleines Programm, dass das Betriebssystem liest und startet. Fedora nutzt von Haus aus den GRUBconfiguringboot loaderGRUB Boot Loader. Falls Sie mehrere Betriebssysteme haben, bietet der Boot Loader ??blicherweise ein Auswahlmen?? an, um das zu startende Betriebssystem zu bestimmen." +msgstr "Ein Boot-Loader ist ein kleines Programm, dass das Betriebssystem liest und startet. Fedora nutzt von Haus aus den GRUBconfiguringboot-loaderGRUB Boot Loader. Falls Sie mehrere Betriebssysteme haben, bietet der Boot-Loader ??blicherweise ein Auswahlmen?? an, um das zu startende Betriebssystem zu bestimmen." #: en_US/bootloader.xml:29(para) msgid "You may have a boot loader installed on your system already. An operating system may install its own preferred boot loader, or you may have installed a third-party boot loader.If your boot loader does not recognize Linux partitions, you may not be able to boot Fedora. Use GRUB as your boot loader to boot Linux and most other operating systems. Follow the directions in this chapter to install GRUB." @@ -3390,7 +3394,7 @@ msgstr "Behalten der bestehenden Bootloader-Einstellungen" #: en_US/bootloader.xml:48(para) msgid "By default, the installation program installs GRUB in the master boot record, master boot record or MBR, of the device for the root file system. To decline installation of a new boot loader, select No boot loader will be installed." -msgstr "Standardm??ssig wird GRUB vom Installationsprogramm in den master boot record, master boot record oder MBR der Festplatte, auf der sich das root-Dateisystem befindet, installiert. Wenn Sie die Installation eines neuen Bootloaders verhindern wollen, w??hlen Sie bitte Es wird kein Bootloader installiert." +msgstr "Standardm??ssig wird GRUB vom Installationsprogramm in den master boot record, master boot record oder MBR der Festplatte, auf der sich das root-Dateisystem befindet, installiert. Wenn Sie die Installation eines neuen Boot-Loaders verhindern wollen, w??hlen Sie bitte Es wird kein Bootloader installiert." #: en_US/bootloader.xml:58(title) msgid "Boot Loader Required" @@ -3402,7 +3406,7 @@ msgstr "Auf Ihrem Computer muss GRUB oder ein anderer #: en_US/bootloader.xml:68(para) msgid "You may need to customize the GRUB installation to correctly support some hardware or system configurations. To specify compatibility settings, select Configure advanced boot loader options. This causes a second screen of options to appear when you choose Next. explains the features of the additional screen." -msgstr "Sie m??ssen die GRUB Installation anpassen um bestimmte Hardware oder System-Konfigurationen zu unterst??tzen. Um Kompatibilit??ts-Einstellungen zu sepzifizieren, w??hlen Sie Konfiguriere erweiterte Bootloader-Einstellungen. Wenn Sie dann Weiter w??hlen, erscheint ein zweiter Bildschirm mit Optionen. erkl??rt die Funktionen dieses erweiterten Bildschirms. " +msgstr "Sie m??ssen die GRUB Installation anpassen um bestimmte Hardware oder System-Konfigurationen zu unterst??tzen. Um Kompatibilit??ts-Einstellungen zu spezifizieren, w??hlen Sie Konfiguriere erweiterte Bootloader-Einstellungen. Wenn Sie dann Weiter w??hlen, erscheint ein zweiter Bildschirm mit Optionen. erkl??rt die Funktionen dieses erweiterten Bildschirms. " #: en_US/bootloader.xml:79(title) msgid "Booting Additional Operating Systems" @@ -3489,11 +3493,11 @@ msgstr "Erweiterte Optionen des Bootloaders" #: en_US/bootloader.xml:202(para) msgid "The default boot options are adequate for most situations. The installation program writes the GRUB boot loader in the master boot record master boot record (MBR), overwriting any existing boot loader." -msgstr "Die voreingestellten Boot-Optionen decken die meisten Anwendungsf??lle ab. Das Installationsprogramm schreibt den Boot Loader GRUB in den Master Boot Record Master Boot Record (MBR) und ??berschreibt existierende Boot Loader." +msgstr "Die voreingestellten Boot-Optionen decken die meisten Anwendungsf??lle ab. Das Installationsprogramm schreibt den Boot-Loader GRUB in den Master Boot Record Master Boot Record (MBR) und ??berschreibt existierende Boot Loader." #: en_US/bootloader.xml:213(para) msgid "You may keep your current boot loader in the MBR and install GRUB as a secondary boot loader. If you choose this option, the installer program will write GRUB to the first sector of the Linux /boot partition." -msgstr "Sie k??nnen Ihren aktuellen Boot Loader im MBR erhalten und GRUB als zweiten Boot Loader installieren. Falls Sie sich f??r diese Option entscheiden, wird das Installationsprogramm GRUB in den ersten Sektor der /boot-Partition von Linux schreiben." +msgstr "Sie k??nnen Ihren aktuellen Boot-Loader im MBR erhalten und GRUB als zweiten Boot-Loader installieren. Falls Sie sich f??r diese Option entscheiden, wird das Installationsprogramm GRUB in den ersten Sektor der /boot-Partition von Linux schreiben." #: en_US/bootloader.xml:221(title) msgid "GRUB as a Secondary Boot Loader" @@ -3505,11 +3509,11 @@ msgstr "Wenn Sie GRUB als zweiten Bootloader installieren, m??ssen Sie ihren pri #: en_US/bootloader.xml:232(para) msgid "You may also need the advanced options if your BIOS enumerates your drives or RAID arrays differently than Fedora expects. If necessary, use the Change Drive Order dialog to set the order of the devices in Fedora to match your BIOS." -msgstr "Sie m??ssen ebenfalls weitere Einstellungen vornehmen, falls Ihr BIOS Ihre Laufwerke oder RAID-Verb??nde anders numeriert, als Fedora es erwartet. Falls notwendig, nutzen Sie den Dialog Laufwerksreihenfolge ??ndern, um die Reihenfolge Ihre Ger??te in Fedora so zu ??ndern, dass sie zu Ihrem BIOS passt." +msgstr "Sie m??ssen ebenfalls weitere Einstellungen vornehmen, falls Ihr BIOS Ihre Laufwerke oder RAID-Verb??nde anders nummeriert, als Fedora es erwartet. Falls notwendig, nutzen Sie den Dialog Laufwerksreihenfolge ??ndern, um die Reihenfolge Ihre Ger??te in Fedora so zu ??ndern, dass sie zu Ihrem BIOS passt." #: en_US/bootloader.xml:240(para) msgid "On a few systems, Fedora may not configure the disk drive geometry for large disks correctly because of limitations within the BIOS. To work around this problem, mark the Force LBA32 check box." -msgstr "Auf manchen Systemen kann es vorkommen, dass Fedora aufgrund von Beschr??nkungen im BIOS gro??e Festplatten nicht korrekt konfiguriert. Um dieses Problem zu entgehen, markieren Sie die Checkbox Force LBA32." +msgstr "Auf manchen Systemen kann es vorkommen, dass Fedora aufgrund von Beschr??nkungen im BIOS grosse Festplatten nicht korrekt konfiguriert. Um dieses Problem zu entgehen, markieren Sie die Checkbox Force LBA32." #: en_US/bootloader.xml:247(para) msgid "The Linux kernel usually auto-detects its environment correctly, and no additional kernel parameters are needed. However, you may provide any needed kernel parameter using the advanced boot loader options." @@ -3813,7 +3817,7 @@ msgstr "Die Versionshinweise geben die Hardwareanforderungen von Fedora 9 an. Si #: en_US/before-begin.xml:47(para) msgid "The Release Notes are available on the first disc in HTML and plain text format. The latest versions of this Installation Guide and the Release Notes are available at ." -msgstr "Die Versionshinweise finden Sie auf der ersten Disk im HTML- und Klartext-Format. Die neuste Version dieses Installations-Anleitung und der Versionhinweise ist verf??gbar unter ." +msgstr "Die Versionshinweise finden Sie auf der ersten Disk im HTML- und Klartext-Format. Die neuste Version dieses Installationsanleitung und der Versionshinweise ist verf??gbar unter ." #: en_US/before-begin.xml:54(title) msgid "Storage" @@ -3834,7 +3838,7 @@ msgstr "Netzwerk" #: en_US/before-begin.xml:74(para) msgid "By default, Fedora systems attempt to discover correct connection settings for the attached network using DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol)Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol, or DHCP. Your network may include a DHCP provider which delivers settings to other systems on demand. The DHCP provider may be a router or wireless access point for the network, or a server." -msgstr "Per Standard versuchen Fedora-Systeme, die korrekten Verbindungseinstellungen f??r ein angeschlossenes Netzwerk unter Nutzung von DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol)Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol oder DHCP herauszufinden. Ihr Netzwerk kann einen DHCP-Dienst beinhalten, der auf Anfrage Einstellungen an andere Systeme ausliefert. Der DHCP-Dienst kann sich auf einem Router, Drahtloszugangspunkt oder Server befinden." +msgstr "Per Standard versuchen Fedora-Systeme, die korrekten Verbindungseinstellungen f??r ein angeschlossenes Netzwerk unter Nutzung von DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol)Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol oder DHCP herauszufinden. Ihr Netzwerk kann einen DHCP-Dienst beinhalten, der auf Anfrage Einstellungen an andere Systeme ausliefert. Der DHCP-Dienst kann sich auf einem Router, Access Point oder Server befinden." #: en_US/before-begin.xml:86(para) msgid "In some circumstances you may need to provide information about your network during the installation process. Refer to and for more information." @@ -3902,7 +3906,7 @@ msgstr "Installation von Fedora in einem gemanagten Netzwerk" #: en_US/before-begin.xml:193(para) msgid "Some corporate networks include a directory service that manages user accounts for the organization. Fedora systems can join a Kerberos, NIS, Hesiod, or MicrosoftWindows domain as part of the installation process. Fedora can also use LDAP directories." -msgstr "Manche Firmennetzwerke enthalten einen Verzeichnisdienst, der Nutzerkonten f??r diese Organisation verwaltet. Fedora-Systeme k??nnen w??hrend des Installationsprozesses einer Kerberos-, NIS-, Hesiod- oder MicrosoftWindows -Domain beitreten. Fedora kann au??erdem LDAP-Verzeichnisse nutzen." +msgstr "Manche Firmennetzwerke enthalten einen Verzeichnisdienst, der Nutzerkonten f??r diese Organisation verwaltet. Fedora-Systeme k??nnen w??hrend des Installationsprozesses einer Kerberos-, NIS-, Hesiod- oder MicrosoftWindows -Domain beitreten. Fedora kann ausserdem LDAP-Verzeichnisse nutzen." #: en_US/before-begin.xml:214(title) msgid "Consult Network Administrators" @@ -4186,7 +4190,7 @@ msgstr "Entfernten Zugang per VNC aktivieren" #: en_US/adminoptions.xml:277(para) msgid "VNC (Virtual Network Computing)enabling To enable remote graphical access to the installation system, enter two options at the prompt:" -msgstr "VNC (Virtual Network Computing)aktiviert Zum Aktivieren eines entfernten grafischen Zugriffes auf das Instalallationssystem, geben Sie die beiden Optionen am Promt ein:" +msgstr "VNC (Virtual Network Computing)aktiviert Zum Aktivieren eines entfernten grafischen Zugriffes auf das Installationssystem, geben Sie die beiden Optionen am Prompt ein:" #: en_US/adminoptions.xml:286(replaceable) #: en_US/adminoptions.xml:388(replaceable) @@ -4216,7 +4220,7 @@ msgstr "W??hlen Sie die Sprache, das Tastatur-Layout und die Netzwerk Einstellun #: en_US/adminoptions.xml:317(para) msgid "You may then login to the installation system with a VNC client. To run the vncviewer client on Fedora, choose ApplicationsAccessoriesVNC Viewer, or type the command vncviewer in a terminal window. Enter the server and display number in the VNC Server dialog. For the example above, the VNC Server is computer.mydomain.com:1." -msgstr "Sie k??nnen sich dann mittels eines VNC-Clients am Installationssystem anmelden. Um den Client vncviewer auf Fedora auszuf??hren, w??hlen Sie AnwendungenZubeh??rVNC Viewer oder geben Sie den Befehl vncviewer in einem Terminalfenster ein. Geben Sie im Dialos VNC Server den Server und die Anzeigenummer ein. Im obigen Beispiel hei??t der Server VNC Servercomputer.mydomain.com:1." +msgstr "Sie k??nnen sich dann mittels eines VNC-Clients am Installationssystem anmelden. Um den Client vncviewer auf Fedora auszuf??hren, w??hlen Sie AnwendungenZubeh??rVNC Viewer oder geben Sie den Befehl vncviewer in einem Terminalfenster ein. Geben Sie im Dialog VNC Server den Server und die Anzeigenummer ein. Im obigen Beispiel heisst der Server VNC Servercomputer.mydomain.com:1." #: en_US/adminoptions.xml:332(title) msgid "Connecting the Installation System to a VNC Listener" @@ -4326,7 +4330,7 @@ msgstr "Aktivieren Sie entfernten syslog-Zugang nur in gesicherten Netzwerken" #: en_US/adminoptions.xml:471(para) msgid "The syslogd service includes no security measures. Crackers may slow or crash systems that permit access to the logging service, by sending large quantities of false log messages. In addition, hostile users may intercept or falsify messages sent to the logging service over the network." -msgstr "Der Dienst syslogd beinhaltet keine Sicherheits-Ma??gaben. Eindringlinge k??nnen Systeme, die Zugang zum Protokollierdienst bieten verlangsamen oder zum Absturz bringen, indem sie gro??e Mengen falscher Protokolleintr??ge senden. Au??erdem k??nnen feindlich gesinnte Nutzer Eintr??ge abfangen oder verf??lschen, die ??ber das Netzwerk an den Dienst gesendet werden." +msgstr "Der Dienst syslogd beinhaltet keine Sicherheits-Massgaben. Eindringlinge k??nnen Systeme, die Zugang zum Protokollierdienst bieten verlangsamen oder zum Absturz bringen, indem sie grosse Mengen falscher Protokolleintr??ge senden. Ausserdem k??nnen feindlich gesinnte Nutzer Eintr??ge abfangen oder verf??lschen, die ??ber das Netzwerk an den Dienst gesendet werden." #: en_US/adminoptions.xml:481(para) msgid "To configure a Fedora system to accept log messages from other systems on the network, edit the file /etc/sysconfig/syslog. You must use root privileges to edit the file /etc/sysconfig/syslog. Add the option to the SYSLOGD_OPTIONS:" From transif at fedoraproject.org Tue Dec 9 23:30:11 2008 From: transif at fedoraproject.org (Transifex System User) Date: Tue, 9 Dec 2008 23:30:11 +0000 (UTC) Subject: Branch 'f10' - po/de.po Message-ID: <20081209233011.95BF9120410@lists.fedorahosted.org> po/de.po | 160 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------------------------------- 1 file changed, 80 insertions(+), 80 deletions(-) New commits: commit 2dd146d2f833a3d4ebc4d800b2faeb7da68a6aa5 Author: Fabian Affolter Date: Tue Dec 9 23:30:08 2008 +0000 Updated German translation Transmitted-via: Transifex (translate.fedoraproject.org) diff --git a/po/de.po b/po/de.po index f9fb345..c4b202e 100644 --- a/po/de.po +++ b/po/de.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: release-notes.master.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-22 00:03-0500\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-23 10:54+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-10 00:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Fabian Affolter \n" "Language-Team: German \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ msgstr "Minimaler RAM-Speicher f??r die Grafik: 196 MB" #: en_US/x86_specifics_for_Fedora.xml:34(para) msgid "Recommended RAM for graphical: 256MiB" -msgstr "Empfohler RAM-Speicher die Grafik: 256 MB" +msgstr "Empfohlener RAM-Speicher die Grafik: 256 MB" #: en_US/x86_specifics_for_Fedora.xml:39(title) #: en_US/PPC_specifics_for_Fedora.xml:43(title) @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ msgstr "Die kompletten Pakete von der DVD k??nnen mehr als 9 GB Plattenplatz bel #: en_US/x86_specifics_for_Fedora.xml:48(para) #: en_US/x86_64_specifics_for_Fedora.xml:35(para) msgid "In practical terms the additional space requirements may range from as little as 90 MiB for a minimal installation to as much as an additional 175 MiB for a larger installation." -msgstr "Praktisch gesprochen variiert der zus??tzlich ben??tige Plattenplatz von 90 MiB f??r eine Minimalinstallation bis zu einer Gr??sse von 175 MB f??r eine vollst??ndige Installation." +msgstr "Praktisch gesprochen variiert der zus??tzlich ben??tige Plattenplatz von 90 MB f??r eine Minimalinstallation bis zu einer Gr??sse von 175 MB f??r eine vollst??ndige Installation." #: en_US/x86_specifics_for_Fedora.xml:51(para) #: en_US/x86_64_specifics_for_Fedora.xml:38(para) @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ msgstr "KVM erfordert Hardware-Virtualisierungseigenschaften im Host-System." #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:24(para) msgid "Systems lacking hardware virtualization do not support Xen guests at this time." -msgstr "Fehlende System Hardware-Virtualisation unterst??tzt zur Zeit nicht den Xen-Gast." +msgstr "Fehlende System Hardware-Virtualisierung unterst??tzt zur Zeit nicht den Xen-Gast." #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:28(para) msgid "For more information refer to:" @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ msgstr "libvirt bietet nun auch die M #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:60(para) msgid "This enables the virt-manager tool to remotely provision new guest domains, and manage the storage associated with them. It provides improved SELinux integration, since the APIs ensure that all storage volumes have the correct SELinux security context when being assigned to a guest." -msgstr "Dies aktiviert das virt-manager-Werkzeug, um neue Gast-Domains entfernt bereitzustellen und den Speicher zu managen, der mit diesen in Verbindung steht. Es bietet verbesserte SELinux-Integration an, seidem die APIs versichert, dass das Speichervolumen den korrekten SELinux-Sicherheitskontext hat, wenn es den Gast zugewiesen wird." +msgstr "Dies aktiviert das virt-manager-Werkzeug, um neue Gast-Domains entfernt bereitzustellen und den Speicher zu managen, der mit diesen in Verbindung steht. Es bietet verbesserte SELinux-Integration an, seit dem die APIs versichert, dass das Speichervolumen den korrekten SELinux-Sicherheitskontext hat, wenn es den Gast zugewiesen wird." #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:66(emphasis) msgid "Features" @@ -383,11 +383,11 @@ msgstr "Entfernte Installation von virtuellen Maschinen" #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:115(para) msgid "Improvements in Virtualization storage management have enabled the creation of guests on remote host systems. By leveraging Avahi, systems supporting libvirt can be automatically detected by virt-manager. Upon detection guests can be provisioned on the remote system." -msgstr "Verbesserungen am Virtualisations-Speichermanager haben die Erstellung eines Gastes im entfertnen Host-System erm??glicht. Durch Avahi, k??nnen Systeme, die libvirt unterst??tzen automatisch durch virt-manager entdeckt werden. Nach der Entdeckung des Gastes kann es im entfernten System bereitgestellt werden." +msgstr "Verbesserungen am Virtualisierungs-Speichermanager haben die Erstellung eines Gastes im entfertnen Host-System erm??glicht. Durch Avahi, k??nnen Systeme, die libvirt unterst??tzen automatisch durch virt-manager entdeckt werden. Nach der Entdeckung des Gastes kann es im entfernten System bereitgestellt werden." #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:121(para) msgid "Installations can be automated with the help of cobbler and koan. Cobbler is a Linux installation server that allows for rapid setup of network installation environments. Network installs can be configured for PXE boot, reinstallations, media-based net-installs, and virtualized guest installs. Cobbler uses a helper program, koan, for reinstallation and virtualization support." -msgstr "Die Installation kann mit Hilfe von cobbler und koan automatisiert werden. Cobbler ist ein Linux-Installationsserver, der ein schnelles Setup der Netzwerk-Installationsumgebung erlaubt. Die Netzwerkinstallation kann konfiguriert werden f??r PXE Boot, Reinstallierung, mediabasierte Netzinsallationen und virtuelle Gastinstallationen. Cobbler verwendet ein Hilfsprogramm names koan f??r die Reinstallation und den Virtualisationssupport." +msgstr "Die Installation kann mit Hilfe von cobbler und koan automatisiert werden. Cobbler ist ein Linux-Installationsserver, der ein schnelles Setup der Netzwerk-Installationsumgebung erlaubt. Die Netzwerkinstallation kann konfiguriert werden f??r PXE Boot, Neuinstallierung, mediabasierte Netzinsallationen und virtuelle Gastinstallationen. Cobbler verwendet ein Hilfsprogramm namens koan f??r die Neuinstallation und den Virtualisierungs-Unterst??tzung." #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:137(para) msgid " -- virt-manager Discovery" @@ -424,11 +424,11 @@ msgstr "Das neue experimentelle Packet xenwatch stellt Dienst #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:187(title) msgid "libvirt updated to 0.4.6" -msgstr "libvirt auf 0.4.6 updated" +msgstr "libvirt auf 0.4.6 aktualisiert" #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:188(para) msgid "The libvirt package provides an API and tools to interact with the virtualization capabilities of recent versions of Linux (and other OSes). The libvirt software is designed to be a common denominator among all virtualization technologies with support for the following:" -msgstr "Das libvirt-Paket bietet ein API und Werkzeuge an, um mit den Virtualisationkapazit??ten der derzeitigen Version von Linux (und anderen BS) zu interagieren. Die libvirt Software wurde so entwickelt, um alle Virtualisationstechnologien auf einen gemeinsamen Nenner zu bringen, die folgendes unterst??tzen:" +msgstr "Das libvirt-Paket bietet ein API und Werkzeuge an, um mit den Virtualisierungskapazit??ten der derzeitigen Version von Linux (und anderen BS) zu interagieren. Die libvirt Software wurde so entwickelt, um alle Virtualisierungstechnologien auf einen gemeinsamen Nenner zu bringen, die folgendes unterst??tzen:" #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:196(para) msgid "The Xen hypervisor on Linux and Solaris hosts." @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ msgstr "Erlaubt spezifische Tastaturbelegungen, wenn Anzeigeger??te hinzugef??gt #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:278(para) msgid "Keep app running if manager window is closed but VM window is still open." -msgstr "L??sst die Anwendung weiterlaufen, falls das Managerfenster geschlossen ist aber das VM-Fenster noch ge??ffnet ist." +msgstr "L??sst die Anwendung weiterlaufen, falls das Verwalterfenster geschlossen ist, aber das VM-Fenster noch ge??ffnet ist." #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:281(para) msgid "Allow limiting the amount of stored stats history." @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ msgstr "virtinst auf 0.400.0 upgedated" #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:292(para) msgid "The python-virtinst package contains tools for installing and manipulating multiple VM guest image formats." -msgstr "Das python-virtinst-Paket beinhaltet TOOls f??r die Installierung und Manipulation von multiplen VM-Gast-Abbild-Formaten." +msgstr "Das python-virtinst-Paket beinhaltet Werkzeuge f??r die Installierung und Manipulation von multiplen VM-Gast-Abbild-Formaten." #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:295(emphasis) msgid "New features and improvements since 0.300.3:" @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ msgstr "NeueS Werkzeug virt-pack: Konvertiert virt- #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:315(para) msgid "Support for remote VM installation. Can use install media and disk images on remote host if shared via libvirt. Allows provisioning storage on remote pools." -msgstr "Support um VM-Installationen zu entfernen. Kann Installationsmedien und Diskabbilder auf einen Remote-Host verwenden, falls ??ber libvirt geteilt. Erlaubt Speicher auf den Remote-Pools zu versorgen." +msgstr "Support um VM-Installationen zu entfernen. Kann Installationsmedien und Diskabbilder auf einen entfernten Host verwenden, falls ??ber libvirt geteilt. Erlaubt Speicher auf den Remote-Pools zu versorgen." #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:320(para) msgid "Support setting CPU pinning information for QEmu/KVM VMs" @@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ msgstr "Shadow3: Optimiert um dies zum besten Shadow-Pagetable-Algorithmus aller #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:416(para) msgid "Hardware Assisted Paging enhancements: 2MB page support for better TLB locality" -msgstr "Hardware Assisted Paging -Verbesserungen: 2 MB Seiten-Support f??r bessere TLB-Umgebung" +msgstr "Hardware Assisted Paging -Verbesserungen: 2 MB-Seiten-Support f??r bessere TLB-Umgebung" #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:419(para) msgid "CPUID feature levelling: allows safe domain migration across systems with different CPU models" @@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ msgstr "Volle x86 Real-Mode-Emulation f??r HVM-G??ste auf Intel VT: Unterst??tzt #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:433(para) msgid "New qemu merge with upstream development" -msgstr "Neue qemu mischt sich mit Upstream-Entwicklung" +msgstr "Neues qemu mischt sich mit Upstream-Entwicklung" #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:435(para) msgid "Many other changes in both x86 and IA64 ports" @@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ msgstr "Aktualisierte Pakte in Fedora 10" #: en_US/Updated_packages_in_Fedora_10.xml:7(para) msgid "This list is automatically generated by checking the difference between the (F10)-1 GOLD tree and the F10 tree on a specific date. The content is posted only on the wiki:" -msgstr "Die Liste wird automatisch durch das ??berpr??fen der Unterschiede der spezifischen Daten, zwischen den (F10)-1 Gold Tree und den F10-Zweig generiert." +msgstr "Die Liste wird automatisch durch das ??berpr??fen der Unterschiede der spezifischen Daten, zwischen den (F10)-1 Gold-Zweig und den F10-Zweig generiert." #: en_US/Tools.xml:5(title) msgid "Tools" @@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ msgstr "Upgrade von Fedora 9" #: en_US/Tools.xml:54(para) msgid "Users upgrading from Eclipse 3.3 will need to migrate any plug-ins they have installed from sources other than RPMs. The simplest way to do this is to re-install. For plug-in developers migrating from 3.3, refer to the \"Plug-in Migration Guide\":" -msgstr "Benutzer die von Eclipse 3.3 upgraden, m??ssen alle Plug-Ins wandeln, die von anderen Quellen als RPM installiert wurden. Die einfachste Art dies zu tun ist die Reinstallation. Plug-Ins Entwickler die von 3.3 umwandeln, beziehen sich bitte auf den \"Plug-in Migration Guide\":" +msgstr "Benutzer die von Eclipse 3.3 upgraden, m??ssen alle Plug-Ins wandeln, die von anderen Quellen als RPM installiert wurden. Die einfachste Art dies zu tun ist die Neuinstallation. Plug-Ins Entwickler die von 3.3 umwandeln, beziehen sich bitte auf den \"Plug-in Migration Guide\":" #: en_US/Tools.xml:64(title) msgid "Emacs" @@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ msgstr "Fedora 10 bietet besseren Support f??r Haskell. Mit einem neuen Satz an #: en_US/Tools.xml:127(para) msgid "Package creation is quite simple. Haskell already provides the infrastructure for compiling and deploying packages consistently. Setting up a package for Fedora takes very little time, meaning code that works in Haskell works in Fedora too." -msgstr "Die Paketerstellung ist ziemlich einfach. Haskell bietet bereits die Infrastruktur f??r das konsistente Kompilieren und Einsetzen von Paketet. Das Erstellen eines Paketes in Fedora ben??tigt sehr wenig Zeit, d.h. ein Code der in Haskell funktioniert, funktioniert auch in Fedora." +msgstr "Die Paketerstellung ist ziemlich einfach. Haskell bietet bereits die Infrastruktur f??r das konsistente Kompilieren und Einsetzen von Paketen. Das Erstellen eines Paketes in Fedora ben??tigt sehr wenig Zeit, d.h. ein Code der in Haskell funktioniert, funktioniert auch in Fedora." #: en_US/Tools.xml:132(para) msgid "Fedora also provides tools for enterprise deployment of Fedora packages. With the inclusion of Haskell in Fedora, the developer is now free to write enterprise level applications in Haskell and feel secure knowing the code can be used in Fedora." @@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ msgstr " - Problem Tracker desNe #: en_US/Tools.xml:209(title) msgid "AMQP Infrastructure" -msgstr "AMQP Infrastruktur" +msgstr "AMQP-Infrastruktur" #: en_US/Tools.xml:210(para) msgid "The AMQP Infrastructure package is a subset of the Red Hat Enterprise MRG. The package allows for development of scalable, interoperable, and high-performance enterprise applications." @@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ msgstr "Anwendungserstellungs-Werkzeug" #: en_US/Tools.xml:262(para) msgid "The Appliance Creation Tool is a tool that creates Appliance Images from a kickstart file. This tool uses the Live CD creator API as well as patches to the Live CD API that allow for the creation of multi-partitioned disk images. These disk images can then be booted in a virtual container such as Xen, KVM, and VMware. This tool is included in the appliance-tools package. This package contains tools for building appliance images on Fedora based systems including derived distributions such as RHEL, CentOS, and others." -msgstr "Das Anwendungserstellungs-Tool ist ein Werkzeug das Anwendungsabbilder von einer Kickstart-Datei erstellt. Dieses Werkzeug verwendet die CD-Erstellungs-API, genauso wie Patches f??r die Live CD-API, dies erlaubt die Erstellung von multi-partitionierten Disk-Abbildern. Diese Disk-Abbilder k??nnen dann in einen virtuellen Kontainer gebootet werden, wie z.B. Xen, KVM und VMware. Dieses Werkzeug enth??lt das Paket appliance-tools. Dieses Paket beinhaltet Werkzeuge zur Bildung von Anwendungsabbildern in Fedora-Basissystemen, einschliesslich abgeleiteten Distributionen wie RHEL, CentOS und anderen." +msgstr "Das Anwendungserstellungs-Werkzeug ist ein Hilfsmittel das Anwendungsabbilder von einer Kickstart-Datei erstellt. Dieses Werkzeug verwendet die CD-Erstellungs-API, genauso wie Patches f??r die Live CD-API, dies erlaubt die Erstellung von multi-partitionierten Disk-Abbildern. Diese Disk-Abbilder k??nnen dann in einen virtuellen Container gebootet werden, wie z.B. Xen, KVM und VMware. Dieses Werkzeug enth??lt das Paket appliance-tools. Dieses Paket beinhaltet Werkzeuge zur Bildung von Anwendungsabbildern in Fedora-Basissystemen, einschliesslich abgeleiteten Distributionen wie RHEL, CentOS und anderen." #: en_US/Tools.xml:274(title) msgid "Appliance Operating System" @@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@ msgstr "Autofs" #: en_US/System_services.xml:56(para) msgid "Autofs is no longer installed by default. Users who wish to use Autofs can choose it from the System Tools group in the installer, or with the package installation tools." -msgstr "Autofs ist nicht mehr standardm??ssig installiert. Benutzer, welche Autofs weiterhin benutzen wollen, k??nnen es aus der System-Werzeuge-Gruppe ausw??hlen oder mit den Paketinstallationswerkzeugen." +msgstr "Autofs ist nicht mehr standardm??ssig installiert. Benutzer, welche Autofs weiterhin benutzen wollen, k??nnen es aus der System-Werkzeuge-Gruppe ausw??hlen oder mit den Paketinstallationswerkzeugen." #: en_US/System_services.xml:61(title) msgid "Varnish" @@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ msgstr "Server-Werkzeuge" #: en_US/Server_tools.xml:7(para) msgid "This section highlights changes and additions to the various GUI server and system configuration tools in Fedora 10." -msgstr "Dieser Abschnitt hebt ??nderungen und Zus??tze f??r die verschiedenen GUI-Server und Systemkonfigurations-Tools in Fedora 10 hervor." +msgstr "Dieser Abschnitt hebt ??nderungen und Zus??tze f??r die verschiedenen GUI-Server und Systemkonfigurations-Werkzeuges in Fedora 10 hervor." #: en_US/Server_tools.xml:10(title) msgid "First Aid Kit" @@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ msgstr "Ebenso Browser-Plugins, welche mit nspluginwrapper la #: en_US/Security.xml:78(para) msgid "SELinux and the Firefox mozplugger infrastructure may not work together as expected, due to fundamentally different goals for each. As a test or solution, to turn off SELinux confinement of nsplugin, run this command:" -msgstr "SELinux und die Firefox mozplugger-Infrastruktur k??nnen eventuell nicht so zuammenarbeiten, wie erwartet, weil beide unterschiedliche Ziele verfolgen. Als Test oder L??sung, schalten Sie SELinux-Beschr??nkungen von nsplugin aus und f??hren Sie folgenden Befehl aus:" +msgstr "SELinux und die Firefox mozplugger-Infrastruktur k??nnen eventuell nicht so zusammenarbeiten, wie erwartet, weil beide unterschiedliche Ziele verfolgen. Als Test oder L??sung, schalten Sie SELinux-Beschr??nkungen von nsplugin aus und f??hren Sie folgenden Befehl aus:" #: en_US/Security.xml:84(userinput) #, no-wrap @@ -1280,7 +1280,7 @@ msgstr "Drucken" #: en_US/Printing.xml:7(para) msgid "The print manager (system-config-printer or SystemAdministrationPrinting) user interface has been overhauled to look friendlier and be more in line with modern desktop applications. The system-config-printer application no longer needs to be run as the root user." -msgstr "Das Druckmanager (system-config-printer oder SystemAdministrationPrinting) Benutzerinterface wurde ??berarbeitet, um freundlicher und in einer Linie mit den modernen Desktop-Anwendungen zu sein. Die system-config-printer-Anwendung muss nicht l??nger als Root-Benutzer ausgef??hrt werden." +msgstr "Das Druckmanager (system-config-printer oder SystemAdministrationDrucken) Benutzerinterface wurde ??berarbeitet, um freundlicher und in einer Linie mit den modernen Desktop-Anwendungen zu sein. Die system-config-printer-Anwendung muss nicht l??nger als Root-Benutzer ausgef??hrt werden." #: en_US/Printing.xml:12(para) msgid "Other changes include:" @@ -1509,7 +1509,7 @@ msgstr "GIMP" #: en_US/Package_notes.xml:13(para) msgid "Fedora 10 includes version 2.6 of the GNU Image Manipulation Program." -msgstr "Fedora 10 inklusive Version 2.6 des GNU Image Manipulation-Programmes." +msgstr "Fedora 10 inklusive Version 2.6 des GNU Image Manipulation-Programms." #: en_US/Package_notes.xml:15(para) msgid "This new version is designed to be backwards compatible, so existing third party plug-ins and scripts should continue to work, with a minor caveat. The included Script-Fu Scheme interpreter no longer accepts variable definitions without an initial value, which is not compliant to the language standard. Scripts included in Fedora packages should not have this problem, but if you use scripts from other sources, please refer to the GIMP release notes for more details and how you can fix scripts that have this problem:" @@ -1561,7 +1561,7 @@ msgstr "Dieser Abschnitt enth??lt Information ??ber die Netzwerkver??nderungen u #: en_US/Networking.xml:10(title) msgid "Wireless Connection Sharing" -msgstr "Drahlose Verbindungsteilung" +msgstr "Drahtlose Verbindungsteilung" #: en_US/Networking.xml:11(para) msgid "The NetworkManager applet nm-applet has been updated to provide better connection sharing through the Create New Wireless Network menu item." @@ -1573,7 +1573,7 @@ msgstr "Die Verbindungsteilung macht eine einfache Einrichtung eines ad-hoc WLAN #: en_US/Networking.xml:23(para) msgid "When you create a new WiFi network, you have to specify the name of the network and what kind of wireless security to use. NetworkManager then sets up the wireless card to work as an ad-hoc WiFi node that others can join. The routing will be set up between the new network and the primary network connection, and DHCP is used for assigning IP addresses on the new shared WiFi network. DNS queries are also forwarded to upstream nameservers transparently." -msgstr "Wenn Sie ein neues WLAN-Netzwerk erstellten, m??ssen Sie den Namen des Netzwerkes und was f??r eine Art Wireless-Sicherheit Sie verwenden m??chten spezifizieren. NetworkManager stellt dann die Wireless-Karte so ein, dass die als ein ad-hoc WLAN-Node arbeitet und andere sich anmelden k??nnen. Das Routing wird zwischen den neuen Netzwerk und den Prim??rnetzwerk eingestellt. DHCP wird zum Zuweisen von IP-Adressen in dem neuen geteilten WLAN-Netzwerk verwendet. DNS-Fragen werden transparent an den Upstream-Namensserver weitergeleitet." +msgstr "Wenn Sie ein neues WLAN-Netzwerk erstellten, m??ssen Sie den Namen des Netzwerkes und was f??r eine Art Wireless-Sicherheit Sie verwenden m??chten spezifizieren. NetworkManager stellt dann die Wireless-Karte so ein, dass die als ein ad-hoc WLAN-Node arbeitet und andere sich anmelden k??nnen. Das Routing wird zwischen den neuen Netzwerk und den prim??ren Netzwerk eingestellt. DHCP wird zum Zuweisen von IP-Adressen in dem neuen geteilten WLAN-Netzwerk verwendet. DNS-Fragen werden transparent an den Upstream-Namensserver weitergeleitet." #: en_US/Multimedia.xml:6(title) msgid "Multimedia" @@ -1593,7 +1593,7 @@ msgstr "Die Standardinstallation von Fedora enth??lt RhythmboxTotem, the default movie player for GNOME, now has the ability to switch playback back-ends without recompilation or switching packages. To install the Xine back-end, use Add/Remove Software to install totem-xine or run the following command:" -msgstr "Totem, der Standard-Videoplayer f??r GNOME, hat nun die F??higkeit zum Wechseln der Backends ohne Rekompilation oder dem Wechseln der Pakete. Zum Installieren der xine-Oberfl??che, f??hren Sie Add/Remove Software aus, um totem-xine zu installieren oder f??hren Sie den folgenden Befehl als aus:" +msgstr "Totem, der Standard-Videoplayer f??r GNOME, hat nun die F??higkeit zum Wechseln der Backends ohne Rekompilation oder dem Wechseln der Pakete. Zum Installieren der xine-Oberfl??che, f??hren Sie Software hinzuf??gen/entfernen aus, um totem-xine zu installieren oder f??hren Sie den folgenden Befehl als aus:" #: en_US/Multimedia.xml:31(userinput) #, no-wrap @@ -1722,7 +1722,7 @@ msgstr "SELinux hindert gst-install-plu daran, den Programm-Stack ausf??hrbar zu #: en_US/Multimedia.xml:200(para) msgid "This situation may occur when older versions of the Fluendo MP3 codecs are installed. To solve the issue, install the latest version of the Fluendo MP3 decoder plugin, which does not require an executable stack." -msgstr "Diese Situation tritt auf, wenn ??ltere Versionen von Fluendo MP3-Codecs installiert sind. Zum L??sen dieses Problems, installieren SIe die neuste Version des Fluendo MP3-Decoder-Plugins, welche keinen ausf??hrbaren Stack mehr ben??tigt." +msgstr "Diese Situation tritt auf, wenn ??ltere Versionen von Fluendo MP3-Codecs installiert sind. Zum L??sen dieses Problems, installieren Sie die neuste Version des Fluendo MP3-Decoder-Plugins, welche keinen ausf??hrbaren Stack mehr ben??tigt." #: en_US/Mail_servers.xml:6(title) msgid "Mail servers" @@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@ msgstr "Der x86_64 und der i686 Kernel ist nun verlagerbar und die kdump Funktio #: en_US/Linux_kernel.xml:87(title) msgid "Kernel Includes Paravirtualization" -msgstr "Kernel enth??lt Paravirtualization" +msgstr "Kernel enth??lt Paravirtualisation" #: en_US/Linux_kernel.xml:88(para) msgid "Both the x86_64 and the i686 kernels contain support and no longer require a separate kernel for running under a Xen hypervisor. For more information, refer to ." @@ -1998,7 +1998,7 @@ msgstr "KDE 3-Entwicklungsplattform und Bibliotheken" #: en_US/KDE_3_development_platform_and_libraries.xml:7(para) msgid "Fedora now features KDE 4, and no longer offers KDE 3 as a full desktop environment. Fedora does provide the following KDE 3.5 library packages to run and build the many existing KDE 3 applications:" -msgstr "Fedora enth??lt jetzt KDE 4 und stellt KDE 3 nicht l??nger als vollst??ndige Desktopumgebung zur Verf??gung. Um die vielen existierenden KDE 3-Anwendungen laufen lassen und bauen zu k??nnen, stellt Fedora die folgenden KDE 3.5-Bibliothekspakete zur Verf??gung:" +msgstr "Fedora enth??lt jetzt KDE 4 und stellt KDE 3 nicht l??nger als vollst??ndige Desktop-Umgebung zur Verf??gung. Um die vielen existierenden KDE 3-Anwendungen laufen lassen und bauen zu k??nnen, stellt Fedora die folgenden KDE 3.5-Bibliothekspakete zur Verf??gung:" #: en_US/KDE_3_development_platform_and_libraries.xml:14(para) msgid "qt3, qt3-devel (and other qt3-* packages): Qt 3.3.8b" @@ -2091,11 +2091,11 @@ msgstr "Die Implementation von OpenJDK 6, die in Fedora 10 enthalten ist, verwen #: en_US/Java.xml:29(para) msgid "Fedora binaries for selected architectures (currently only x86 and x86_64 based on OpenJDK) are tested against the Java Compatibility Kit (JCK) by Red Hat to guarantee 100% compatibility with the Java Specification (JDK 1.6 at this time)." -msgstr "Fedora-Binaries f??r ausgew??hlte Architekturen (augenblicklich nur x86 und x86_64 basierend auf OpenJDK) werden gegen das Java Compatibility Kit (JCK) durch Red Hat getestet, um eine 100% ige Kompatibilit??t mit der Java-Spezifikation (zur Zeit JDK 1.6) zu gew??hrleisten." +msgstr "Fedora-Binaries f??r ausgew??hlte Architekturen (augenblicklich nur x86 und x86_64 basierend auf OpenJDK) werden gegen das Java Compatibility Kit (JCK) durch Red Hat getestet, um eine 100%-ige Kompatibilit??t mit der Java-Spezifikation (zur Zeit JDK 1.6) zu gew??hrleisten." #: en_US/Java.xml:35(title) msgid "Handling Java Applets and web start applications" -msgstr "Handhabung von Java Hilfsprogrammen und Web Start-Anwendungen" +msgstr "Handhabung von Java-Hilfsprogrammen und Web Start-Anwendungen" #: en_US/Java.xml:36(para) msgid "In Fedora 10 gcjwebplugin has been replaced by IcedTeaPlugin, which runs untrusted applets safely in a Web browser and works on any architecture. You can see which Applet Plugin is installed by typing about:plugins in Firefox. The new plugin adds support for the JavaScript bridge (LiveConnect) that was missing from earlier versions. For more details on the bytecode-to-JavaScript bridge (LiveConnect), refer to the bug report:" @@ -2103,7 +2103,7 @@ msgstr "In Fedora 10 wurde gcjwebplugin durch IcedTe #: en_US/Java.xml:49(para) msgid "Feedback on the security policy is appreciated. If you suspect the security policy may be too restrictive to enable restricted applets, follow this procedure:" -msgstr "R??ckmeldungen zu den Sicherheitsrichtlinien wird sehr gerne gesehen. Falls Sie vermuten, dass die Sicherheitsrichtlinien evlt. zu restriktiv sind, um eingeschr??nkte Hilfsprogramme zu aktivieren, folgen Sie bitte folgenden Anweisungen:" +msgstr "R??ckmeldungen zu den Sicherheitsrichtlinien wird sehr gerne gesehen. Falls Sie vermuten, dass die Sicherheitsrichtlinien eventuell zu restriktiv sind, um eingeschr??nkte Hilfsprogramme zu aktivieren, folgen Sie bitte folgenden Anweisungen:" #: en_US/Java.xml:54(para) msgid "Run the firefox -g command in a terminal window to see what is being restricted." @@ -2115,7 +2115,7 @@ msgstr "Dann gew??hren Sie den eingeschr??nkten Berechtigung in der Datei javaws) support via NetX has been added to the IcedTea repository. When a Java Network Launching Protocol (.jnlp) file is embedded on a web page you can open it with the IcedTea Web Start (/usr/bin/javaws). For more information on NetX, refer to:" @@ -2143,7 +2143,7 @@ msgstr "PulseAudio-Integration f??r javax.sound" #: en_US/Java.xml:96(para) msgid "PulseAudio integrations provides all the benefits of PulseAudio to any java application using the javax.sound package." -msgstr "PulseAudio Integrations bietet alle Vorteile des PulseAudio and und jegliche Java-Anwendungen die das Paket javax.soundverwendet javax.sound." +msgstr "PulseAudio Integration bietet alle Vorteile des PulseAudio und und jegliche Java-Anwendungen die das Paket javax.soundverwendet javax.sound." #: en_US/Java.xml:101(title) msgid "Integration of Mozilla Rhino - JavaScript" @@ -2204,7 +2204,7 @@ msgstr "Einf??hrung in das Fedora-Projekt und den technischen Ver??ffentlichungs #: en_US/Introduction_to_Fedora_Project_and_technical_release_notes.xml:7(para) msgid "The Fedora Project is an openly-developed project designed by Red Hat, open for general participation, led by a meritocracy, and following a set of project objectives. The results from this project include Fedora Core, which is a complete, general-purpose operating system built exclusively from open source software." -msgstr "Das Fedora-Projekt ist ein offen entwickeltes Projekt, das von Red Hat wntworfen wurde, offen f??r die generelle Teilnahme, gef??hrt durch eine Memokratie und gefolgt von einer Reihe an Projektzielen. Die Ergebnisse dieses Projektes, einschliesslich Fedora Core, welches ein komplettes, generelles Betriebssystem ist, das exklusive von Opensource-Software erstellt wurde." +msgstr "Das Fedora-Projekt ist ein offen entwickeltes Projekt, das von Red Hat entworfen wurde, offen f??r die generelle Teilnahme, gef??hrt durch eine Memokratie und gefolgt von einer Reihe an Projektzielen. Die Ergebnisse dieses Projektes, einschliesslich Fedora Core, welches ein komplettes, generelles Betriebssystem ist, das exklusive von Opensource-Software erstellt wurde." #: en_US/Introduction_to_Fedora_Project_and_technical_release_notes.xml:13(title) msgid "Fedora is a community supported project" @@ -2301,7 +2301,7 @@ msgstr "Standardm??ssige Sprache f??r Han-Vereinheitlichung" #: en_US/International_language_support.xml:89(para) msgid "When not using an Asian locale in GTK-based applications, Chinese characters (that is, Chinese Hanzi, Japanese Kanji, or Korean Hanja) may render with a mixture of Chinese, Japanese, and Korean fonts depending on the text. This happens when Pango does not have sufficient context to know which language is being used. The current default font configuration seems to prefer Chinese fonts. If you normally want to use Japanese or Korean say, you can tell Pango to use it by default by setting the PANGO_LANGUAGE environment variable. For example ..." -msgstr "Wenn Sie keine in Asien angesiedelte GTK bassierte Anwendungen verwenden, werden chinesische Schriftzeichen (wie Chinese Hanzi, Japanese Kanji, oder Korean Hanja) evtl. durch die Mischung von chinesisch, japanische und koreanischen Schriftarten, abh??ngig von Text, gerendert. Dies geschieht wenn Pango nicht gen??gend Kontext hat, um herauszufinden welche Sprache verwendet wird. Der augenblickliche Standardfont-Konfigurierer scheint chinesische Fonts zu bevorzugen. Falls Sie normalerweise Japanisch oder Koreanisch verwenden m??chten, k??nnen Sie das Pango durch die Verwendung der PANGO_LANGUAGE Umgebungsvariablen sagen. Zum Beispiel ..." +msgstr "Wenn Sie keine in Asien angesiedelte GTK-bassierte Anwendungen verwenden, werden chinesische Schriftzeichen (wie Chinese Hanzi, Japanese Kanji, oder Korean Hanja) evtl. durch die Mischung von chinesisch, japanische und koreanischen Schriftarten, abh??ngig von Text, gerendert. Dies geschieht wenn Pango nicht gen??gend Kontext hat, um herauszufinden welche Sprache verwendet wird. Der augenblickliche Standardfont-Konfigurierer scheint chinesische Fonts zu bevorzugen. Falls Sie normalerweise Japanisch oder Koreanisch verwenden m??chten, k??nnen Sie das Pango durch die Verwendung der PANGO_LANGUAGE Umgebungsvariablen sagen. Zum Beispiel ..." #: en_US/International_language_support.xml:100(envar) msgid "export PANGO_LANGUAGE=ja" @@ -2357,7 +2357,7 @@ msgstr "Eingabemethoden" #: en_US/International_language_support.xml:154(para) msgid "There is a new yum group called input-methods and input methods for many languages are now installed by default. This allows turning on the default input method system and immediately having the standard input methods for most languages available. It also brings normal installs in line with Fedora Live." -msgstr "Es gibt eine neue yum-Gruppe namens input-methods und Eingabemethode f??r mehrere Sprachen sind nun automatisch installiert. Dies erlaubt das Einschalten der standardm??ssigen Eingabemethode-Systemes und dass die standardm??ssige Input-Methode f??r die meisten Sprachen sofort erreichbar ist. Es ordnet auch normale Installationen mit Fedora Live." +msgstr "Es gibt eine neue yum-Gruppe namens input-methods und Eingabemethode f??r mehrere Sprachen sind nun automatisch installiert. Dies erlaubt das Einschalten der standardm??ssigen Eingabemethode-Systems und dass die standardm??ssige Eingabe-Methode f??r die meisten Sprachen sofort erreichbar ist. Es ordnet auch normale Installationen mit Fedora Live." #: en_US/International_language_support.xml:162(title) msgid "im-chooser and imsettings" @@ -2381,7 +2381,7 @@ msgstr "Fedora 10 enth??lt ibus, eine neue Eingabe-Methoden-S #: en_US/International_language_support.xml:194(para) msgid "It already provides a number of input method engines and immodules:" -msgstr "Es bietet jetzt schon eine Anzahl von ingabe-Methoden-Engines und Immodules:" +msgstr "Es bietet jetzt schon eine Anzahl von Eingabe-Methoden-Engines und Immodules:" #: en_US/International_language_support.xml:198(para) msgid " (Japanese)" @@ -2517,11 +2517,11 @@ msgstr "Diese Einschr??nkung gilt nicht f??r wget 1.9.1-16 un #: en_US/Installation_notes.xml:36(para) msgid "Anaconda asks if it should verify the installation medium when Install or upgrade an existing system is selected during boot from an installation-only media." -msgstr "Anaconda fragt Sie, ob Sie das Instalaltionsmedium pr??fen wollen, wenn Install or upgrade an existing system gew??hlt wurde, beim Starten vom einen nur-Installationsmedium." +msgstr "Anaconda fragt Sie, ob Sie das Installationsmedium pr??fen wollen, wenn Install or upgrade an existing system gew??hlt wurde, beim Starten vom einen nur-Installationsmedium." #: en_US/Installation_notes.xml:41(para) msgid "For Fedora Live media, press any key during the initial boot countdown, to display a boot option menu. Select Verify and boot to perform the media test. Installation media can be used to verify Fedora Live media. Anaconda asks during the mediacheck if you want to check any other disc than the one Anaconda is running from. To test additional media, select eject to eject the inserted medium, then replace it with the medium you want to test instead." -msgstr "F??r Fedora Live-Medien, dr??cken Sie w??hrend des Start-Countdown eine Taste, zum Anzeiogen des Optionsmen??. W??hlen Sie Verify and boot zum Ausf??hren einer Mediumspr??fung. Installationsmedien k??nnen benutzt werden zum ??berpr??fen von Fedora Live-Medien. Anaconda fragt Sie w??hrend der Mediumspr??fung, ob Sie weitere Medien testen wollen neben der, von der Anaconda momentan l??uft. Um weitere Medien zu testen, w??hlen Sie eject zum Auswerfen des eingelegten Datentr??ger und ersetzen Sie ihn mit dem Medium, welches Sie an dessen Stelle testen wollen." +msgstr "F??r Fedora Live-Medien, dr??cken Sie w??hrend des Start-Countdown eine Taste, zum Anzeigen des Optionsmen??. W??hlen Sie Verify and boot zum Ausf??hren einer Mediumspr??fung. Installationsmedien k??nnen benutzt werden zum ??berpr??fen von Fedora Live-Medien. Anaconda fragt Sie w??hrend der Mediumspr??fung, ob Sie weitere Medien testen wollen neben der, von der Anaconda momentan l??uft. Um weitere Medien zu testen, w??hlen Sie eject zum Auswerfen des eingelegten Datentr??ger und ersetzen Sie ihn mit dem Medium, welches Sie an dessen Stelle testen wollen." #: en_US/Installation_notes.xml:54(para) msgid "Perform this test for any new installation or live medium." @@ -2557,7 +2557,7 @@ msgstr "??nderungen in Anaconda" #: en_US/Installation_notes.xml:97(para) msgid "NetworkManager for Networking -- Anaconda is now using NetworkManager for configuration of network interfaces during installation. The main network interface configuration screen in Anaconda has been removed. Users are only prompted for network configuration details if they are necessary during installation. The settings used during installation are then written to the system." -msgstr "NetworkManager f??r Netzwerke -- Anaconda benutzt nun NetworkManager f??r die Konfiguration der Netzwerkschnittstellen w??hrend der Installation. Der Hauptbildschirm f??r die Netzwerk-Konfiguration in Anaconda wurde entfernt. Benutzer werden nur nach Netzwerk-Konfigurationsdetals gefragt, wenn es n??tigt ist w??hrend der Instalaltion. Die Einstellungen, welche w??hrend der Installation benutzt wurden, werden gespeichert." +msgstr "NetworkManager f??r Netzwerke -- Anaconda benutzt nun NetworkManager f??r die Konfiguration der Netzwerkschnittstellen w??hrend der Installation. Der Hauptbildschirm f??r die Netzwerk-Konfiguration in Anaconda wurde entfernt. Benutzer werden nur nach Netzwerk-Konfigurationsdetails gefragt, wenn es n??tigt ist w??hrend der Installation. Die Einstellungen, welche w??hrend der Installation benutzt wurden, werden gespeichert." #: en_US/Installation_notes.xml:108(para) msgid "For more information, refer to ." @@ -2807,7 +2807,7 @@ msgstr "Kickstart HTTP-Problem" #: en_US/Installation_notes.xml:328(para) msgid "When using a Kickstart configuration file via HTTP, kickstart file retrieval may fail with an error that indicates the file could not be retrieved. Click the OK button several times without making modifications to override this error successfully. As a workaround, use one of the other supported methods to retrieve Kickstart configurations." -msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Kickstart-Konfigurationsdatei ??ber HTTP benutzen, kann das Beziehen der Kickstartdatei mit einem Fehler abbrechen, welche angibt, dass die Datei nicht empfangen werden kann. Dr??cken Sie den OK-Knopf mehrere Male ohne eine ??nderung vorzunehmen, um den Fehler erfolgreich zu umgehen. Abhilfe k??nnen Sie eine andere unterst??tzte Art zum Beziehen einer Kickstart-Konfiguration benutzen." +msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Kickstart-Konfigurationsdatei ??ber HTTP benutzen, kann das Beziehen der Kickstart-Datei mit einem Fehler abbrechen, welche angibt, dass die Datei nicht empfangen werden kann. Dr??cken Sie den OK-Knopf mehrere Male ohne eine ??nderung vorzunehmen, um den Fehler erfolgreich zu umgehen. Abhilfe k??nnen Sie eine andere unterst??tzte Art zum Beziehen einer Kickstart-Konfiguration benutzen." #: en_US/Installation_notes.xml:336(title) msgid "Firstboot requires creation of non-root user" @@ -2928,7 +2928,7 @@ msgstr "EXT4" #: en_US/File_systems.xml:17(para) msgid "Fedora 9 featured a preview of ext4 support. Fedora 10 brings a fully ext4-compatible e2fsprogs. In addition, the Anaconda partition screen has an ext4 file system option available if you start the installer with the option at the boot prompt. Fedora 10 also includes delayed allocation for ext4. However, ext4 in Fedora 10 does not currently support file systems larger than 16 TiB." -msgstr "Fedora 9 enthielt eine Vorschau der ext4-Unterst??tzung. Fedora 10 bringt ein komplett ext4-kompatibles e2fsprogs mit. Zus??tzlich hat auch Anaconda Partitionsbildschirm eine ext4-Dateisystem-Option, welche verf??gbar ist, wenn der Installer mit der Option am Boot-Promt gestartet wurde. Fedora 10 enth??lt auch verz??gerte Zuweisung f??r ext4. Wie auch immer, ext4 in Fedora 10 unterst??tzt keine Dateisysteme, welche gr??sser als 16 TB sind." +msgstr "Fedora 9 enthielt eine Vorschau der ext4-Unterst??tzung. Fedora 10 bringt ein komplett ext4-kompatibles e2fsprogs mit. Zus??tzlich hat auch Anaconda Partitionsbildschirm eine ext4-Dateisystem-Option, welche verf??gbar ist, wenn der Installer mit der Option am Boot-Prompt gestartet wurde. Fedora 10 enth??lt auch verz??gerte Zuweisung f??r ext4. Wie auch immer, ext4 in Fedora 10 unterst??tzt keine Dateisysteme, welche gr??sser als 16 TB sind." #: en_US/File_systems.xml:27(title) msgid "XFS" @@ -2936,7 +2936,7 @@ msgstr "XFS" #: en_US/File_systems.xml:28(para) msgid "XFS is now a supported file system and an option within the partitioning screen of Anaconda." -msgstr "XFS ist nun ein unterst??tztes Dateisystem und eine Option beim Paritionsbilschirm von Anaconda." +msgstr "XFS ist nun ein unterst??tztes Dateisystem und eine Option beim Partitionsbilschirm von Anaconda." #: en_US/File_servers.xml:6(title) msgid "File servers" @@ -2944,7 +2944,7 @@ msgstr "Datei-Server" #: en_US/File_servers.xml:7(para) msgid "This section refers to file transfer and sharing servers. Refer to and for information on HTTP (Web) file transfer and Samba (Microsoft Windows) file sharing services." -msgstr "Dieser Abschnitt verweist auf Dateitransfer und Freigabe-Server. GEhen Sie zu und f??r Information ??ber den HTTP (Web)-Dateitransfer und Samba (Microsoft Windows) Dateifreigabe-Dienste." +msgstr "Dieser Abschnitt verweist auf Dateitransfer und Freigabe-Server. Gehen Sie zu und f??r Information ??ber den HTTP (Web)-Dateitransfer und Samba (Microsoft Windows) Dateifreigabe-Dienste." #: en_US/File_servers.xml:14(title) msgid "Maybe you know what should be on this page?" @@ -2952,7 +2952,7 @@ msgstr "Vielleicht wissen Sie was auf dieser Seite seinen sollte?" #: en_US/File_servers.xml:15(para) msgid "The Fedora release notes are a collective effort of dozens of people. You can contribute by editing the wiki page that corresponds to this part of the release notes." -msgstr "Die Fedora-Versionshinweise sind die gemeinsame Anstrengung von dutzenden Personen. Sie k??nnen etwas dazu beisteuern, indem Sie sich auf die Wiki-Seite einloggen, die mit diesen Teil der Versionshinweise ??bereinstimmt." +msgstr "Die Fedora-Versionshinweise sind die gemeinsame Anstrengung von Dutzenden Personen. Sie k??nnen etwas dazu beisteuern, indem Sie sich auf die Wiki-Seite einloggen, die mit diesen Teil der Versionshinweise ??bereinstimmt." #: en_US/File_servers.xml:19(para) msgid "This section has not been updated for Fedora 10 by the beat writer (.) If you have some ideas or knowledge of what should be in this part of the release notes, you are encouraged to edit the wiki directly. Read for more information, then get an account and start writing." @@ -3108,7 +3108,7 @@ msgstr "Starten von USB" #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:51(para) msgid "Another way to use these Fedora Live images is to put them on a USB stick. To do this, use the liveusb-creator graphical interface. Use Add/Remove Software to search for and install liveusb-creator, or to install using yum:" -msgstr "-Ein weiterer Weg diese Live-Abbilder zu benutzen, ist sie auf einen USB-Stick zu speichern. Um dies zu tun, installieren Sie das Packet livecd-tools. Benutzen SieSoftware hinzuf??gen/entfernen, um nach liveusb-creator zu suchen und zu installieren es oder benutzen Sie yum:" +msgstr "-Ein weiterer Weg diese Live-Abbilder zu benutzen, ist sie auf einen USB-Stick zu speichern. Um dies zu tun, installieren Sie das Paket livecd-tools. Benutzen SieSoftware hinzuf??gen/entfernen, um nach liveusb-creator zu suchen und zu installieren es oder benutzen Sie yum:" #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:58(userinput) #, no-wrap @@ -3117,7 +3117,7 @@ msgstr "su -c 'yum install liveusb-creator'" #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:60(para) msgid "Instead of the graphical tool, you can use the command line interface from the livecd-tools package. Then, run the livecd-iso-to-disk script:" -msgstr "Statt des grafischen Werkzeuges, k??nnen Sie auch die Kommandozeile-Schnittstelle des Paketes livecd-tools benutzen. Dann f??hren Sie das livecd-iso-to-disk-Script aus:" +msgstr "Statt des grafischen Werkzeugs, k??nnen Sie auch die Kommandozeile-Schnittstelle des Paketes livecd-tools benutzen. Dann f??hren Sie das livecd-iso-to-disk-Script aus:" #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:63(userinput) #, no-wrap @@ -3137,7 +3137,7 @@ msgstr "Dies ist keine zerst??render Prozess; alle Daten, w #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:69(para) msgid "A Windows version of this tools is also available that allows users to try out or migrate to Fedora." -msgstr "Eine Windowsversion dieses Werkzeuges ist verf??gbar, welche es erlaubt Fedora auszuprobieren oder zu migrieren." +msgstr "Eine Windowsversion dieses Werkzeugs ist verf??gbar, welche es erlaubt Fedora auszuprobieren oder zu migrieren." #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:75(title) msgid "Persistent Home Directory" @@ -3158,7 +3158,7 @@ msgstr "Ersetzen Sie 512 mit der gew??nschten Gr??sse #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:97(para) msgid "Note that later runs of livecd-iso-to-disk preserve the /home that is created on the USB stick, continuing to use it even if you change your Live image." -msgstr "Beachten Sie, dass weitere Durchl??ufe von livecd-iso-to-disk das /home-Verzeichis auf dem USB-Stick erhalten. So l??sst es sich auch mit anderen Live-Abbildern benutzen." +msgstr "Beachten Sie, dass weitere Durchl??ufe von livecd-iso-to-disk das /home-Verzeichnis auf dem USB-Stick erhalten. So l??sst es sich auch mit anderen Live-Abbildern benutzen." # gef??llt mir nicht, bessere Vorschl??ge? Fabian #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:103(title) @@ -3176,15 +3176,15 @@ msgstr "livecd-iso-to-disk --overlay-size-mb 512 /path/to/live.iso /dev/sdb1" #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:112(para) msgid "Replace 512 with the desired size in megabytes of the persistent data, or overlay. The livecd-iso-to-disk shell script is stored in the LiveOS directory at the top level of the CD image. The USB media must have sufficient free space for the Fedora Live image, plus the overlay, plus any other data to be stored on the media." -msgstr "Ersetzen Sie 512 mit der gew??nschten Gr??sse in Megabyte f??r die dauerhaften Daten, oder overlay. Das Shellskript livecd-iso-to-disk ist im Ordner LiveOS im Hauptverzeichnis des CD-Abbildes gespeichert. Das USB-Medium muss ausreichend Speicherplatz f??r das Live-Abbild, das overlay und sonstige Daten die auf dem Medium gespeichert werden, haben." +msgstr "Ersetzen Sie 512 mit der gew??nschten Gr??sse in Megabyte f??r die dauerhaften Daten, oder overlay. Das Shellskript livecd-iso-to-disk ist im Ordner LiveOS im Hauptverzeichnis des CD-Abbildes gespeichert. Das USB-Medium muss ausreichend Speicherplatz f??r das Live-Abbild, das Overlay und sonstige Daten die auf dem Medium gespeichert werden, haben." #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:122(title) msgid "Booting a Fedora Live Image from USB on Intel-based Apple Hardware" -msgstr "Starten von Fedora Live-Abbilder von USB auf intelbasierender Apple-Hardware" +msgstr "Starten von Fedora Live-Abbilder von USB auf intel-basierender Apple-Hardware" #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:124(para) msgid "Fedora 10 includes support for putting the Live image onto a USB image and then booting it on Intel processor-based Apple hardware. Unlike most x86 machines, this hardware requires reformatting the USB stick. To set up a USB stick, run this command:" -msgstr "Fedora 10 enth??lt Unterst??tzung f??r das Verschieben von Live-Abbildern in USB-Abbilder und dem Starten dieser auf intelbasierender Apple-Hardware. Anders als die x86-Systeme m??ss diese Hardeware den USB-Stick neuformatieren. Um einen USB-Stick einzurichten, f??hren Sie folgenden Befehl aus:" +msgstr "Fedora 10 enth??lt Unterst??tzung f??r das Verschieben von Live-Abbildern in USB-Abbilder und dem Starten dieser auf intel-basierender Apple-Hardware. Anders als die x86-Systeme muss diese Hardware den USB-Stick neuformatieren. Um einen USB-Stick einzurichten, f??hren Sie folgenden Befehl aus:" #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:129(userinput) #, no-wrap @@ -3205,7 +3205,7 @@ msgstr "Die folgenden Punkte sind verschieden zu einer normalen Fedora-Installat #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:142(para) msgid "Fedora Live images provide a subset of packages available in the regular DVD image. Both connect to the same repository that has all the packages." -msgstr "Fedora-Live-Abbilder stellen eine Untergruppe der verf??gbaren Pakete, welche auf einem regul??ren DVD Abbild sind, bereit. Beide Abbilder zeigen jedoch auf das gleiche Repository, welches alle Pakete beinhaltet." +msgstr "Fedora-Live-Abbilder stellen eine Untergruppe der verf??gbaren Pakete, welche auf einem regul??ren DVD-Abbild sind, bereit. Beide Abbilder zeigen jedoch auf das gleiche Repository, welches alle Pakete beinhaltet." #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:146(para) msgid "The SSH daemon sshd is disabled by default. The daemon is disabled because the default username in the Fedora Live images does not have a password. However, installation to hard disk prompts for creating a new username and password." @@ -3273,7 +3273,7 @@ msgstr "Bluetooth BlueZ 4.0" #: en_US/Fedora_desktop.xml:59(para) msgid "The Bluetooth support stack, called BlueZ (,) has been updated to version 4.x in Fedora 10. Most changes in this version are useful for application developers, but users can notice the new, easier to use wizard for setting up keyboards, mice, and other supported Bluetooth devices. There is also the ability to turn-off the Bluetooth adapter on most brands of laptops through the preferences. This new version will also allow better support for audio devices in the future, through PulseAudio." -msgstr "Der Bluetooth-Unterst??tzungsstack, mit dem Namen BlueZ (), wurde in Fedora 10 auf die Version 4.x aktualisiert. Die meisten ??nderungen in dieser Version sind f??r Anwendungsentwickler n??tzlich, aber Benutzer k??nnen von neuen und einfach zu gebrauchenden Assistenten f??r das Einrichten von Tastaturen, M??usen und anderen Bluetooth-Ger??ten Notiz nehmen. Es gibt auch die M??glichkeit zum Ausschalten des Bluetooth-Adapters in den meisten Laptop durch die Einstellungen. Diese neuen Version wird auch bessere Unterst??tzung f??r Audio-Ger??te bieten durch PulseAudio." +msgstr "Der Bluetooth-Unterst??tzungsstack, mit dem Namen BlueZ (), wurde in Fedora 10 auf die Version 4.x aktualisiert. Die meisten ??nderungen in dieser Version sind f??r Anwendungsentwickler n??tzlich, aber Benutzer k??nnen von neuen und einfach zu gebrauchenden Assistenten f??r das Einrichten von Tastaturen, M??usen und anderen Bluetooth-Ger??ten Notiz nehmen. Es gibt auch die M??glichkeit zum Ausschalten des Bluetooth-Adapters in den meisten Laptop durch die Einstellungen. Diese neuen Version wird auch bessere Unterst??tzung f??r Audio-Ger??te bieten durch PulseAudio." #: en_US/Fedora_desktop.xml:68(para) msgid "Note that the default Bluetooth kernel driver was also switched to btusb, which cuts down power consumption compared to its predecessor hci_usb." @@ -3337,7 +3337,7 @@ msgstr "Der GStream-Codec-Installationshelfer codeina wurde d #: en_US/Fedora_desktop.xml:143(para) msgid "More details are available on the feature page:" -msgstr "Mehr Details sind auf der Eigenschaftseite verf??gbar:" +msgstr "Mehr Details sind auf der Eigenschafts-Seite verf??gbar:" #: en_US/Fedora_desktop.xml:150(title) msgid "KDE" @@ -3361,7 +3361,7 @@ msgstr "Fedora 10 enth??lt knetworkmanager, welcher mit der V #: en_US/Fedora_desktop.xml:188(para) msgid "As the native KWin window manager now optionally supports compositing and desktop effects, the KDE Live images no longer include Compiz/Beryl (since Fedora 9). The KWin compositing/effects mode is disabled by default, but can be enabled in systemsettings. Compiz (with KDE 4 integration) is available from the repository by installing the compiz-kde package." -msgstr "Da der einfache KWin Windowmanager jetzt optional Compositing- und Desktop-Effekte unterst??tzt, beinhalten die KDE Live-Abbilder nicht l??nger Compiz/Beryl (seit Fedora 9). Der KWin Compositing/Effekte-Modus ist standardm??ssig deaktiviert, kann jedoch in systemsettings wieder aktiviert werden. Compiz (mit KDE 4-Integration) ist verf??gbar in den Repositores durch Installation des compiz-kde-Paketes." +msgstr "Da der einfache KWin Windowmanager jetzt optional Compositing- und Desktop-Effekte unterst??tzt, beinhalten die KDE Live-Abbilder nicht l??nger Compiz/Beryl (seit Fedora 9). Der KWin Compositing/Effekte-Modus ist standardm??ssig deaktiviert, kann jedoch in systemsettings wieder aktiviert werden. Compiz (mit KDE 4-Integration) ist verf??gbar in den Repositories durch Installation des compiz-kde-Paketes." #: en_US/Fedora_desktop.xml:199(title) msgid "Enhancements" @@ -3413,7 +3413,7 @@ msgstr "Das neue Paket qgtkstyle enth??lt einen Qt 4-Stil, we #: en_US/Fedora_desktop.xml:266(para) msgid "The phonon library, which was part of kdelibs in Fedora 9, is now a separate package. An optional GStreamer backend (phonon-backend-gstreamer) is now available, but the xine-lib backend, which is now packaged as phonon-backend-xine, is still the recommended default backend and is now required by the phonon package." -msgstr "Die phonon-Bibliotheke, welche ein Teil von kdelibs in Fedora 9 war, ist nun ein eigenens Paket. Ein optionales GStreamer-Backend (phonon-backend-gstreamer) ist nun verf??gbar, aber das xine-lib-Backend, welches nun im Paket phonon-backend-xine ist, ist immer noch das empfohlene Standard-Backend und ben??tigt das Paket phonon." +msgstr "Die phonon-Bibliotheke, welche ein Teil von kdelibs in Fedora 9 war, ist nun ein eigenes Paket. Ein optionales GStreamer-Backend (phonon-backend-gstreamer) ist nun verf??gbar, aber das xine-lib-Backend, welches nun im Paket phonon-backend-xine ist, ist immer noch das empfohlene Standard-Backend und ben??tigt das Paket phonon." #: en_US/Fedora_desktop.xml:276(para) msgid "The kdegames3 package no longer provides development support for the KDE 3 version of libkdegames because nothing in Fedora outside of kdegames3 itself requires that library any longer." @@ -3518,7 +3518,7 @@ msgstr "su -c 'modprobe -r pcspkr' su -c 'echo \"install pcspkr :\" >> /et #: en_US/Fedora_10_overview.xml:5(title) msgid "Fedora 10 Overview" -msgstr "Fedora 10 ??bersicht" +msgstr "Fedora 10-??bersicht" #: en_US/Fedora_10_overview.xml:6(para) msgid "As always, Fedora continues to develop () and integrate the latest free and open source software (.) The following sections provide a brief overview of major changes from the last release of Fedora. For more details about other features that are included in Fedora 10, refer to their individual wiki pages that detail feature goals and progress:" @@ -3526,7 +3526,7 @@ msgstr "Wie immer setzt Fedora die Entwicklung von (" -msgstr "Bessere Einrichtung und Benutzung von Druckern wurch verbesserte Verwaltungswerkzeuge -- " +msgstr "Bessere Einrichtung und Benutzung von Druckern durch verbesserte Verwaltungswerkzeuge -- " #: en_US/Fedora_10_overview.xml:37(para) msgid "Virtualization storage provisioning for local and remote connections now simplified -- " -msgstr "Virtualisierungsspeicher-BEreitstellung f??r lokale und entfernte Verbindungen wurde vereinfacht -- " +msgstr "Virtualisierungsspeicher-Bereitstellung f??r lokale und entfernte Verbindungen wurde vereinfacht -- " #: en_US/Fedora_10_overview.xml:42(para) msgid "SecTool is a new security audit and intrusion detection system -- " @@ -3554,7 +3554,7 @@ msgstr "RPM 4.6 ist eine gr??ssere Aktualisierung der leistungsf??higen und flex #: en_US/Fedora_10_overview.xml:53(para) msgid "Some other features in this release include:" -msgstr "Neue Eigenschaften in diser Version sind unter anderem:" +msgstr "Neue Eigenschaften in dieser Version sind unter anderem:" #: en_US/Fedora_10_overview.xml:57(para) msgid "Glitch free audio and better performance is achieved through a rewrite of the PulseAudio sound server to use timer-based audio scheduling -- " @@ -3578,11 +3578,11 @@ msgstr "Der Online-Kontodienst stellt Anwendungen mit Zugangsdaten f??r Online-K #: en_US/Fedora_10_overview.xml:86(para) msgid "Features for Fedora 10 are tracked on the feature list page:" -msgstr "Eigenschaften f??r Fedora 10 werden auf der Feature-Listen-Seite verfolgt:" +msgstr "Eigenschaften f??r Fedora 10 werden auf der Eigenschaften-Auflistungsseite verfolgt:" #: en_US/Fedora_10_boot-time.xml:5(title) msgid "Fedora 10 boot-time" -msgstr "Fedora 10 Boot-Time" +msgstr "Fedora 10 Start-Zeit" #: en_US/Fedora_10_boot-time.xml:6(para) msgid "Fedora 10 includes multiple boot-time updates, including changes that allow for faster booting and graphic booting changes." @@ -3642,7 +3642,7 @@ msgstr "Readahead wird parallel zum Startprozess gestartet." #: en_US/Fedora_10_boot-time.xml:83(para) msgid "Udev may appear to be slower but in fact readahead reads all disk buffers needed for the boot process in the background and shortens the whole boot process. Creation of the readahead file list is done monthly and can be triggered manually by touching /.readahead_collect. The configuration file /etc/sysconfig/readahead can be edited to turn off readahead-collector and/or readahead." -msgstr "Udev scheint langdamer geworden zu sein, aber tats??chlich liest readahead alle Festplatten-Buffer, welche f??r den Startprozess ben??tigt werden im Hintergrund und beschleunigt den Startvorgang. Die Erzeugung der readahead-Dateiliste wird monatlich gemacht und kann manuell durch /.readahead_collect angestossen werden. Die Konfigurationsdatei /etc/sysconfig/readahead kann bearbeitet werden, so dass readahead-collector und/oder readahead ausgeschaltet werden." +msgstr "Udev scheint langsamer geworden zu sein, aber tats??chlich liest readahead alle Festplatten-Buffer, welche f??r den Startprozess ben??tigt werden im Hintergrund und beschleunigt den Startvorgang. Die Erzeugung der readahead-Dateiliste wird monatlich gemacht und kann manuell durch /.readahead_collect angestossen werden. Die Konfigurationsdatei /etc/sysconfig/readahead kann bearbeitet werden, so dass readahead-collector und/oder readahead ausgeschaltet werden." #: en_US/Fedora_10_boot-time.xml:95(title) msgid "Kernel modesetting" @@ -3650,7 +3650,7 @@ msgstr "Kernel-Moduseinstellungen" #: en_US/Fedora_10_boot-time.xml:96(para) msgid "Kernel modesetting (KMS) can default to either enabled or disabled in the DRM driver and it can be enabled or disabled at boot-time." -msgstr "Kernel-Moduseinstellungen (KMS) kann standardm??ssig den DRM-Treiber entwerder aktivieren oder deaktivieren und er kann w??hrend des Startens aktiviert oder deaktiviert werden." +msgstr "Kernel-Moduseinstellungen (KMS) kann standardm??ssig den DRM-Treiber entweder aktivieren oder deaktivieren und er kann w??hrend des Startens aktiviert oder deaktiviert werden." #: en_US/Fedora_10_boot-time.xml:101(para) msgid "Both Plymouth and the DDX drivers detect whether KMS is present and enabled. If it is present and enabled, Plymouth and DDX drivers will take advantage of them." @@ -3658,11 +3658,11 @@ msgstr "Beide Plymouth und der DDX-Treiber erkennen, ob KMS verf??gbar ist und a #: en_US/Fedora_10_boot-time.xml:105(para) msgid "If KMS is not present or it is present but disabled then Plymouth will automatically fall back to the text splash and the DDX driver will automatically fall back to user-space modesetting." -msgstr "Wenn KMS nicht verf??gbar ist oder verf??gbar, aber deaktiviert, dann wird Plymouth automatisch auf den Text-Splash zur??chgehen und der DDX-Treiber wird automatisch zu den User-Space-Moduseinstellungen wechseln." +msgstr "Wenn KMS nicht verf??gbar ist oder verf??gbar, aber deaktiviert, dann wird Plymouth automatisch auf den Text-Splash zur??ckgehen und der DDX-Treiber wird automatisch zu den User-Space-Moduseinstellungen wechseln." #: en_US/Fedora_10_boot-time.xml:110(para) msgid "Allows for faster user switching, seamless X server switching, and graphical panic messages." -msgstr "Erlaubt schnellen Benutzerwechsel, Seamless-X-Server-Wechseln und grafische Panik-Nachrichten." +msgstr "Erlaubt schnellen Benutzerwechsel, seamless-X-Server-Wechseln und grafische Panik-Nachrichten." #: en_US/Embedded.xml:5(title) msgid "Embedded" @@ -3690,7 +3690,7 @@ msgstr "avr-gccCross Compiling GNU GCC mit Ziel f??r avr" #: en_US/Embedded.xml:32(para) msgid "This is a Cross Compiling version of GNU GCC, which can be used to compile for the AVR platform, instead of for the native i386 platform." -msgstr "Dies ist die Cross Compiling-Version von GNU GCC, welche zum Komilieren auf der AVR-Platfform benutzt werden kann, statt der native i386-Plattform." +msgstr "Dies ist die Cross Compiling-Version von GNU GCC, welche zum Kompilieren auf der AVR-Plattform benutzt werden kann, statt der native i386-Plattform." #: en_US/Embedded.xml:38(term) msgid "avr-gcc-c++Cross Compiling GNU GCC targeted at avr" @@ -3698,7 +3698,7 @@ msgstr "avr-gcc-c++Cross Compiling GNU GCC mit Ziel f??r avr" #: en_US/Embedded.xml:42(para) msgid "This package contains the Cross Compiling version of g++, which can be used to compile c++ code for the AVR platform, instead of for the native i386 platform." -msgstr "Dieses Paket enth??lt eine Cross Compiling-Version von g++, welches benutzt werden kann zum Kopilieren von C++-Code f??r die AVR-Plattform statt der nativen i386-Plattform." +msgstr "Dieses Paket enth??lt eine Cross Compiling-Version von g++, welches benutzt werden kann zum Kompilieren von C++-Code f??r die AVR-Plattform statt der nativen i386-Plattform." #: en_US/Embedded.xml:48(term) msgid "avr-libcC library for use with GCC on Atmel AVR microcontrollers" @@ -3710,7 +3710,7 @@ msgstr "AVR Libc ist ein freies Software-Projekt mit dem Ziel eine hochwertige C #: en_US/Embedded.xml:55(para) msgid "AVR Libc is licensed under a single unified license. This so-called modified Berkeley license is intended to be compatible with most free software licenses such as the GPL, yet impose as little restrictions as possible for the use of the library in closed-source commercial applications." -msgstr "AVR ist lizensiert unter einer single unified-Lizenz. Die sogenannte Berkeley-Lizenz versucht mit den meisten freien Lizenzen, wie der GPL, kompatibel zu sein. Sie versucht so wenig Beschr??nkungen wie m??glich bei der Benutzung der Bibliotheke in geschlossenen kommerziellen Anwendungen zu verh??ngen." +msgstr "AVR ist lizenziert unter einer single unified-Lizenz. Die sogenannte Berkeley-Lizenz versucht mit den meisten freien Lizenzen, wie der GPL, kompatibel zu sein. Sie versucht so wenig Beschr??nkungen wie m??glich bei der Benutzung der Bibliotheke in geschlossenen kommerziellen Anwendungen zu verh??ngen." #: en_US/Embedded.xml:63(term) msgid "avr-binutilsCross Compiling GNU binutils targeted at avr" @@ -3726,7 +3726,7 @@ msgstr "avr-gdbGDB f??r (entferntes) Debugging von avr-Binari #: en_US/Embedded.xml:77(para) msgid "This is a special version of GDB, the GNU Project debugger, for (remote) debugging AVR binaries. GDB allows you to see what is going on inside another program while it executes or what another program was doing at the moment it crashed." -msgstr "Dies ist eine spezielle Version von GDB, dem GNU Project-Debugger, f??r (entferntes) Debugging von AVR-Binaries. GDB erlaubt Ihnen zu sehe, was in einem anderen Programm vorgeht, wenn es ausgef??hrt wird oder was ein anderes Programm tat, als es abgest??rtzt ist." +msgstr "Dies ist eine spezielle Version von GDB, dem GNU Project-Debugger, f??r (entferntes) Debugging von AVR-Binaries. GDB erlaubt Ihnen zu sehe, was in einem anderen Programm vorgeht, wenn es ausgef??hrt wird oder was ein anderes Programm tat, als es abgest??tzt ist." #: en_US/Embedded.xml:85(term) msgid "avariceProgram for interfacing the Atmel JTAG ICE to GDB" @@ -3746,7 +3746,7 @@ msgstr "gputils-Entwickler-Hilfsprogramme f??r Microchip (TM) #: en_US/Embedded.xml:103(para) msgid "This is a collection of development tools for Microchip (TM) PIC (TM) microcontrollers. This is ALPHA software: there may be serious bugs in it, and it's nowhere near complete. The gputils package currently only implements a subset of the features available with Microchip's tools. Refer to the documentation for an up-to-date list of what gputils can do." -msgstr "Dies ist eine Sammlung von Entwicklungswerkzeugen f??r Microchip (TM) PIC (TM) Microcontroller. Dies ist ALPHA-Software. Es k??nnen schwerwiegende Fehler drin sein und sie ist noch nicht komplett. Das Paket gputils implementiert komentan nur eine Untergruppe der Eigenschaften, welche mit Microchips Werkzeugen verf??gbar sind. Lesen Sie die Dokumentation f??r eine aktuelle Ausz??hlung, was gputils kann." +msgstr "Dies ist eine Sammlung von Entwicklungswerkzeugen f??r Microchip (TM) PIC (TM) Microcontroller. Dies ist ALPHA-Software. Es k??nnen schwerwiegende Fehler drin sein und sie ist noch nicht komplett. Das Paket gputils implementiert momentan nur eine Untergruppe der Eigenschaften, welche mit Microchips Werkzeugen verf??gbar sind. Lesen Sie die Dokumentation f??r eine aktuelle Aufz??hlung, was gputils kann." #: en_US/Embedded.xml:114(term) msgid "gpsim A simulator for Microchip (TM) PIC (TM) microcontrollers" @@ -3762,7 +3762,7 @@ msgstr "ktechlab Entwicklung und Simulation von Microcontroll #: en_US/Embedded.xml:129(para) msgid "KTechlab is a development and simulation environment for microcontrollers and electronic circuits, distributed under the GNU General Public License. KTechlab consists of several well-integrated components:" -msgstr "KTechlab ist einen Entwicklungs- und Simulationumgebung f??r Microcontrollers und electronische Schaltkreise, verbreitet unter der GNU General Public License. KTechlab enth??lt viele gut integrierte Komponenten:" +msgstr "KTechlab ist einen Entwicklungs- und Simulationumgebung f??r Microcontrollers und elektronische Schaltkreise, verbreitet unter der GNU General Public License. KTechlab enth??lt viele gut integrierte Komponenten:" #: en_US/Embedded.xml:136(para) msgid "A circuit simulator, capable of simulating logic, linear devices and some nonlinear devices." @@ -3814,7 +3814,7 @@ msgstr "Integrierter Programmierkern f??r 12-, 14- und 16-bits PIC (Flash oder E #: en_US/Embedded.xml:180(para) msgid "Support for parallel and serial port programmers" -msgstr "Unters??tzung f??r Programmierer der seriellen und parallelen Schnittstelle" +msgstr "Unterst??tzung f??r Programmierer der seriellen und parallelen Schnittstelle" #: en_US/Embedded.xml:183(para) msgid "KDE compliant look-and-feel" @@ -3862,7 +3862,7 @@ msgstr "Das sdcc-2.6.0-12Paket f??r SDCC ist ein C-Compiler f #: en_US/Embedded.xml:250(term) msgid "uisp Universal In-System Programmer for Atmel AVR and 8051" -msgstr "uisp Universellerl In-System-Programmierer f??r Atmel AVR und 8051" +msgstr "uisp Universeller In-System-Programmierer f??r Atmel AVR und 8051" #: en_US/Embedded.xml:254(para) msgid "The uisp utility is for downloading/uploading programs to AVR devices. It can also be used for some Atmel 8051 type devices. In addition, uisp can erase the device, write lock bits, verify and set the active segment. For use with the following hardware to program the devices: pavr, stk500, Atmel STK500, dapa, Direct AVR Parallel Access, stk200, Parallel Starter Kit, STK200, STK300, abb, Altera, ByteBlasterMV Parallel Port Download Cable, avrisp, Atmel AVR, bsd, fbprg (parallel), dt006 (parallel), dasa serial (RESET=RTS SCK=DTR MOSI=TXD MISO=CTS), dasa2 serial (RESET=!TXD SCK=RTS MOSI=DTR MISO=CTS)" @@ -3870,7 +3870,7 @@ msgstr "Das uisp-Dienstprogramm ist f??r das Herunter-/Hinauf #: en_US/Embedded.xml:269(term) msgid "simcoupe SAM Coupe emulator (spectrum compatible)" -msgstr "simcoupe SAM Coupe-Emulator (spectrumkompatibel)" +msgstr "simcoupe SAM Coupe-Emulator (spectrum-kompatibel)" #: en_US/Embedded.xml:273(para) msgid "SimCoupe emulates an 8bit Z80 based home computer, released in 1989 by Miles Gordon Technology. The SAM Coupe was largely spectrum compatible, with much improved hardware" @@ -4474,7 +4474,7 @@ msgstr "Abw??rtskompatibilit??t" #: en_US/Backwards_compatibility.xml:6(para) msgid "Fedora provides legacy system libraries for compatibility with older software. This software is part of the Legacy Software Development group, which is not installed by default. Users who require this functionality may select this group either during installation or after the installation process is complete. To install the package group on a Fedora system, use ApplicationsAdd/Remove Software or enter the following command in a terminal window:" -msgstr "Fedora bietet Legacy-System-Bibliotheken f??r Kompatibilit??t mit ??lterer Software. Diese Software ist Teil der Legacy Software Development-Gruppe, die nicht standardm??ssig installiert wird. Benutzer, die diese Funktionalit??t ben??tigen, k??nnen diese Gruppe entweder w??hrend der Installation oder nachdem der Installationsprozess abgeschlossen ist ausw??hlen. Um diese Paketgruppe auf einem Fedora-System zu installieren, verwenden Sie AnwendungenSoftware hinzuf??gen/entfernen oder geben Sie folgenden Befehl in einem Terminalfenster ein:" +msgstr "Fedora bietet veraltete System-Bibliotheken f??r Kompatibilit??t mit ??lterer Software. Diese Software ist Teil der Legacy Software Development-Gruppe, die nicht standardm??ssig installiert wird. Benutzer, die diese Funktionalit??t ben??tigen, k??nnen diese Gruppe entweder w??hrend der Installation oder nachdem der Installationsprozess abgeschlossen ist ausw??hlen. Um diese Paketgruppe auf einem Fedora-System zu installieren, verwenden Sie AnwendungenSoftware hinzuf??gen/entfernen oder geben Sie folgenden Befehl in einem Terminalfenster ein:" #: en_US/Backwards_compatibility.xml:20(userinput) #, no-wrap From transif at fedoraproject.org Tue Dec 9 23:30:55 2008 From: transif at fedoraproject.org (Transifex System User) Date: Tue, 9 Dec 2008 23:30:55 +0000 (UTC) Subject: po/de.po Message-ID: <20081209233055.12956120410@lists.fedorahosted.org> po/de.po | 138 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------------------------------- 1 file changed, 69 insertions(+), 69 deletions(-) New commits: commit 877d8c96e2e957dada6de3de30c50295a855a899 Author: Fabian Affolter Date: Tue Dec 9 23:30:52 2008 +0000 Updated German translation Transmitted-via: Transifex (translate.fedoraproject.org) diff --git a/po/de.po b/po/de.po index e44fe3a..c4b202e 100644 --- a/po/de.po +++ b/po/de.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: release-notes.master.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-22 00:03-0500\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-30 12:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-10 00:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Fabian Affolter \n" "Language-Team: German \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ msgstr "Falls ihre Installation auf die 6.4 Version in Fedora aktualisiert wurde #: en_US/Web_servers.xml:15(para) msgid "Before upgrading from earlier versions, remember to log in to your site as the admin user, and disable any third-party modules. After upgrading the package:" -msgstr "Vergessen Sie nicht, sich als Admin-Benutzer an Ihrer Seite anzumelden, falls Sie von einer vorherigen Version upgraden und deaktivieren Sie alle Drittanbieter-Module vor dem Aktualisieren dieses Paketes. Nach dem Aktualisieren des Paketes:" +msgstr "Vergessen Sie nicht, sich als Admin-Benutzer an Ihrer Site anzumelden, falls Sie von einer vorherigen Version upgraden und deaktivieren Sie alle Drittanbieter-Module vor dem Aktualisieren dieses Paketes. Nach dem Aktualisieren des Paketes:" #: en_US/Web_servers.xml:20(para) msgid "Copy /etc/drupal/default/settings.php.rpmsave to /etc/drupal/default/settings.php, and repeat for any additional sites' settings.php files." @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ msgstr "KVM erfordert Hardware-Virtualisierungseigenschaften im Host-System." #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:24(para) msgid "Systems lacking hardware virtualization do not support Xen guests at this time." -msgstr "Fehlende System-Hardware-Virtualisierung unterst??tzt zur Zeit nicht den Xen-Gast." +msgstr "Fehlende System Hardware-Virtualisierung unterst??tzt zur Zeit nicht den Xen-Gast." #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:28(para) msgid "For more information refer to:" @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ msgstr "F??r mehr Informationen, lesen Sie:" #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:53(title) msgid "Virtualization storage management" -msgstr "Virtualisierungs-Speicherungsverwaltung" +msgstr "Virtualisations-Speicherungsverwaltung" #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:54(para) msgid "Advances in libvirt now provide the ability to list, create, and delete storage volumes on remote hosts. This includes the ability to create raw sparse and non-sparse files in a directory, allocate LVM logical volumes, partition physical disks, and attach to iSCSI targets." @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ msgstr "libvirt bietet nun auch die M #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:60(para) msgid "This enables the virt-manager tool to remotely provision new guest domains, and manage the storage associated with them. It provides improved SELinux integration, since the APIs ensure that all storage volumes have the correct SELinux security context when being assigned to a guest." -msgstr "Dies aktiviert das virt-manager-Werkzeug, um neue Gast-Domains entfernt bereitzustellen und den Speicher zu managen, der mit diesen in Verbindung steht. Es bietet verbesserte SELinux-Integration an, seidem die APIs versichert, dass das Speichervolumen den korrekten SELinux-Sicherheitskontext hat, wenn es den Gast zugewiesen wird." +msgstr "Dies aktiviert das virt-manager-Werkzeug, um neue Gast-Domains entfernt bereitzustellen und den Speicher zu managen, der mit diesen in Verbindung steht. Es bietet verbesserte SELinux-Integration an, seit dem die APIs versichert, dass das Speichervolumen den korrekten SELinux-Sicherheitskontext hat, wenn es den Gast zugewiesen wird." #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:66(emphasis) msgid "Features" @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ msgstr "Verbesserungen am Virtualisierungs-Speichermanager haben die Erstellung #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:121(para) msgid "Installations can be automated with the help of cobbler and koan. Cobbler is a Linux installation server that allows for rapid setup of network installation environments. Network installs can be configured for PXE boot, reinstallations, media-based net-installs, and virtualized guest installs. Cobbler uses a helper program, koan, for reinstallation and virtualization support." -msgstr "Die Installation kann mit Hilfe von cobbler und koan automatisiert werden. Cobbler ist ein Linux-Installationsserver, der ein schnelles Setup der Netzwerk-Installationsumgebung erlaubt. Die Netzwerkinstallation kann konfiguriert werden f??r PXE-Boot, Neuinstallierung, mediabasierte Netzinsallationen und virtuelle Gastinstallationen. Cobbler verwendet ein Hilfsprogramm namens koan f??r die Neuinstallation und den Virtualisierungsunterst??tzung." +msgstr "Die Installation kann mit Hilfe von cobbler und koan automatisiert werden. Cobbler ist ein Linux-Installationsserver, der ein schnelles Setup der Netzwerk-Installationsumgebung erlaubt. Die Netzwerkinstallation kann konfiguriert werden f??r PXE Boot, Neuinstallierung, mediabasierte Netzinsallationen und virtuelle Gastinstallationen. Cobbler verwendet ein Hilfsprogramm namens koan f??r die Neuinstallation und den Virtualisierungs-Unterst??tzung." #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:137(para) msgid " -- virt-manager Discovery" @@ -424,11 +424,11 @@ msgstr "Das neue experimentelle Packet xenwatch stellt Dienst #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:187(title) msgid "libvirt updated to 0.4.6" -msgstr "libvirt auf 0.4.6 updated" +msgstr "libvirt auf 0.4.6 aktualisiert" #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:188(para) msgid "The libvirt package provides an API and tools to interact with the virtualization capabilities of recent versions of Linux (and other OSes). The libvirt software is designed to be a common denominator among all virtualization technologies with support for the following:" -msgstr "Das libvirt-Paket bietet ein API und Werkzeuge an, um mit den Virtualisierungkapazit??ten der derzeitigen Version von Linux (und anderen BS) zu interagieren. Die libvirt Software wurde so entwickelt, um alle Virtualisierungstechnologien auf einen gemeinsamen Nenner zu bringen, die folgendes unterst??tzen:" +msgstr "Das libvirt-Paket bietet ein API und Werkzeuge an, um mit den Virtualisierungskapazit??ten der derzeitigen Version von Linux (und anderen BS) zu interagieren. Die libvirt Software wurde so entwickelt, um alle Virtualisierungstechnologien auf einen gemeinsamen Nenner zu bringen, die folgendes unterst??tzen:" #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:196(para) msgid "The Xen hypervisor on Linux and Solaris hosts." @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ msgstr "Entferntes Speichermanager und Versorgung: Anzeigen, Hinzuf??gen, Entfer #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:252(para) msgid "Remote VM installation support: Install from managed media (CDROM) or PXE. Simple install time storage provisioning." -msgstr "Enternte VM-Installation-Unterst??tzung: Installiert vom verwaltetem Medium (CDROM) oder PXE. Einfach Zeitspeicherversorgung (time storage) installieren." +msgstr "Remote VM-Installation-Unterst??tzung: Installiert vom verwaltetem Medium (CDROM) oder PXE. Einfach Zeitspeicherversorgung (time storage) installieren." #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:256(para) msgid "VM details and console windows merged: each VM is now represented by a single tabbed window." @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ msgstr "Erlaubt spezifische Tastaturbelegungen, wenn Anzeigeger??te hinzugef??gt #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:278(para) msgid "Keep app running if manager window is closed but VM window is still open." -msgstr "L??sst die Anwendung weiterlaufen, falls das Verwaltungsfenster geschlossen ist aber das VM-Fenster noch ge??ffnet ist." +msgstr "L??sst die Anwendung weiterlaufen, falls das Verwalterfenster geschlossen ist, aber das VM-Fenster noch ge??ffnet ist." #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:281(para) msgid "Allow limiting the amount of stored stats history." @@ -564,11 +564,11 @@ msgstr "Neues Werkzeug virt-convert: Erlaubt die Konvertierun #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:305(para) msgid "New tool virt-pack: Converts virt-image xml format to vmx and packs in a tar.gz. (Note this will likely be merged with virt-convert in the future)." -msgstr "Neues Werkzeug virt-pack: Konvertiert virt-image xml-Format in vmx und packt diese in ein tar.gz. (Beachten Sie, dass dies mit virt-convert in der Zukunft fusioniert)." +msgstr "NeueS Werkzeug virt-pack: Konvertiert virt-image xml-Format in vmx und packt diese in ein tar.gz. (Beachten Sie, dass dies mit virt-convert in der Zukunft fusioniert)." #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:315(para) msgid "Support for remote VM installation. Can use install media and disk images on remote host if shared via libvirt. Allows provisioning storage on remote pools." -msgstr "Support um VM-Installationen zu entfernen. Kann Installationsmedien und Diskabbilder auf einem enternten Host verwenden, falls ??ber libvirt geteilt. Erlaubt Speicher auf den Remote-Pools zu versorgen." +msgstr "Support um VM-Installationen zu entfernen. Kann Installationsmedien und Diskabbilder auf einen entfernten Host verwenden, falls ??ber libvirt geteilt. Erlaubt Speicher auf den Remote-Pools zu versorgen." #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:320(para) msgid "Support setting CPU pinning information for QEmu/KVM VMs" @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ msgstr "virt-install-Verbesserungen: " #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:360(para) msgid "virt-image improvements:" -msgstr "virt-image-Verbesserungen:" +msgstr "virt-image-Verbersserungen:" #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:365(para) msgid " option to overwrite existing VM image file" @@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ msgstr "Shadow3: Optimiert um dies zum besten Shadow-Pagetable-Algorithmus aller #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:416(para) msgid "Hardware Assisted Paging enhancements: 2MB page support for better TLB locality" -msgstr "Hardware Assisted Paging -Verbesserungen: 2 MB Seiten-Support f??r bessere TLB-Umgebung" +msgstr "Hardware Assisted Paging -Verbesserungen: 2 MB-Seiten-Support f??r bessere TLB-Umgebung" #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:419(para) msgid "CPUID feature levelling: allows safe domain migration across systems with different CPU models" @@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ msgstr "Volle x86 Real-Mode-Emulation f??r HVM-G??ste auf Intel VT: Unterst??tzt #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:433(para) msgid "New qemu merge with upstream development" -msgstr "Neue qemu mischt sich mit Upstream-Entwicklung" +msgstr "Neues qemu mischt sich mit Upstream-Entwicklung" #: en_US/Virtualization.xml:435(para) msgid "Many other changes in both x86 and IA64 ports" @@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ msgstr "Fedora 10 bietet besseren Support f??r Haskell. Mit einem neuen Satz an #: en_US/Tools.xml:127(para) msgid "Package creation is quite simple. Haskell already provides the infrastructure for compiling and deploying packages consistently. Setting up a package for Fedora takes very little time, meaning code that works in Haskell works in Fedora too." -msgstr "Die Paketerstellung ist ziemlich einfach. Haskell bietet bereits die Infrastruktur f??r das konsistente Kompilieren und Einsetzen von Paketet. Das Erstellen eines Paketes in Fedora ben??tigt sehr wenig Zeit, d.h. ein Code der in Haskell funktioniert, funktioniert auch in Fedora." +msgstr "Die Paketerstellung ist ziemlich einfach. Haskell bietet bereits die Infrastruktur f??r das konsistente Kompilieren und Einsetzen von Paketen. Das Erstellen eines Paketes in Fedora ben??tigt sehr wenig Zeit, d.h. ein Code der in Haskell funktioniert, funktioniert auch in Fedora." #: en_US/Tools.xml:132(para) msgid "Fedora also provides tools for enterprise deployment of Fedora packages. With the inclusion of Haskell in Fedora, the developer is now free to write enterprise level applications in Haskell and feel secure knowing the code can be used in Fedora." @@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ msgstr "F??r mehr Informationen, beziehen Sie sich bitte auf folgende Ressourcen #: en_US/Tools.xml:236(para) msgid "Red Hat MRG Documentation: " -msgstr "Red Hat MRG-Dokumentation: " +msgstr " Red Hat MRG-Dokumentation: " #: en_US/Tools.xml:241(para) msgid "AMQP Project Site: " @@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ msgstr "Anwendungserstellungs-Werkzeug" #: en_US/Tools.xml:262(para) msgid "The Appliance Creation Tool is a tool that creates Appliance Images from a kickstart file. This tool uses the Live CD creator API as well as patches to the Live CD API that allow for the creation of multi-partitioned disk images. These disk images can then be booted in a virtual container such as Xen, KVM, and VMware. This tool is included in the appliance-tools package. This package contains tools for building appliance images on Fedora based systems including derived distributions such as RHEL, CentOS, and others." -msgstr "Das Anwendungserstellungs-Tool ist ein Werkzeug das Anwendungsabbilder von einer Kickstart-Datei erstellt. Dieses Werkzeug verwendet die CD-Erstellungs-API, genauso wie Patches f??r die Live CD-API, dies erlaubt die Erstellung von multi-partitionierten Disk-Abbildern. Diese Disk-Abbilder k??nnen dann in einen virtuellen Container gebootet werden, wie z.B. Xen, KVM und VMware. Dieses Werkzeug enth??lt das Paket appliance-tools. Dieses Paket beinhaltet Werkzeuge zur Bildung von Anwendungsabbildern in Fedora-Basissystemen, einschliesslich abgeleiteten Distributionen wie RHEL, CentOS und anderen." +msgstr "Das Anwendungserstellungs-Werkzeug ist ein Hilfsmittel das Anwendungsabbilder von einer Kickstart-Datei erstellt. Dieses Werkzeug verwendet die CD-Erstellungs-API, genauso wie Patches f??r die Live CD-API, dies erlaubt die Erstellung von multi-partitionierten Disk-Abbildern. Diese Disk-Abbilder k??nnen dann in einen virtuellen Container gebootet werden, wie z.B. Xen, KVM und VMware. Dieses Werkzeug enth??lt das Paket appliance-tools. Dieses Paket beinhaltet Werkzeuge zur Bildung von Anwendungsabbildern in Fedora-Basissystemen, einschliesslich abgeleiteten Distributionen wie RHEL, CentOS und anderen." #: en_US/Tools.xml:274(title) msgid "Appliance Operating System" @@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ msgstr "Server-Werkzeuge" #: en_US/Server_tools.xml:7(para) msgid "This section highlights changes and additions to the various GUI server and system configuration tools in Fedora 10." -msgstr "Dieser Abschnitt hebt ??nderungen und Zus??tze f??r die verschiedenen GUI-Server und Systemkonfigurations-Werkzeug in Fedora 10 hervor." +msgstr "Dieser Abschnitt hebt ??nderungen und Zus??tze f??r die verschiedenen GUI-Server und Systemkonfigurations-Werkzeuges in Fedora 10 hervor." #: en_US/Server_tools.xml:10(title) msgid "First Aid Kit" @@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@ msgstr "First Aid Kit" #: en_US/Server_tools.xml:11(para) msgid "Firstaidkit is a fully automated recovery application that makes subsystem recovery easier for technical and non-technical users. Firstaidkit is designed to automatically fix problems while focusing on maintaining user data integrity. It is available in rescue mode, on the Fedora Live CD, and on running systems." -msgstr "Firstaidkit ist eine vollautomatisierte Recovery-Anwendungen, die eine Subsystemerholung f??r technische und nichttechnische Benutzer einfacher macht. Firstaidkit wurde entwickelt, um automatisch Probleme zu beheben, w??hrend es sich auf die Erhaltung von Benutzerdateneinheit fokussiert. Es ist im Rettungsmodus, auf einer Fedora Live-CD, erreichbar und auf den laufenden System." +msgstr "Firstaidkit ist eine vollautomatisierte Recovery-Anwendungen, die eine Subsystemerholung f??r technische und nichttechnische Benutzer einfacher macht. Firstaidkit wurde entwickelt, um automatisch Probleme zu beheben, w??hrend es sich auf die Erhaltung von Benutzerdateneinheit fokusiert. Es ist im Rettungsmodus, auf einer Fedora Live-CD, erreichbar und auf den laufenden System." #: en_US/Server_tools.xml:20(para) msgid "Project site -- " @@ -1280,7 +1280,7 @@ msgstr "Drucken" #: en_US/Printing.xml:7(para) msgid "The print manager (system-config-printer or SystemAdministrationPrinting) user interface has been overhauled to look friendlier and be more in line with modern desktop applications. The system-config-printer application no longer needs to be run as the root user." -msgstr "Das Druckmanager (system-config-printer oder SystemAdministrationDrucken) Benutzerinterface wurde ??berarbeitet, um freundlicher und in einer Linie mit den modernen Desktop-Anwendungen zu sein. Die system-config-printer-Anwendung muss nicht l??nger als root-Benutzer ausgef??hrt werden." +msgstr "Das Druckmanager (system-config-printer oder SystemAdministrationDrucken) Benutzerinterface wurde ??berarbeitet, um freundlicher und in einer Linie mit den modernen Desktop-Anwendungen zu sein. Die system-config-printer-Anwendung muss nicht l??nger als Root-Benutzer ausgef??hrt werden." #: en_US/Printing.xml:12(para) msgid "Other changes include:" @@ -1509,7 +1509,7 @@ msgstr "GIMP" #: en_US/Package_notes.xml:13(para) msgid "Fedora 10 includes version 2.6 of the GNU Image Manipulation Program." -msgstr "Fedora 10 inklusive Version 2.6 des GNU Image Manipulation-Programmes." +msgstr "Fedora 10 inklusive Version 2.6 des GNU Image Manipulation-Programms." #: en_US/Package_notes.xml:15(para) msgid "This new version is designed to be backwards compatible, so existing third party plug-ins and scripts should continue to work, with a minor caveat. The included Script-Fu Scheme interpreter no longer accepts variable definitions without an initial value, which is not compliant to the language standard. Scripts included in Fedora packages should not have this problem, but if you use scripts from other sources, please refer to the GIMP release notes for more details and how you can fix scripts that have this problem:" @@ -1561,7 +1561,7 @@ msgstr "Dieser Abschnitt enth??lt Information ??ber die Netzwerkver??nderungen u #: en_US/Networking.xml:10(title) msgid "Wireless Connection Sharing" -msgstr "Drahlose Verbindungsteilung" +msgstr "Drahtlose Verbindungsteilung" #: en_US/Networking.xml:11(para) msgid "The NetworkManager applet nm-applet has been updated to provide better connection sharing through the Create New Wireless Network menu item." @@ -1573,7 +1573,7 @@ msgstr "Die Verbindungsteilung macht eine einfache Einrichtung eines ad-hoc WLAN #: en_US/Networking.xml:23(para) msgid "When you create a new WiFi network, you have to specify the name of the network and what kind of wireless security to use. NetworkManager then sets up the wireless card to work as an ad-hoc WiFi node that others can join. The routing will be set up between the new network and the primary network connection, and DHCP is used for assigning IP addresses on the new shared WiFi network. DNS queries are also forwarded to upstream nameservers transparently." -msgstr "Wenn Sie ein neues WLAN-Netzwerk erstellten, m??ssen Sie den Namen des Netzwerkes und was f??r eine Art Wireless-Sicherheit Sie verwenden m??chten spezifizieren. NetworkManager stellt dann die Wireless-Karte so ein, dass die als ein ad-hoc WLAN-Node arbeitet und andere sich anmelden k??nnen. Das Routing wird zwischen den neuen Netzwerk und den Prim??rnetzwerk eingestellt. DHCP wird zum Zuweisen von IP-Adressen in dem neuen geteilten WLAN-Netzwerk verwendet. DNS-Fragen werden transparent an den Upstream-Namensserver weitergeleitet." +msgstr "Wenn Sie ein neues WLAN-Netzwerk erstellten, m??ssen Sie den Namen des Netzwerkes und was f??r eine Art Wireless-Sicherheit Sie verwenden m??chten spezifizieren. NetworkManager stellt dann die Wireless-Karte so ein, dass die als ein ad-hoc WLAN-Node arbeitet und andere sich anmelden k??nnen. Das Routing wird zwischen den neuen Netzwerk und den prim??ren Netzwerk eingestellt. DHCP wird zum Zuweisen von IP-Adressen in dem neuen geteilten WLAN-Netzwerk verwendet. DNS-Fragen werden transparent an den Upstream-Namensserver weitergeleitet." #: en_US/Multimedia.xml:6(title) msgid "Multimedia" @@ -1722,7 +1722,7 @@ msgstr "SELinux hindert gst-install-plu daran, den Programm-Stack ausf??hrbar zu #: en_US/Multimedia.xml:200(para) msgid "This situation may occur when older versions of the Fluendo MP3 codecs are installed. To solve the issue, install the latest version of the Fluendo MP3 decoder plugin, which does not require an executable stack." -msgstr "Diese Situation tritt auf, wenn ??ltere Versionen von Fluendo MP3-Codecs installiert sind. Zum L??sen dieses Problems, installieren SIe die neuste Version des Fluendo MP3-Decoder-Plugins, welche keinen ausf??hrbaren Stack mehr ben??tigt." +msgstr "Diese Situation tritt auf, wenn ??ltere Versionen von Fluendo MP3-Codecs installiert sind. Zum L??sen dieses Problems, installieren Sie die neuste Version des Fluendo MP3-Decoder-Plugins, welche keinen ausf??hrbaren Stack mehr ben??tigt." #: en_US/Mail_servers.xml:6(title) msgid "Mail servers" @@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@ msgstr "Der x86_64 und der i686 Kernel ist nun verlagerbar und die kdump Funktio #: en_US/Linux_kernel.xml:87(title) msgid "Kernel Includes Paravirtualization" -msgstr "Kernel enth??lt Paravirtualization" +msgstr "Kernel enth??lt Paravirtualisation" #: en_US/Linux_kernel.xml:88(para) msgid "Both the x86_64 and the i686 kernels contain support and no longer require a separate kernel for running under a Xen hypervisor. For more information, refer to ." @@ -1974,7 +1974,7 @@ msgstr "Juristisches und verschiedenes" #: en_US/legalnotice.xml:12(para) msgid "Copyright © 2007, 2008 by Red Hat, Inc. and others. This material may be distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Open Publication License, v1.0, available at ." -msgstr "Copyright © 2007, 2008 von Red Hat, Inc. und andere. Dieses Material ist nur unter dem Betreff der Bedingungen und Konditionen wie in der Open Publication License, v1.0, angegeben, verf??gbar unter ." +msgstr "Copyright © 2007, 2008 by Red Hat, Inc. und andere. Dieses Material ist nur unter dem Betreff der Bedingungen und Konditionen wie in der Open Publication License, v1.0, angegeben, verf??gbar unter ." #: en_US/legalnotice.xml:18(para) msgid "FEDORA, FEDORA PROJECT, and the Fedora Logo are trademarks of Red Hat, Inc., are registered or pending registration in the U.S. and other countries, and are used here under license to the Fedora Project." @@ -1998,7 +1998,7 @@ msgstr "KDE 3-Entwicklungsplattform und Bibliotheken" #: en_US/KDE_3_development_platform_and_libraries.xml:7(para) msgid "Fedora now features KDE 4, and no longer offers KDE 3 as a full desktop environment. Fedora does provide the following KDE 3.5 library packages to run and build the many existing KDE 3 applications:" -msgstr "Fedora enth??lt jetzt KDE 4 und stellt KDE 3 nicht l??nger als vollst??ndige Desktopumgebung zur Verf??gung. Um die vielen existierenden KDE 3-Anwendungen laufen lassen und bauen zu k??nnen, stellt Fedora die folgenden KDE 3.5-Bibliothekspakete zur Verf??gung:" +msgstr "Fedora enth??lt jetzt KDE 4 und stellt KDE 3 nicht l??nger als vollst??ndige Desktop-Umgebung zur Verf??gung. Um die vielen existierenden KDE 3-Anwendungen laufen lassen und bauen zu k??nnen, stellt Fedora die folgenden KDE 3.5-Bibliothekspakete zur Verf??gung:" #: en_US/KDE_3_development_platform_and_libraries.xml:14(para) msgid "qt3, qt3-devel (and other qt3-* packages): Qt 3.3.8b" @@ -2091,11 +2091,11 @@ msgstr "Die Implementation von OpenJDK 6, die in Fedora 10 enthalten ist, verwen #: en_US/Java.xml:29(para) msgid "Fedora binaries for selected architectures (currently only x86 and x86_64 based on OpenJDK) are tested against the Java Compatibility Kit (JCK) by Red Hat to guarantee 100% compatibility with the Java Specification (JDK 1.6 at this time)." -msgstr "Fedora-Binaries f??r ausgew??hlte Architekturen (augenblicklich nur x86 und x86_64 basierend auf OpenJDK) werden gegen das Java Compatibility Kit (JCK) durch Red Hat getestet, um eine 100% ige Kompatibilit??t mit der Java-Spezifikation (zur Zeit JDK 1.6) zu gew??hrleisten." +msgstr "Fedora-Binaries f??r ausgew??hlte Architekturen (augenblicklich nur x86 und x86_64 basierend auf OpenJDK) werden gegen das Java Compatibility Kit (JCK) durch Red Hat getestet, um eine 100%-ige Kompatibilit??t mit der Java-Spezifikation (zur Zeit JDK 1.6) zu gew??hrleisten." #: en_US/Java.xml:35(title) msgid "Handling Java Applets and web start applications" -msgstr "Handhabung von Java Hilfsprogrammen und Web Start-Anwendungen" +msgstr "Handhabung von Java-Hilfsprogrammen und Web Start-Anwendungen" #: en_US/Java.xml:36(para) msgid "In Fedora 10 gcjwebplugin has been replaced by IcedTeaPlugin, which runs untrusted applets safely in a Web browser and works on any architecture. You can see which Applet Plugin is installed by typing about:plugins in Firefox. The new plugin adds support for the JavaScript bridge (LiveConnect) that was missing from earlier versions. For more details on the bytecode-to-JavaScript bridge (LiveConnect), refer to the bug report:" @@ -2115,7 +2115,7 @@ msgstr "Dann gew??hren Sie den eingeschr??nkten Berechtigung in der Datei javaws) support via NetX has been added to the IcedTea repository. When a Java Network Launching Protocol (.jnlp) file is embedded on a web page you can open it with the IcedTea Web Start (/usr/bin/javaws). For more information on NetX, refer to:" @@ -2143,7 +2143,7 @@ msgstr "PulseAudio-Integration f??r javax.sound" #: en_US/Java.xml:96(para) msgid "PulseAudio integrations provides all the benefits of PulseAudio to any java application using the javax.sound package." -msgstr "PulseAudio-Integrationen bietet alle Vorteile des PulseAudio and und jegliche Java-Anwendungen die das Paket javax.soundverwendet javax.sound." +msgstr "PulseAudio Integration bietet alle Vorteile des PulseAudio und und jegliche Java-Anwendungen die das Paket javax.soundverwendet javax.sound." #: en_US/Java.xml:101(title) msgid "Integration of Mozilla Rhino - JavaScript" @@ -2204,7 +2204,7 @@ msgstr "Einf??hrung in das Fedora-Projekt und den technischen Ver??ffentlichungs #: en_US/Introduction_to_Fedora_Project_and_technical_release_notes.xml:7(para) msgid "The Fedora Project is an openly-developed project designed by Red Hat, open for general participation, led by a meritocracy, and following a set of project objectives. The results from this project include Fedora Core, which is a complete, general-purpose operating system built exclusively from open source software." -msgstr "Das Fedora-Projekt ist ein offen entwickeltes Projekt, das von Red Hat wntworfen wurde, offen f??r die generelle Teilnahme, gef??hrt durch eine Memokratie und gefolgt von einer Reihe an Projektzielen. Die Ergebnisse dieses Projektes, einschliesslich Fedora Core, welches ein komplettes, generelles Betriebssystem ist, das exklusive von Opensource-Software erstellt wurde." +msgstr "Das Fedora-Projekt ist ein offen entwickeltes Projekt, das von Red Hat entworfen wurde, offen f??r die generelle Teilnahme, gef??hrt durch eine Memokratie und gefolgt von einer Reihe an Projektzielen. Die Ergebnisse dieses Projektes, einschliesslich Fedora Core, welches ein komplettes, generelles Betriebssystem ist, das exklusive von Opensource-Software erstellt wurde." #: en_US/Introduction_to_Fedora_Project_and_technical_release_notes.xml:13(title) msgid "Fedora is a community supported project" @@ -2301,7 +2301,7 @@ msgstr "Standardm??ssige Sprache f??r Han-Vereinheitlichung" #: en_US/International_language_support.xml:89(para) msgid "When not using an Asian locale in GTK-based applications, Chinese characters (that is, Chinese Hanzi, Japanese Kanji, or Korean Hanja) may render with a mixture of Chinese, Japanese, and Korean fonts depending on the text. This happens when Pango does not have sufficient context to know which language is being used. The current default font configuration seems to prefer Chinese fonts. If you normally want to use Japanese or Korean say, you can tell Pango to use it by default by setting the PANGO_LANGUAGE environment variable. For example ..." -msgstr "Wenn Sie keine in Asien angesiedelte GTK bassierte Anwendungen verwenden, werden chinesische Schriftzeichen (wie Chinese Hanzi, Japanese Kanji, oder Korean Hanja) evtl. durch die Mischung von chinesisch, japanische und koreanischen Schriftarten, abh??ngig von Text, gerendert. Dies geschieht wenn Pango nicht gen??gend Kontext hat, um herauszufinden welche Sprache verwendet wird. Der augenblickliche Standardfont-Konfigurierer scheint chinesische Fonts zu bevorzugen. Falls Sie normalerweise Japanisch oder Koreanisch verwenden m??chten, k??nnen Sie das Pango durch die Verwendung der PANGO_LANGUAGE Umgebungsvariablen sagen. Zum Beispiel ..." +msgstr "Wenn Sie keine in Asien angesiedelte GTK-bassierte Anwendungen verwenden, werden chinesische Schriftzeichen (wie Chinese Hanzi, Japanese Kanji, oder Korean Hanja) evtl. durch die Mischung von chinesisch, japanische und koreanischen Schriftarten, abh??ngig von Text, gerendert. Dies geschieht wenn Pango nicht gen??gend Kontext hat, um herauszufinden welche Sprache verwendet wird. Der augenblickliche Standardfont-Konfigurierer scheint chinesische Fonts zu bevorzugen. Falls Sie normalerweise Japanisch oder Koreanisch verwenden m??chten, k??nnen Sie das Pango durch die Verwendung der PANGO_LANGUAGE Umgebungsvariablen sagen. Zum Beispiel ..." #: en_US/International_language_support.xml:100(envar) msgid "export PANGO_LANGUAGE=ja" @@ -2309,7 +2309,7 @@ msgstr "export PANGO_LANGUAGE=ja" #: en_US/International_language_support.xml:102(para) msgid "... tells Pango rendering to assume Japanese text when it has no other indications." -msgstr "... sagt Pango, dass er es als Japanisch rendern soll, wenn es keine anderen Indikatoren gibt." +msgstr "... sagt Pango, dass er es als Japansich rendern soll, wenn es keine anderen Indikatoren gibt." #: en_US/International_language_support.xml:106(title) msgid "Japanese" @@ -2357,7 +2357,7 @@ msgstr "Eingabemethoden" #: en_US/International_language_support.xml:154(para) msgid "There is a new yum group called input-methods and input methods for many languages are now installed by default. This allows turning on the default input method system and immediately having the standard input methods for most languages available. It also brings normal installs in line with Fedora Live." -msgstr "Es gibt eine neue yum-Gruppe namens input-methods und Eingabemethode f??r mehrere Sprachen sind nun automatisch installiert. Dies erlaubt das Einschalten der standardm??ssigen Eingabemethode-Systemes und dass die standardm??ssige Eingabe-Methode f??r die meisten Sprachen sofort erreichbar ist. Es ordnet auch normale Installationen mit Fedora Live." +msgstr "Es gibt eine neue yum-Gruppe namens input-methods und Eingabemethode f??r mehrere Sprachen sind nun automatisch installiert. Dies erlaubt das Einschalten der standardm??ssigen Eingabemethode-Systems und dass die standardm??ssige Eingabe-Methode f??r die meisten Sprachen sofort erreichbar ist. Es ordnet auch normale Installationen mit Fedora Live." #: en_US/International_language_support.xml:162(title) msgid "im-chooser and imsettings" @@ -2369,7 +2369,7 @@ msgstr "Es ist nun m??glich, Eingabemethoden w??hrend der Ausf??hrung zu starten #: en_US/International_language_support.xml:169(para) msgid "Input methods only start by default on desktops running in an Asian locale. The current locale list is: , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , . Use im-chooser via SystemPreferencesPersonalInput method to enable or disable input method usage on your desktop." -msgstr "Eingabemethoden starten nur automatisch auf asiatischen Desktops: Die augenblickliche lokale Liste ist: , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , . Benutzen Sie im-chooser via SystemEinstellungenPersonalEingabemethoden, um die Eingabemethoden-Verwendung auf Ihren Desktop zu aktivieren oder deaktivieren." +msgstr "Eingabemethoden starten nur automatisch auf asiatischen Desktops: Die augenblickliche lokale Liste ist: , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , . Benutzen Sie im-chooser via SystemEinstellungenPersonalEingabemethoden, um die Eingabemethoden-Verwendung auf Ihren Desktop zu aktivieren oder deaktvieren." #: en_US/International_language_support.xml:186(title) msgid "New ibus input method system" @@ -2425,7 +2425,7 @@ msgstr "Indic Onscreen-Tastatur" #: en_US/International_language_support.xml:230(para) msgid "Fedora 10 includes iok, an onscreen virtual keyboard for Indian languages, which allows input using Inscript keymap layouts and other 1:1 key mappings. For more information refer to the homepage:" -msgstr "Fedora 10 enth??lt iok, eine virtuelle Onscreen -Tastatur f??r indische Sprachen, welches eine Eingabe durch \"Inscript Keymap Layouts\" und andere 1:1 Key-Mappings erlaubt. F??r mehr Informationen sehen Sie bitte auf die Homepage:" +msgstr "Fedora 10 enth??lt iok, ein Onscreen virtuelles Keyboard f??r indische Sprachen, welches eine Eingabe durch Inscript Keymap Layouts und andere 1:1 Key-Mappings erlaubt. F??r mehr Informationen sehen Sie bitte auf die Homepage:" #: en_US/International_language_support.xml:239(title) msgid "Indic collation support" @@ -2509,7 +2509,7 @@ msgstr "Das Fedora-DVD-ISO-Abbild ist eine grosse Datei." #: en_US/Installation_notes.xml:25(para) msgid "If you intend to download the Fedora DVD ISO image, keep in mind that not all file downloading tools can accommodate files larger than 2 GiB in size." -msgstr "Falls Sie das Fedora DVD ISO-Abbild herunterladen m??chten, beachten Sie bitte, dass nicht alle Programm zum Herunterladen mit Dateien gr??sser als 2 GB arbeiten k??nnen." +msgstr "Falls Sie das Fedora DVD ISO-Abbild herunterladen m??chten, beachten Sie bitte, dass nicht alle Programm zum Herunterladen mit Dateien gr??sser als 2 GB arbeiten k??nnen." #: en_US/Installation_notes.xml:28(para) msgid "The programs wget 1.9.1-16 and above, curl, and ncftpget do not have this limitation, and can successfully download files larger than 2 GiB. BitTorrent is another method for downloading large files. For information about obtaining and using the torrent file, refer to ." @@ -2517,7 +2517,7 @@ msgstr "Diese Einschr??nkung gilt nicht f??r wget 1.9.1-16 un #: en_US/Installation_notes.xml:36(para) msgid "Anaconda asks if it should verify the installation medium when Install or upgrade an existing system is selected during boot from an installation-only media." -msgstr "Anaconda fragt Sie, ob Sie das Instalaltionsmedium pr??fen wollen, wenn Install or upgrade an existing system gew??hlt wurde, beim Starten vom einen nur-Installationsmedium." +msgstr "Anaconda fragt Sie, ob Sie das Installationsmedium pr??fen wollen, wenn Install or upgrade an existing system gew??hlt wurde, beim Starten vom einen nur-Installationsmedium." #: en_US/Installation_notes.xml:41(para) msgid "For Fedora Live media, press any key during the initial boot countdown, to display a boot option menu. Select Verify and boot to perform the media test. Installation media can be used to verify Fedora Live media. Anaconda asks during the mediacheck if you want to check any other disc than the one Anaconda is running from. To test additional media, select eject to eject the inserted medium, then replace it with the medium you want to test instead." @@ -2557,7 +2557,7 @@ msgstr "??nderungen in Anaconda" #: en_US/Installation_notes.xml:97(para) msgid "NetworkManager for Networking -- Anaconda is now using NetworkManager for configuration of network interfaces during installation. The main network interface configuration screen in Anaconda has been removed. Users are only prompted for network configuration details if they are necessary during installation. The settings used during installation are then written to the system." -msgstr "NetworkManager f??r Netzwerke -- Anaconda benutzt nun NetworkManager f??r die Konfiguration der Netzwerkschnittstellen w??hrend der Installation. Der Hauptbildschirm f??r die Netzwerk-Konfiguration in Anaconda wurde entfernt. Benutzer werden nur nach Netzwerk-Konfigurationsdetals gefragt, wenn es n??tigt ist w??hrend der Installation. Die Einstellungen, welche w??hrend der Installation benutzt wurden, werden gespeichert." +msgstr "NetworkManager f??r Netzwerke -- Anaconda benutzt nun NetworkManager f??r die Konfiguration der Netzwerkschnittstellen w??hrend der Installation. Der Hauptbildschirm f??r die Netzwerk-Konfiguration in Anaconda wurde entfernt. Benutzer werden nur nach Netzwerk-Konfigurationsdetails gefragt, wenn es n??tigt ist w??hrend der Installation. Die Einstellungen, welche w??hrend der Installation benutzt wurden, werden gespeichert." #: en_US/Installation_notes.xml:108(para) msgid "For more information, refer to ." @@ -2735,7 +2735,7 @@ msgstr "Aktualisiert den grub.conf Kernel-root-Eintrag" #: en_US/Installation_notes.xml:264(para) msgid "If the label for the / (root) file system was modified, the kernel boot parameter in the grub configuration file must also be modified:" -msgstr "Wenn die Beschriftung f??r das / (root)-Dateisystem ge??ndert wurde, muss auch der Kernel-Boot-Parameter in der Grub-Konfiguration angepasst werden." +msgstr "Wenn die Beschriftung f??r das / (root)-Dateisystem ge??ndert wurde, muss auch der Kernel-Boot-Parameter in der Grub-Konfiguration angepasst werden." #: en_US/Installation_notes.xml:268(userinput) #, no-wrap @@ -2807,7 +2807,7 @@ msgstr "Kickstart HTTP-Problem" #: en_US/Installation_notes.xml:328(para) msgid "When using a Kickstart configuration file via HTTP, kickstart file retrieval may fail with an error that indicates the file could not be retrieved. Click the OK button several times without making modifications to override this error successfully. As a workaround, use one of the other supported methods to retrieve Kickstart configurations." -msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Kickstart-Konfigurationsdatei ??ber HTTP benutzen, kann das Beziehen der Kickstartdatei mit einem Fehler abbrechen, welche angibt, dass die Datei nicht empfangen werden kann. Dr??cken Sie den OK-Knopf mehrere Male ohne eine ??nderung vorzunehmen, um den Fehler erfolgreich zu umgehen. Abhilfe k??nnen Sie eine andere unterst??tzte Art zum Beziehen einer Kickstart-Konfiguration benutzen." +msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Kickstart-Konfigurationsdatei ??ber HTTP benutzen, kann das Beziehen der Kickstart-Datei mit einem Fehler abbrechen, welche angibt, dass die Datei nicht empfangen werden kann. Dr??cken Sie den OK-Knopf mehrere Male ohne eine ??nderung vorzunehmen, um den Fehler erfolgreich zu umgehen. Abhilfe k??nnen Sie eine andere unterst??tzte Art zum Beziehen einer Kickstart-Konfiguration benutzen." #: en_US/Installation_notes.xml:336(title) msgid "Firstboot requires creation of non-root user" @@ -2928,7 +2928,7 @@ msgstr "EXT4" #: en_US/File_systems.xml:17(para) msgid "Fedora 9 featured a preview of ext4 support. Fedora 10 brings a fully ext4-compatible e2fsprogs. In addition, the Anaconda partition screen has an ext4 file system option available if you start the installer with the option at the boot prompt. Fedora 10 also includes delayed allocation for ext4. However, ext4 in Fedora 10 does not currently support file systems larger than 16 TiB." -msgstr "Fedora 9 enthielt eine Vorschau der ext4-Unterst??tzung. Fedora 10 bringt ein komplett ext4-kompatibles e2fsprogs mit. Zus??tzlich hat auch Anaconda Partitionsbildschirm eine ext4-Dateisystem-Option, welche verf??gbar ist, wenn der Installer mit der Option am Boot-Promt gestartet wurde. Fedora 10 enth??lt auch verz??gerte Zuweisung f??r ext4. Wie auch immer, ext4 in Fedora 10 unterst??tzt keine Dateisysteme, welche gr??sser als 16 TB sind." +msgstr "Fedora 9 enthielt eine Vorschau der ext4-Unterst??tzung. Fedora 10 bringt ein komplett ext4-kompatibles e2fsprogs mit. Zus??tzlich hat auch Anaconda Partitionsbildschirm eine ext4-Dateisystem-Option, welche verf??gbar ist, wenn der Installer mit der Option am Boot-Prompt gestartet wurde. Fedora 10 enth??lt auch verz??gerte Zuweisung f??r ext4. Wie auch immer, ext4 in Fedora 10 unterst??tzt keine Dateisysteme, welche gr??sser als 16 TB sind." #: en_US/File_systems.xml:27(title) msgid "XFS" @@ -2936,7 +2936,7 @@ msgstr "XFS" #: en_US/File_systems.xml:28(para) msgid "XFS is now a supported file system and an option within the partitioning screen of Anaconda." -msgstr "XFS ist nun ein unterst??tztes Dateisystem und eine Option beim Paritionsbilschirm von Anaconda." +msgstr "XFS ist nun ein unterst??tztes Dateisystem und eine Option beim Partitionsbilschirm von Anaconda." #: en_US/File_servers.xml:6(title) msgid "File servers" @@ -3064,7 +3064,7 @@ msgstr "Fedora-Live-Abbilder" #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:6(para) msgid "The Fedora 10 release includes several Fedora Live ISO images in addition to the traditional installation images. These ISO images are bootable, and you can burn them to media and use them to try out Fedora. They also include a feature that allows you to install the Fedora Live image content to your hard drive for persistence and higher performance." -msgstr "Fedora 10 enth??lt zus??tzlich zu den traditionellen Installationsmedien einige Live-ISO-Medien. Diese ISO-Medien sind bootbar und Sie k??nnen diese auf CD brennen und Fedora ausprobieren. Die CDs haben auch die M??glichkeit zur sp??ter Verwendung und Geschwindigkeitsverbesserung, den Inhalt auf Ihrer Festplatte zu installieren." +msgstr "Fedora 10 enth??lt zus??tzlich zu den traditionellen Installationsmedien einige Live-ISO-Medien. Diese ISO-Medien sind startbar und Sie k??nnen diese auf CD brennen und Fedora ausprobieren. Die CDs haben auch die M??glichkeit zur sp??ter Verwendung und Geschwindigkeitsverbesserung, den Inhalt auf Ihrer Festplatte zu installieren." #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:13(title) msgid "Available Images" @@ -3117,7 +3117,7 @@ msgstr "su -c 'yum install liveusb-creator'" #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:60(para) msgid "Instead of the graphical tool, you can use the command line interface from the livecd-tools package. Then, run the livecd-iso-to-disk script:" -msgstr "Statt des grafischen Werkzeuges, k??nnen Sie auch die Kommandozeile-Schnittstelle des Paketes livecd-tools benutzen. Dann f??hren Sie das livecd-iso-to-disk-Script aus:" +msgstr "Statt des grafischen Werkzeugs, k??nnen Sie auch die Kommandozeile-Schnittstelle des Paketes livecd-tools benutzen. Dann f??hren Sie das livecd-iso-to-disk-Script aus:" #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:63(userinput) #, no-wrap @@ -3137,7 +3137,7 @@ msgstr "Dies ist keine zerst??render Prozess; alle Daten, w #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:69(para) msgid "A Windows version of this tools is also available that allows users to try out or migrate to Fedora." -msgstr "Eine Windowsversion dieses Werkzeuges ist verf??gbar, welche es erlaubt Fedora auszuprobieren oder zu migrieren." +msgstr "Eine Windowsversion dieses Werkzeugs ist verf??gbar, welche es erlaubt Fedora auszuprobieren oder zu migrieren." #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:75(title) msgid "Persistent Home Directory" @@ -3158,7 +3158,7 @@ msgstr "Ersetzen Sie 512 mit der gew??nschten Gr??sse #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:97(para) msgid "Note that later runs of livecd-iso-to-disk preserve the /home that is created on the USB stick, continuing to use it even if you change your Live image." -msgstr "Beachten Sie, dass weitere Durchl??ufe von livecd-iso-to-disk das /home-Verzeichis auf dem USB-Stick erhalten. So l??sst es sich auch mit anderen Live-Abbildern benutzen." +msgstr "Beachten Sie, dass weitere Durchl??ufe von livecd-iso-to-disk das /home-Verzeichnis auf dem USB-Stick erhalten. So l??sst es sich auch mit anderen Live-Abbildern benutzen." # gef??llt mir nicht, bessere Vorschl??ge? Fabian #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:103(title) @@ -3176,7 +3176,7 @@ msgstr "livecd-iso-to-disk --overlay-size-mb 512 /path/to/live.iso /dev/sdb1" #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:112(para) msgid "Replace 512 with the desired size in megabytes of the persistent data, or overlay. The livecd-iso-to-disk shell script is stored in the LiveOS directory at the top level of the CD image. The USB media must have sufficient free space for the Fedora Live image, plus the overlay, plus any other data to be stored on the media." -msgstr "Ersetzen Sie 512 mit der gew??nschten Gr??sse in Megabyte f??r die dauerhaften Daten, oder overlay. Das Shellskript livecd-iso-to-disk ist im Ordner LiveOS im Hauptverzeichnis des CD-Abbildes gespeichert. Das USB-Medium muss ausreichend Speicherplatz f??r das Live-Abbild, das overlay und sonstige Daten die auf dem Medium gespeichert werden, haben." +msgstr "Ersetzen Sie 512 mit der gew??nschten Gr??sse in Megabyte f??r die dauerhaften Daten, oder overlay. Das Shellskript livecd-iso-to-disk ist im Ordner LiveOS im Hauptverzeichnis des CD-Abbildes gespeichert. Das USB-Medium muss ausreichend Speicherplatz f??r das Live-Abbild, das Overlay und sonstige Daten die auf dem Medium gespeichert werden, haben." #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:122(title) msgid "Booting a Fedora Live Image from USB on Intel-based Apple Hardware" @@ -3184,7 +3184,7 @@ msgstr "Starten von Fedora Live-Abbilder von USB auf intel-basierender Apple-Har #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:124(para) msgid "Fedora 10 includes support for putting the Live image onto a USB image and then booting it on Intel processor-based Apple hardware. Unlike most x86 machines, this hardware requires reformatting the USB stick. To set up a USB stick, run this command:" -msgstr "Fedora 10 enth??lt Unterst??tzung f??r das Verschieben von Live-Abbildern in USB-Abbilder und dem Starten dieser auf intel-basierender Apple-Hardware. Anders als die x86-Systeme m??ss diese Hardeware den USB-Stick neuformatieren. Um einen USB-Stick einzurichten, f??hren Sie folgenden Befehl aus:" +msgstr "Fedora 10 enth??lt Unterst??tzung f??r das Verschieben von Live-Abbildern in USB-Abbilder und dem Starten dieser auf intel-basierender Apple-Hardware. Anders als die x86-Systeme muss diese Hardware den USB-Stick neuformatieren. Um einen USB-Stick einzurichten, f??hren Sie folgenden Befehl aus:" #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:129(userinput) #, no-wrap @@ -3205,7 +3205,7 @@ msgstr "Die folgenden Punkte sind verschieden zu einer normalen Fedora-Installat #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:142(para) msgid "Fedora Live images provide a subset of packages available in the regular DVD image. Both connect to the same repository that has all the packages." -msgstr "Fedora-Live-Abbilder stellen eine Untergruppe der verf??gbaren Pakete, welche auf einem regul??ren DVD Abbild sind, bereit. Beide Abbilder zeigen jedoch auf das gleiche Repository, welches alle Pakete beinhaltet." +msgstr "Fedora-Live-Abbilder stellen eine Untergruppe der verf??gbaren Pakete, welche auf einem regul??ren DVD-Abbild sind, bereit. Beide Abbilder zeigen jedoch auf das gleiche Repository, welches alle Pakete beinhaltet." #: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml:146(para) msgid "The SSH daemon sshd is disabled by default. The daemon is disabled because the default username in the Fedora Live images does not have a password. However, installation to hard disk prompts for creating a new username and password." @@ -3273,7 +3273,7 @@ msgstr "Bluetooth BlueZ 4.0" #: en_US/Fedora_desktop.xml:59(para) msgid "The Bluetooth support stack, called BlueZ (,) has been updated to version 4.x in Fedora 10. Most changes in this version are useful for application developers, but users can notice the new, easier to use wizard for setting up keyboards, mice, and other supported Bluetooth devices. There is also the ability to turn-off the Bluetooth adapter on most brands of laptops through the preferences. This new version will also allow better support for audio devices in the future, through PulseAudio." -msgstr "Der Bluetooth-Unterst??tzungsstack, mit dem Namen BlueZ (), wurde in Fedora 10 auf die Version 4.x aktualisiert. Die meisten ??nderungen in dieser Version sind f??r Anwendungsentwickler n??tzlich, aber Benutzer k??nnen von neuen und einfach zu gebrauchenden Assistenten f??r das Einrichten von Tastaturen, M??usen und anderen Bluetooth-Ger??ten Notiz nehmen. Es gibt auch die M??glichkeit zum Ausschalten des Bluetooth-Adapters in den meisten Laptop durch die Einstellungen. Diese neuen Version wird auch bessere Unterst??tzung f??r Audio-Ger??te bieten durch PulseAudio." +msgstr "Der Bluetooth-Unterst??tzungsstack, mit dem Namen BlueZ (), wurde in Fedora 10 auf die Version 4.x aktualisiert. Die meisten ??nderungen in dieser Version sind f??r Anwendungsentwickler n??tzlich, aber Benutzer k??nnen von neuen und einfach zu gebrauchenden Assistenten f??r das Einrichten von Tastaturen, M??usen und anderen Bluetooth-Ger??ten Notiz nehmen. Es gibt auch die M??glichkeit zum Ausschalten des Bluetooth-Adapters in den meisten Laptop durch die Einstellungen. Diese neuen Version wird auch bessere Unterst??tzung f??r Audio-Ger??te bieten durch PulseAudio." #: en_US/Fedora_desktop.xml:68(para) msgid "Note that the default Bluetooth kernel driver was also switched to btusb, which cuts down power consumption compared to its predecessor hci_usb." @@ -3337,7 +3337,7 @@ msgstr "Der GStream-Codec-Installationshelfer codeina wurde d #: en_US/Fedora_desktop.xml:143(para) msgid "More details are available on the feature page:" -msgstr "Mehr Details sind auf der Eigenschaftseite verf??gbar:" +msgstr "Mehr Details sind auf der Eigenschafts-Seite verf??gbar:" #: en_US/Fedora_desktop.xml:150(title) msgid "KDE" @@ -3361,7 +3361,7 @@ msgstr "Fedora 10 enth??lt knetworkmanager, welcher mit der V #: en_US/Fedora_desktop.xml:188(para) msgid "As the native KWin window manager now optionally supports compositing and desktop effects, the KDE Live images no longer include Compiz/Beryl (since Fedora 9). The KWin compositing/effects mode is disabled by default, but can be enabled in systemsettings. Compiz (with KDE 4 integration) is available from the repository by installing the compiz-kde package." -msgstr "Da der einfache KWin Windowmanager jetzt optional Compositing- und Desktop-Effekte unterst??tzt, beinhalten die KDE Live-Abbilder nicht l??nger Compiz/Beryl (seit Fedora 9). Der KWin Compositing/Effekte-Modus ist standardm??ssig deaktiviert, kann jedoch in systemsettings wieder aktiviert werden. Compiz (mit KDE 4-Integration) ist verf??gbar in den Repositores durch Installation des compiz-kde-Paketes." +msgstr "Da der einfache KWin Windowmanager jetzt optional Compositing- und Desktop-Effekte unterst??tzt, beinhalten die KDE Live-Abbilder nicht l??nger Compiz/Beryl (seit Fedora 9). Der KWin Compositing/Effekte-Modus ist standardm??ssig deaktiviert, kann jedoch in systemsettings wieder aktiviert werden. Compiz (mit KDE 4-Integration) ist verf??gbar in den Repositories durch Installation des compiz-kde-Paketes." #: en_US/Fedora_desktop.xml:199(title) msgid "Enhancements" @@ -3413,7 +3413,7 @@ msgstr "Das neue Paket qgtkstyle enth??lt einen Qt 4-Stil, we #: en_US/Fedora_desktop.xml:266(para) msgid "The phonon library, which was part of kdelibs in Fedora 9, is now a separate package. An optional GStreamer backend (phonon-backend-gstreamer) is now available, but the xine-lib backend, which is now packaged as phonon-backend-xine, is still the recommended default backend and is now required by the phonon package." -msgstr "Die phonon-Bibliotheke, welche ein Teil von kdelibs in Fedora 9 war, ist nun ein eigenens Paket. Ein optionales GStreamer-Backend (phonon-backend-gstreamer) ist nun verf??gbar, aber das xine-lib-Backend, welches nun im Paket phonon-backend-xine ist, ist immer noch das empfohlene Standard-Backend und ben??tigt das Paket phonon." +msgstr "Die phonon-Bibliotheke, welche ein Teil von kdelibs in Fedora 9 war, ist nun ein eigenes Paket. Ein optionales GStreamer-Backend (phonon-backend-gstreamer) ist nun verf??gbar, aber das xine-lib-Backend, welches nun im Paket phonon-backend-xine ist, ist immer noch das empfohlene Standard-Backend und ben??tigt das Paket phonon." #: en_US/Fedora_desktop.xml:276(para) msgid "The kdegames3 package no longer provides development support for the KDE 3 version of libkdegames because nothing in Fedora outside of kdegames3 itself requires that library any longer." @@ -3518,7 +3518,7 @@ msgstr "su -c 'modprobe -r pcspkr' su -c 'echo \"install pcspkr :\" >> /et #: en_US/Fedora_10_overview.xml:5(title) msgid "Fedora 10 Overview" -msgstr "Fedora 10 ??bersicht" +msgstr "Fedora 10-??bersicht" #: en_US/Fedora_10_overview.xml:6(para) msgid "As always, Fedora continues to develop () and integrate the latest free and open source software (.) The following sections provide a brief overview of major changes from the last release of Fedora. For more details about other features that are included in Fedora 10, refer to their individual wiki pages that detail feature goals and progress:" @@ -3526,7 +3526,7 @@ msgstr "Wie immer setzt Fedora die Entwicklung von (" -msgstr "Wireless-Verbindungsfreigabe erlaubt die Bildung von Ad-hoc-Netzwerken -- " +msgstr "Wireless-Verbindungsfreigabe erlaubt die Bildung von Ad-hoc_Netzwerken -- " #: en_US/Fedora_10_overview.xml:32(para) msgid "Better setup and use of printers through improved management tools -- " @@ -3578,11 +3578,11 @@ msgstr "Der Online-Kontodienst stellt Anwendungen mit Zugangsdaten f??r Online-K #: en_US/Fedora_10_overview.xml:86(para) msgid "Features for Fedora 10 are tracked on the feature list page:" -msgstr "Eigenschaften f??r Fedora 10 werden auf der Feature-Listen-Seite verfolgt:" +msgstr "Eigenschaften f??r Fedora 10 werden auf der Eigenschaften-Auflistungsseite verfolgt:" #: en_US/Fedora_10_boot-time.xml:5(title) msgid "Fedora 10 boot-time" -msgstr "Fedora 10 Boot-Time" +msgstr "Fedora 10 Start-Zeit" #: en_US/Fedora_10_boot-time.xml:6(para) msgid "Fedora 10 includes multiple boot-time updates, including changes that allow for faster booting and graphic booting changes." @@ -3650,7 +3650,7 @@ msgstr "Kernel-Moduseinstellungen" #: en_US/Fedora_10_boot-time.xml:96(para) msgid "Kernel modesetting (KMS) can default to either enabled or disabled in the DRM driver and it can be enabled or disabled at boot-time." -msgstr "Kernel-Moduseinstellungen (KMS) kann standardm??ssig den DRM-Treiber entwerder aktivieren oder deaktivieren und er kann w??hrend des Startens aktiviert oder deaktiviert werden." +msgstr "Kernel-Moduseinstellungen (KMS) kann standardm??ssig den DRM-Treiber entweder aktivieren oder deaktivieren und er kann w??hrend des Startens aktiviert oder deaktiviert werden." #: en_US/Fedora_10_boot-time.xml:101(para) msgid "Both Plymouth and the DDX drivers detect whether KMS is present and enabled. If it is present and enabled, Plymouth and DDX drivers will take advantage of them." @@ -3658,11 +3658,11 @@ msgstr "Beide Plymouth und der DDX-Treiber erkennen, ob KMS verf??gbar ist und a #: en_US/Fedora_10_boot-time.xml:105(para) msgid "If KMS is not present or it is present but disabled then Plymouth will automatically fall back to the text splash and the DDX driver will automatically fall back to user-space modesetting." -msgstr "Wenn KMS nicht verf??gbar ist oder verf??gbar, aber deaktiviert, dann wird Plymouth automatisch auf den Text-Splash zur??chgehen und der DDX-Treiber wird automatisch zu den User-Space-Moduseinstellungen wechseln." +msgstr "Wenn KMS nicht verf??gbar ist oder verf??gbar, aber deaktiviert, dann wird Plymouth automatisch auf den Text-Splash zur??ckgehen und der DDX-Treiber wird automatisch zu den User-Space-Moduseinstellungen wechseln." #: en_US/Fedora_10_boot-time.xml:110(para) msgid "Allows for faster user switching, seamless X server switching, and graphical panic messages." -msgstr "Erlaubt schnellen Benutzerwechsel, Seamless-X-Server-Wechseln und grafische Panik-Nachrichten." +msgstr "Erlaubt schnellen Benutzerwechsel, seamless-X-Server-Wechseln und grafische Panik-Nachrichten." #: en_US/Embedded.xml:5(title) msgid "Embedded" @@ -3690,7 +3690,7 @@ msgstr "avr-gccCross Compiling GNU GCC mit Ziel f??r avr" #: en_US/Embedded.xml:32(para) msgid "This is a Cross Compiling version of GNU GCC, which can be used to compile for the AVR platform, instead of for the native i386 platform." -msgstr "Dies ist die Cross Compiling-Version von GNU GCC, welche zum Komilieren auf der AVR-Platfform benutzt werden kann, statt der native i386-Plattform." +msgstr "Dies ist die Cross Compiling-Version von GNU GCC, welche zum Kompilieren auf der AVR-Plattform benutzt werden kann, statt der native i386-Plattform." #: en_US/Embedded.xml:38(term) msgid "avr-gcc-c++Cross Compiling GNU GCC targeted at avr" @@ -3726,7 +3726,7 @@ msgstr "avr-gdbGDB f??r (entferntes) Debugging von avr-Binari #: en_US/Embedded.xml:77(para) msgid "This is a special version of GDB, the GNU Project debugger, for (remote) debugging AVR binaries. GDB allows you to see what is going on inside another program while it executes or what another program was doing at the moment it crashed." -msgstr "Dies ist eine spezielle Version von GDB, dem GNU Project-Debugger, f??r (entferntes) Debugging von AVR-Binaries. GDB erlaubt Ihnen zu sehe, was in einem anderen Programm vorgeht, wenn es ausgef??hrt wird oder was ein anderes Programm tat, als es abgest??rzt ist." +msgstr "Dies ist eine spezielle Version von GDB, dem GNU Project-Debugger, f??r (entferntes) Debugging von AVR-Binaries. GDB erlaubt Ihnen zu sehe, was in einem anderen Programm vorgeht, wenn es ausgef??hrt wird oder was ein anderes Programm tat, als es abgest??tzt ist." #: en_US/Embedded.xml:85(term) msgid "avariceProgram for interfacing the Atmel JTAG ICE to GDB" @@ -3762,7 +3762,7 @@ msgstr "ktechlab Entwicklung und Simulation von Microcontroll #: en_US/Embedded.xml:129(para) msgid "KTechlab is a development and simulation environment for microcontrollers and electronic circuits, distributed under the GNU General Public License. KTechlab consists of several well-integrated components:" -msgstr "KTechlab ist einen Entwicklungs- und Simulationsumgebung f??r Microcontrollers und electronische Schaltkreise, verbreitet unter der GNU General Public License. KTechlab enth??lt viele gut integrierte Komponenten:" +msgstr "KTechlab ist einen Entwicklungs- und Simulationumgebung f??r Microcontrollers und elektronische Schaltkreise, verbreitet unter der GNU General Public License. KTechlab enth??lt viele gut integrierte Komponenten:" #: en_US/Embedded.xml:136(para) msgid "A circuit simulator, capable of simulating logic, linear devices and some nonlinear devices." @@ -3870,7 +3870,7 @@ msgstr "Das uisp-Dienstprogramm ist f??r das Herunter-/Hinauf #: en_US/Embedded.xml:269(term) msgid "simcoupe SAM Coupe emulator (spectrum compatible)" -msgstr "simcoupe SAM Coupe-Emulator (spectrumkompatibel)" +msgstr "simcoupe SAM Coupe-Emulator (spectrum-kompatibel)" #: en_US/Embedded.xml:273(para) msgid "SimCoupe emulates an 8bit Z80 based home computer, released in 1989 by Miles Gordon Technology. The SAM Coupe was largely spectrum compatible, with much improved hardware" @@ -4474,7 +4474,7 @@ msgstr "Abw??rtskompatibilit??t" #: en_US/Backwards_compatibility.xml:6(para) msgid "Fedora provides legacy system libraries for compatibility with older software. This software is part of the Legacy Software Development group, which is not installed by default. Users who require this functionality may select this group either during installation or after the installation process is complete. To install the package group on a Fedora system, use ApplicationsAdd/Remove Software or enter the following command in a terminal window:" -msgstr "Fedora bietet Legacy-System-Bibliotheken f??r Kompatibilit??t mit ??lterer Software. Diese Software ist Teil der Legacy Software Development-Gruppe, die nicht standardm??ssig installiert wird. Benutzer, die diese Funktionalit??t ben??tigen, k??nnen diese Gruppe entweder w??hrend der Installation oder nachdem der Installationsprozess abgeschlossen ist ausw??hlen. Um diese Paketgruppe auf einem Fedora-System zu installieren, verwenden Sie AnwendungenSoftware hinzuf??gen/entfernen oder geben Sie folgenden Befehl in einem Terminalfenster ein:" +msgstr "Fedora bietet veraltete System-Bibliotheken f??r Kompatibilit??t mit ??lterer Software. Diese Software ist Teil der Legacy Software Development-Gruppe, die nicht standardm??ssig installiert wird. Benutzer, die diese Funktionalit??t ben??tigen, k??nnen diese Gruppe entweder w??hrend der Installation oder nachdem der Installationsprozess abgeschlossen ist ausw??hlen. Um diese Paketgruppe auf einem Fedora-System zu installieren, verwenden Sie AnwendungenSoftware hinzuf??gen/entfernen oder geben Sie folgenden Befehl in einem Terminalfenster ein:" #: en_US/Backwards_compatibility.xml:20(userinput) #, no-wrap From quaid at fedoraproject.org Wed Dec 17 09:23:23 2008 From: quaid at fedoraproject.org (Karsten Wade) Date: Wed, 17 Dec 2008 09:23:23 +0000 (UTC) Subject: 5 commits - en_US/Fedora_desktop.xml en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml en_US/Installation_notes.xml Message-ID: <20081217092323.0EECBC024D@lists.fedorahosted.org> en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml | 8 +--- en_US/Fedora_desktop.xml | 10 +++++ en_US/Installation_notes.xml | 75 +++++++++++++++---------------------------- 3 files changed, 38 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) New commits: commit a5a4861108c947db9414e3982afd38e7a53b9252 Author: Karsten Wade Date: Fri Dec 12 00:04:27 2008 -0800 Fix for bug #473059 diff --git a/en_US/Fedora_desktop.xml b/en_US/Fedora_desktop.xml index d78df4d..12eefcd 100644 --- a/en_US/Fedora_desktop.xml +++ b/en_US/Fedora_desktop.xml @@ -336,11 +336,18 @@ Web browsers
Enabling Flash plugin + Fedora includes swfdec and gnash, which are free and open source implementations of Flash. We encourage you to try either of them before seeking out Adobe's proprietary Flash Player plugin - software. The Adobe Flash Player plugin uses a legacy sound + software. + + For instructions on installing the Flash Player under + Fedora 10, refer to +
Disabling PC speaker commit 453d05f8dbcd5f6eb93cfa9ef3e9fe16c732e37d Merge: a969369... 877d8c9... Author: Karsten Wade Date: Thu Dec 11 03:17:41 2008 -0800 Merge branch 'master' of git+ssh://quaid at git.fedoraproject.org/git/docs/release-notes commit a9693694ff7348e74b4acbcadcae7dfcc17bcebf Author: Karsten Wade Date: Sat Dec 6 02:26:22 2008 -0800 Resolving bug 473136. diff --git a/en_US/Installation_notes.xml b/en_US/Installation_notes.xml index 3590457..971f992 100644 --- a/en_US/Installation_notes.xml +++ b/en_US/Installation_notes.xml @@ -199,16 +199,18 @@
Disk partitions must be labeled A change in the way that the Linux kernel handles storage - devices means that device names such as - /dev/hdX or /dev/sdX - may differ from the values used in earlier releases. - Anaconda solves this problem by - relying on partition labels or UUIDs for finding devices. If - these are not present, then Anaconda - presents a warning indicating that partitions need to be - labelled and that the upgrade can not proceed. Systems that use - Logical Volume Management (LVM) and the device mapper usually do - not require relabeling. + devices means that device names such as + /dev/hdX or /dev/sdX + may differ from the values used in earlier releases. + Anaconda solves this problem by + relying on partition labels or UUIDs for finding devices. If + these are not present, then Anaconda + presents a warning indicating that partitions need to be + labelled and that the upgrade can not proceed. Systems that use + Logical Volume Management (LVM) and the device mapper usually do + not require relabeling. One exception is mirrored LVM + partitions, where the UUIDs are identical. In that case, the + partitions must be labeled.
To check disk partition labels To view partition labels, boot the existing Fedora commit 6edae51bb142682a4524a326381f13dfc2812269 Author: Karsten Wade Date: Sat Dec 6 02:13:55 2008 -0800 Cleaning up screen blocks to make them less ugly on the output side. diff --git a/en_US/Installation_notes.xml b/en_US/Installation_notes.xml index 6d80a22..3590457 100644 --- a/en_US/Installation_notes.xml +++ b/en_US/Installation_notes.xml @@ -165,16 +165,12 @@ than was used by PXE. To change this behavior, use the following in pxelinux.cfg/* config files: - - IPAPPEND 2 APPEND - ksdevice=bootif - + IPAPPEND 2 APPEND + ksdevice=bootif The configuration options above causes the installer to use the same network interface as BIOS and PXE use. You can also use the following option: - - ksdevice=link - + ksdevice=link This option causes the installer to use the first network device it finds that is linked to a network switch.
@@ -218,25 +214,19 @@ To view partition labels, boot the existing Fedora installation, and enter the following at a terminal prompt: - - /sbin/blkid - + /sbin/blkid Confirm that each volume line in the list has a LABEL= value, as shown below: - - /dev/hdd1: LABEL="/boot" + /dev/hdd1: LABEL="/boot" UUID="ec6a9d6c-6f05-487e-a8bd-a2594b854406" SEC_TYPE="ext2" - TYPE="ext3" - + TYPE="ext3"
To set disk partition labels For ext2 and ext3 partitions without a label, use the following command: - - su -c 'e2label /dev/example f7-slash' - + su -c 'e2label /dev/example f7-slash' For a VFAT file system use dosfslabel from the dosfstools package, and for NTFS file system use ntfslabel from the @@ -249,15 +239,10 @@ If any file system labels were added or modified, then the device entries in /etc/fstab must be adjusted to match: - - su -c 'cp /etc/fstab /etc/fstab.orig' su -c 'gedit - /etc/fstab' - + su -c 'cp /etc/fstab /etc/fstab.orig' su -c 'gedit /etc/fstab' An example of a mount by label entry is: - - LABEL=f7-slash / ext3 defaults 1 - 1 - + LABEL=f7-slash / ext3 defaults 1 + 1
Update the <filename>grub.conf</filename> kernel root @@ -265,14 +250,10 @@ <para>If the label for the <filename>/</filename> (root) file system was modified, the kernel boot parameter in the grub configuration file must also be modified: </para> - <screen> - <userinput>su -c 'gedit /boot/grub/grub.conf'</userinput> - </screen> + <screen><userinput>su -c 'gedit /boot/grub/grub.conf'</userinput></screen> <para> A matching example kernel grub line is: </para> - <screen> - <computeroutput>kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.20-1.2948.fc6 ro - root=LABEL=f7-slash rhgb quiet</computeroutput> - </screen> + <screen><computeroutput>kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.20-1.2948.fc6 ro + root=LABEL=f7-slash rhgb quiet</computeroutput></screen> </section> <section id="sn-Test_changes_made_to_labels"> <title>Test changes made to labels @@ -310,18 +291,14 @@ After you complete the upgrade, run the following command: - - rpm -qa --last > RPMS_by_Install_Time.txt - + rpm -qa --last > RPMS_by_Install_Time.txt Inspect the end of the output for packages that pre-date the upgrade. Remove or upgrade those packages from third-party repositories, or otherwise deal with them as necessary. Some previously installed packages may no longer be available in any configured repository. To list all these packages, use the following command: - - su -c 'yum list extras' - + su -c 'yum list extras'
commit 598121afffbfb19a038e4ca2a3cd394e8ac34dc8 Author: Karsten Wade Date: Sat Dec 6 02:07:41 2008 -0800 While closing bug 473399, cleaned up some tagging that made things ugly. diff --git a/en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml b/en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml index fa56f4f..1cdae86 100644 --- a/en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml +++ b/en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml @@ -54,9 +54,7 @@ Add/Remove Software to search for and install liveusb-creator, or to install using yum: - - su -c 'yum install liveusb-creator' - + su -c 'yum install liveusb-creator' Instead of the graphical tool, you can use the command line interface from the livecd-tools package. Then, run the livecd-iso-to-disk script: @@ -79,9 +77,7 @@ /home to protect your system if your USB stick is lost or stolen. To use this feature, download the Live image and run the following command: - - livecd-iso-to-disk --home-size-mb 512 /path/to/live.iso /dev/sdb1 - + livecd-iso-to-disk --home-size-mb 512 /path/to/live.iso /dev/sdb1 Replace /dev/sdb1 with the partition where you want to put the image. Replace 512 with the desired From quaid at fedoraproject.org Wed Dec 17 10:56:44 2008 From: quaid at fedoraproject.org (Karsten Wade) Date: Wed, 17 Dec 2008 10:56:44 +0000 (UTC) Subject: en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml Message-ID: <20081217105644.AA5AFC024D@lists.fedorahosted.org> en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) New commits: commit d31b137faf4331acfafd765de2a60b05628b3fbf Author: Karsten Wade Date: Wed Dec 17 02:56:37 2008 -0800 markup typo diff --git a/en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml b/en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml index 1cdae86..707a070 100644 --- a/en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml +++ b/en_US/Fedora_Live_images.xml @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ /home to protect your system if your USB stick is lost or stolen. To use this feature, download the Live image and run the following command: - livecd-iso-to-disk --home-size-mb 512 /path/to/live.iso /dev/sdb1 + livecd-iso-to-disk --home-size-mb 512 /path/to/live.iso /dev/sdb1 Replace /dev/sdb1 with the partition where you want to put the image. Replace 512 with the desired From jmtaylor at fedoraproject.org Wed Dec 17 21:12:35 2008 From: jmtaylor at fedoraproject.org (Jason Taylor) Date: Wed, 17 Dec 2008 21:12:35 +0000 (UTC) Subject: en_US/Multimedia.xml Message-ID: <20081217211235.48E30C024D@lists.fedorahosted.org> en_US/Multimedia.xml | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) New commits: commit 394e8caffbb7297ba8b2973fb5fd8c98b49a899e Author: Jason Taylor Date: Wed Dec 17 16:04:44 2008 -0500 Fix for BZ 475723 diff --git a/en_US/Multimedia.xml b/en_US/Multimedia.xml index 65bc8b7..b72e1bb 100644 --- a/en_US/Multimedia.xml +++ b/en_US/Multimedia.xml @@ -44,9 +44,9 @@ use the GStreamer back-end. To use the GStreamer back-end, run the following command: - - su -c 'totem-backend -b gstreamer' - + + su -c 'totem-backend -b gstreamer' +
Ogg and Xiph.Org foundation formats From jmtaylor at fedoraproject.org Wed Dec 17 21:27:24 2008 From: jmtaylor at fedoraproject.org (Jason Taylor) Date: Wed, 17 Dec 2008 21:27:24 +0000 (UTC) Subject: en_US/Installation_notes.xml Message-ID: <20081217212724.E6DB7C024D@lists.fedorahosted.org> en_US/Installation_notes.xml | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) New commits: commit 65de5581a58b38117f684d1e2bbb116284d27691 Author: Jason Taylor Date: Wed Dec 17 16:26:50 2008 -0500 Fix for BZ 473045 diff --git a/en_US/Installation_notes.xml b/en_US/Installation_notes.xml index 971f992..bee2ff0 100644 --- a/en_US/Installation_notes.xml +++ b/en_US/Installation_notes.xml @@ -137,8 +137,8 @@ PXE booting from a <filename>.iso</filename> When PXE booting and using a .iso file mounted via NFS for the installation media, add - method=nfsiso:server:/path to the command - line. This is a new requirement. + repo=nfs:server:/path/ to the command + line. The install.img file also needs to be extracted and/or placed into the nfs:server:/path/images/ directory.
IDE device names From kwade at fedoraproject.org Mon Dec 22 19:18:17 2008 From: kwade at fedoraproject.org (Karsten Wade) Date: Mon, 22 Dec 2008 19:18:17 +0000 (UTC) Subject: web/html/docs/security-guide index.php,NONE,1.1 Message-ID: <20081222191817.CCF2D70130@cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com> Author: kwade Update of /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide In directory cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv6552 Added Files: index.php Log Message: adding an index page for the security guide ***** Error reading new file: [Errno 2] No such file or directory: 'index.php' From kwade at redhat.com Mon Dec 22 19:23:32 2008 From: kwade at redhat.com (Karsten Wade) Date: Mon, 22 Dec 2008 11:23:32 -0800 Subject: commits to /cvs/fedora/web now coming here Message-ID: <20081222192332.GC24919@calliope.phig.org> Previously commits to /cvs/fedora/web went to the fedora-websites-list: http://redhat.com/mailmain/listinfo/fedora-websites-list Previous commit messages can be found in the archives of that list. As of now, commits for these changes in CVS are coming to this list, fedora-docs-commits. -- Karsten 'quaid' Wade, Community Gardener http://quaid.fedorapeople.org AD0E0C41 -------------- next part -------------- A non-text attachment was scrubbed... Name: not available Type: application/pgp-signature Size: 189 bytes Desc: not available URL: From kwade at fedoraproject.org Mon Dec 22 19:24:12 2008 From: kwade at fedoraproject.org (Karsten Wade) Date: Mon, 22 Dec 2008 19:24:12 +0000 (UTC) Subject: web/html/docs/security-guide/f10 - New directory Message-ID: <20081222192412.7C45570130@cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com> Author: kwade Update of /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/f10 In directory cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv8049/f10 Log Message: Directory /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/f10 added to the repository From kwade at fedoraproject.org Mon Dec 22 19:26:15 2008 From: kwade at fedoraproject.org (Karsten Wade) Date: Mon, 22 Dec 2008 19:26:15 +0000 (UTC) Subject: web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US - New directory Message-ID: <20081222192615.23F9A70131@cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com> Author: kwade Update of /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US In directory cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv9420/en_US Log Message: Directory /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US added to the repository From kwade at fedoraproject.org Mon Dec 22 19:26:54 2008 From: kwade at fedoraproject.org (Karsten Wade) Date: Mon, 22 Dec 2008 19:26:54 +0000 (UTC) Subject: web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US/Common_Content - New directory Message-ID: <20081222192654.042A970133@cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com> Author: kwade Update of /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US/Common_Content In directory cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv9873/Common_Content Log Message: Directory /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US/Common_Content added to the repository From kwade at fedoraproject.org Mon Dec 22 19:26:55 2008 From: kwade at fedoraproject.org (Karsten Wade) Date: Mon, 22 Dec 2008 19:26:55 +0000 (UTC) Subject: web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US/images - New directory Message-ID: <20081222192655.2556B70133@cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com> Author: kwade Update of /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US/images In directory cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv9873/images Log Message: Directory /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US/images added to the repository From kwade at fedoraproject.org Mon Dec 22 19:26:54 2008 From: kwade at fedoraproject.org (Karsten Wade) Date: Mon, 22 Dec 2008 19:26:54 +0000 (UTC) Subject: web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US/Common_Content/css - New directory Message-ID: <20081222192654.55BDB70133@cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com> Author: kwade Update of /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US/Common_Content/css In directory cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv9873/Common_Content/css Log Message: Directory /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US/Common_Content/css added to the repository From kwade at fedoraproject.org Mon Dec 22 19:26:54 2008 From: kwade at fedoraproject.org (Karsten Wade) Date: Mon, 22 Dec 2008 19:26:54 +0000 (UTC) Subject: web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US/Common_Content/images - New directory Message-ID: <20081222192654.AED8670133@cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com> Author: kwade Update of /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US/Common_Content/images In directory cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv9873/Common_Content/images Log Message: Directory /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US/Common_Content/images added to the repository From kwade at fedoraproject.org Mon Dec 22 19:28:45 2008 From: kwade at fedoraproject.org (Karsten Wade) Date: Mon, 22 Dec 2008 19:28:45 +0000 (UTC) Subject: web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion-Secure_Shell.html, NONE, 1.1 Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion-Virtual_Private_Networks.html, NONE, 1.1 Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion.html, NONE, 1.1 Security_Guide-Encryption-Protecting_Data_at_Rest-File_Based_Encryption.html, NONE, 1.1 We_Need_Feedback.html, NONE, 1.1 chap-Security_Guide-Encryption.html, NONE, 1.1 chap-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security.html, NONE, 1.1 chap-Security_Guide-References.html, NONE, 1.1 chap-Security_Guide-Secure_Installation.html, NONE, 1.1 chap-Security_Guide-Securing_Your_Network.html, NONE, 1.1 chap-Security_Guide-Security_Overview.html, NONE, 1.1 chap-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance.html, NONE, 1.1 index.html, NONE, 1.1 pref-Security_Guide-Preface.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Related_Books.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Related_Documentation.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_Firewall_Websites.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_IP_Tables_Websites.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_Kerberos_Websites.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_PAM_Websites.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_TCP_Wrappers_Websites.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files-Access_Control_Options.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files-Binding_and_Redirection_Options.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files-Resource_Management_Options.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities-Threats_to_Network_Security.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities-Threats_to_Server_Security.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities-Threats_to_Workstation_and_Home_PC_Security.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Activating_the_IPTables_Service.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Enabling_and_Disabling_the_Firewall.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Other_Ports.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Saving_the_Settings.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Trusted_Services.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-Command_Options.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-IPTables_Match_Options.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-IPTables_Parameter_Options.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-Listing_Options.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-Target_Options.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Common_Exploits_and_Attacks.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives-Installation-Instructions.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives-Things_of_note.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives-Usage_Instructions.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-Protecting_Data_at_Rest-Full_Disk_Encryption.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-Anticipating_Your_Future_Needs.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-Nessus.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-Nikto.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-VLAD_the_Scanner.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-FORWARD_and_NAT_Rules-DMZs_and_IPTables.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-FORWARD_and_NAT_Rules-Prerouting.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Additional_Resources.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Basic_Firewall_Configuration.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Common_IPTables_Filtering.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-FORWARD_and_NAT_Rules.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-IPTables_and_Connection_Tracking.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-IPv6.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Malicious_Software_and_Spoofed_IP_Addresses.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Using_IPTables.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security-DISA_IASE_Documents.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security-NSA_Documents.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security-Tips_Guides_and_Tools.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Additional_Resources.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Command_Options_for_IPTables.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Differences_Between_IPTables_and_IPChains.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-IPTables_Control_Scripts.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-IPTables_and_IPv6.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Saving_IPTables_Rules.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-IPTables.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-IPTables_Match_Options-Additional_Match_Option_Modules.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-IPTables_Match_Options-ICMP_Protocol.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-IPTables_Match_Options-UDP_Protocol.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-IPsec_Host_to_Host_Configuration-Manual_IPsec_Host_to_Host_Configuration.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-IPsec_Network_to_Network_Configuration-Manual_IPsec_Network_to_Network_Configuration.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Additional_Resources.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Configuring_a_Kerberos_5_Client.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Configuring_a_Kerberos_5_Server.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Domain_to_Realm_Mapping.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-How_Kerberos_Works.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Kerberos_Terminology.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Kerberos_and_PAM.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Setting_Up_Cross_Realm_Authentication.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Setting_Up_Secondary_KDCs.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Links_of_Interest.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Manually_Encrypting_Directories-Step_by_Step_Instructions.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Manually_Encrypting_Directories-What_you_have_just_accomplished.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Manually_Encrypting_Directories.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Option_Fields-Access_Control.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Option_Fields-Expansions.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Option_Fields-Shell_Commands.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-PAM_Configuration_File_Format-Control_Flag.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-PAM_Configuration_File_Format-Module_Arguments.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-PAM_Configuration_File_Format-Module_Name.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-PAM_and_Administrative_Credential_Caching-Common_pam_timestamp_Directives.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-PAM_and_Device_Ownership-Application_Access.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-Additional_Resources.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-Creating_PAM_Modules.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_Configuration_File_Format.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_Configuration_Files.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_and_Administrative_Credential_Caching.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_and_Device_Ownership.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-Sample_PAM_Configuration_Files.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Secure_Installation-Utilize_LUKS_Partition_Encryption.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_FTP-Anonymous_Access.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_FTP-Use_TCP_Wrappers_To_Control_Access.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_FTP-User_Accounts.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NFS-Beware_of_Syntax_Errors.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NFS-Do_Not_Use_the_no_root_squash_Option.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Assign_Static_Ports_and_Use_iptables_Rules.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Edit_the_varypsecurenets_File.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Use_Kerberos_Authentication.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Use_a_Password_like_NIS_Domain_Name_and_Hostname.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_Portmap-Protect_portmap_With_iptables.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_Sendmail-Mail_only_Users.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_Sendmail-NFS_and_Sendmail.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-Do_Not_Remove_the_IncludesNoExec_Directive.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-Restrict_Permissions_for_Executable_Directories.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-The_Indexes_Directive.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-The_UserDir_Directive.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Security_Updates.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_FTP.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_NFS.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_NIS.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_Portmap.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_Sendmail.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Verifying_Which_Ports_Are_Listening.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-Configuring_Firefox_to_use_Kerberos_for_SSO.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-Getting_Started_with_your_new_Smart_Card.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-How_Smart_Card_Enrollment_Works.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-How_Smart_Card_Login_Works.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance-Install_Signed_Packages_from_Well_Known_Repositories.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance-Plan_and_Configure_Security_Updates-Adjusting_Automatic_Updates.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance-Plan_and_Configure_Security_Updates.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_Configuration_Files-Option_Fields.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-Additional_Resources.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-TCP_Wrappers_Configuration_Files.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-xinetd.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-xinetd_Configuration_Files.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Server_Security-Inattentive_Administration.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Server_Security-Inherently_Insecure_Services.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Server_Security-Unpatched_Services.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Workstation_and_Home_PC_Security-Vulnerable_Client_Applications.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Using_IPTables-Basic_Firewall_Policies.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Using_IPTables-Saving_and_Restoring_IPTables_Rules.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-Creating_an_IPsec_Connection.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec_Host_to_Host_Configuration.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec_Installation.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec_Network_to_Network_Configuration.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-Starting_and_Stopping_an_IPsec_Connection.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-VPNs_and_PROD.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Vulnerability_Assessment-Defining_Assessment_and_Testing.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Vulnerability_Assessment-Evaluating_the_Tools.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-Vulnerability_Assessment.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-xinetd_Configuration_Files-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files.html, NONE, 1.1 sect-Security_Guide-xinetd_Configuration_Files-The_etcxinetd.d_Directory.html, NONE, 1.1 Message-ID: <20081222192845.2E47D70130@cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com> Author: kwade Update of /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US In directory cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv11603/en_US Added Files: Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion-Secure_Shell.html Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion-Virtual_Private_Networks.html Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion.html Security_Guide-Encryption-Protecting_Data_at_Rest-File_Based_Encryption.html We_Need_Feedback.html chap-Security_Guide-Encryption.html chap-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security.html chap-Security_Guide-References.html chap-Security_Guide-Secure_Installation.html chap-Security_Guide-Securing_Your_Network.html chap-Security_Guide-Security_Overview.html chap-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance.html index.html pref-Security_Guide-Preface.html sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Related_Books.html sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Related_Documentation.html sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_Firewall_Websites.html sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_IP_Tables_Websites.html sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_Kerberos_Websites.html sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_PAM_Websites.html sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_TCP_Wrappers_Websites.html sect-Security_Guide-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files-Access_Control_Options.html sect-Security_Guide-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files-Binding_and_Redirection_Options.html sect-Security_Guide-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files-Resource_Management_Options.html sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities-Threats_to_Network_Security.html sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities-Threats_to_Server_Security.html sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities-Threats_to_Workstation_and_Home_PC_Security.html sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities.html sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Activating_the_IPTables_Service.html sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Enabling_and_Disabling_the_Firewall.html sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Other_Ports.html sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Saving_the_Settings.html sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Trusted_Services.html sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-Command_Options.html sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-IPTables_Match_Options.html sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-IPTables_Parameter_Options.html sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-Listing_Options.html sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-Target_Options.html sect-Security_Guide-Common_Exploits_and_Attacks.html sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives-Installation-Instructions.html sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives-Things_of_note.html sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives-Usage_Instructions.html sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives.html sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-Protecting_Data_at_Rest-Full_Disk_Encryption.html sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-Anticipating_Your_Future_Needs.html sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-Nessus.html sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-Nikto.html sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-VLAD_the_Scanner.html sect-Security_Guide-FORWARD_and_NAT_Rules-DMZs_and_IPTables.html sect-Security_Guide-FORWARD_and_NAT_Rules-Prerouting.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Additional_Resources.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Basic_Firewall_Configuration.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Common_IPTables_Filtering.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-FORWARD_and_NAT_Rules.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-IPTables_and_Connection_Tracking.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-IPv6.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Malicious_Software_and_Spoofed_IP_Addresses.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Using_IPTables.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls.html sect-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security-DISA_IASE_Documents.html sect-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security-NSA_Documents.html sect-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security-Tips_Guides_and_Tools.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Additional_Resources.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Command_Options_for_IPTables.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Differences_Between_IPTables_and_IPChains.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-IPTables_Control_Scripts.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-IPTables_and_IPv6.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Saving_IPTables_Rules.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables_Match_Options-Additional_Match_Option_Modules.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables_Match_Options-ICMP_Protocol.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables_Match_Options-UDP_Protocol.html sect-Security_Guide-IPsec_Host_to_Host_Configuration-Manual_IPsec_Host_to_Host_Configuration.html sect-Security_Guide-IPsec_Network_to_Network_Configuration-Manual_IPsec_Network_to_Network_Configuration.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Additional_Resources.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Configuring_a_Kerberos_5_Client.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Configuring_a_Kerberos_5_Server.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Domain_to_Realm_Mapping.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-How_Kerberos_Works.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Kerberos_Terminology.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Kerberos_and_PAM.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Setting_Up_Cross_Realm_Authentication.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Setting_Up_Secondary_KDCs.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos.html sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Links_of_Interest.html sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Manually_Encrypting_Directories-Step_by_Step_Instructions.html sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Manually_Encrypting_Directories-What_you_have_just_accomplished.html sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Manually_Encrypting_Directories.html sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption.html sect-Security_Guide-Option_Fields-Access_Control.html sect-Security_Guide-Option_Fields-Expansions.html sect-Security_Guide-Option_Fields-Shell_Commands.html sect-Security_Guide-PAM_Configuration_File_Format-Control_Flag.html sect-Security_Guide-PAM_Configuration_File_Format-Module_Arguments.html sect-Security_Guide-PAM_Configuration_File_Format-Module_Name.html sect-Security_Guide-PAM_and_Administrative_Credential_Caching-Common_pam_timestamp_Directives.html sect-Security_Guide-PAM_and_Device_Ownership-Application_Access.html sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-Additional_Resources.html sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-Creating_PAM_Modules.html sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_Configuration_File_Format.html sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_Configuration_Files.html sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_and_Administrative_Credential_Caching.html sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_and_Device_Ownership.html sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-Sample_PAM_Configuration_Files.html sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM.html sect-Security_Guide-Secure_Installation-Utilize_LUKS_Partition_Encryption.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_FTP-Anonymous_Access.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_FTP-Use_TCP_Wrappers_To_Control_Access.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_FTP-User_Accounts.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NFS-Beware_of_Syntax_Errors.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NFS-Do_Not_Use_the_no_root_squash_Option.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Assign_Static_Ports_and_Use_iptables_Rules.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Edit_the_varypsecurenets_File.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Use_Kerberos_Authentication.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Use_a_Password_like_NIS_Domain_Name_and_Hostname.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_Portmap-Protect_portmap_With_iptables.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_Sendmail-Mail_only_Users.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_Sendmail-NFS_and_Sendmail.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-Do_Not_Remove_the_IncludesNoExec_Directive.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-Restrict_Permissions_for_Executable_Directories.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-The_Indexes_Directive.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-The_UserDir_Directive.html sect-Security_Guide-Security_Updates.html sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_FTP.html sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_NFS.html sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_NIS.html sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_Portmap.html sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_Sendmail.html sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server.html sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Verifying_Which_Ports_Are_Listening.html sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security.html sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-Configuring_Firefox_to_use_Kerberos_for_SSO.html sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-Getting_Started_with_your_new_Smart_Card.html sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-How_Smart_Card_Enrollment_Works.html sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-How_Smart_Card_Login_Works.html sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO.html sect-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance-Install_Signed_Packages_from_Well_Known_Repositories.html sect-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance-Plan_and_Configure_Security_Updates-Adjusting_Automatic_Updates.html sect-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance-Plan_and_Configure_Security_Updates.html sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_Configuration_Files-Option_Fields.html sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-Additional_Resources.html sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-TCP_Wrappers_Configuration_Files.html sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-xinetd.html sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-xinetd_Configuration_Files.html sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd.html sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Server_Security-Inattentive_Administration.html sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Server_Security-Inherently_Insecure_Services.html sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Server_Security-Unpatched_Services.html sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Workstation_and_Home_PC_Security-Vulnerable_Client_Applications.html sect-Security_Guide-Using_IPTables-Basic_Firewall_Policies.html sect-Security_Guide-Using_IPTables-Saving_and_Restoring_IPTables_Rules.html sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-Creating_an_IPsec_Connection.html sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec.html sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec_Host_to_Host_Configuration.html sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec_Installation.html sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec_Network_to_Network_Configuration.html sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-Starting_and_Stopping_an_IPsec_Connection.html sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-VPNs_and_PROD.html sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs.html sect-Security_Guide-Vulnerability_Assessment-Defining_Assessment_and_Testing.html sect-Security_Guide-Vulnerability_Assessment-Evaluating_the_Tools.html sect-Security_Guide-Vulnerability_Assessment.html sect-Security_Guide-xinetd_Configuration_Files-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files.html sect-Security_Guide-xinetd_Configuration_Files-The_etcxinetd.d_Directory.html Log Message: moving F10 security guide content to this new directory structure --- NEW FILE Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion-Secure_Shell.html --- 3.6.??Secure Shell

Product SiteDocumentation Site

3.6.??Secure Shell

Secure Shell (SSH) also provides encrypted tunnels between computers but only using a single port. Port forwarding can be done over an SSH tunnel and traffic will be encrypted as it passes over that tunnel but using port forwarding isn't as fluid as a VPN.
--- NEW FILE Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion-Virtual_Private_Networks.html --- 3.5.??Virtual Private Networks

Product SiteDocumentation Site

3.5.??Virtual Private Networks

Virtual Private Networks (VPN) provide encrypted tunnels between computers or networks of computers across all ports. With a VPN in place, all network traffic from the client is forwarded to the server through the encrypted tunnel. This means that the client is logically on the same network as the server it is connected to via the VPN. VPNs are very common and are simple to use and setup.
--- NEW FILE Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion.html --- 3.4.??Data in Motion

Product SiteDocumentation Site

3.4.??Data in Motion

Data in motion is data that is being transmitted over a network. The biggest threats to data in motion are interception and alteration. Your user name and password should never be transmitted over a network without protection as it could be intercepted and used by someone else to impersonate you or gain access to sensitive information. Other private information such as bank account information should also be protected when transmitted across a network. If the network session was encrypted then you would not have to worry as much about the data being compromised while it is being transmitted.
Data in motion is particularly vulnerable to attackers because the attacker does not have to be near the computer in which the data is being stored rather they only have to be somewhere along the path. Encryption tunnels can protect data along the path of communications.
--- NEW FILE Security_Guide-Encryption-Protecting_Data_at_Rest-File_Based_Encryption.html --- 3.3.??File Based Encryption

Product SiteDocumentation Site

3.3.??File Based Encryption

GnuPG (GPG) is an open source version of PGP that allows you to sign and/or encrypt a file or an email message. This is useful to maintain integrity of the message or file and also protects the confidentiality of the information contained within the file or email. In the case of email, GPG provides dual protection. Not only can it provide Data at Rest protection but also Data In Motion protection once the message has been sent across the network.
File based encryption is intended to protect a file after it has left your computer, such as when you send a CD through the mail. Some file based encryption solutions will leave remnants of the encrypted files that an attacker who has physical access to your computer can recover under some circumstances. To protect the contents of those files from attackers who may have access to your computer, use file based encryption combined with another solution such as full disk encryption.
--- NEW FILE We_Need_Feedback.html --- 2.??We Need Feedback!

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.??We Need Feedback!

To provide feedback for the Security Guide, please file a bug in https://bugzilla.redhat.com/.
  • Product = Fedora Hosted Projects
  • Component = Security_Guide
--- NEW FILE chap-Security_Guide-Encryption.html --- Chapter??3.??Encryption

Product SiteDocumentation Site

Chapter??3.??Encryption

There are two main types of data that must be protected: data at rest and data in motion. These different types of data are protected in similar ways using similar technology but the implementations can be completely different. No single protective implementation can prevent all possible methods of compromise as the same information may be at rest and in motion at different points in time.

3.1.??Data at Rest

Data at rest is data that is stored on a hard drive, tape, CD, DVD, disk, or other media. This information's biggest threat comes from being physically stolen. Laptops in airports, CDs going through the mail, and backup tapes that get left in the wrong places are all examples of events where data can be compromised through theft. If the data was encrypted on the media then you wouldn't have to worry as much about the data being compromised.
--- NEW FILE chap-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security.html --- Chapter??4.??General Principles of Information Security

Product SiteD
 ocumentation Site

Chapter??4.??General Principles of Information Security

The United States' National Security Agency (NSA) provides hardening guides and hardening tips for many different operating systems to help government agencies, businesses, and individuals help secure their system against attacks. In addition to specific settings to change, a set of general principles have been developed to give you a high level view of information security.

4.1.??General Principles

  • Encrypt all data transmitted over the network. Encrypting authentication information (such as passwords) is particularly important.
  • Minimize the amount of software installed and running in order to minimize vulnerability.
  • Use security-enhancing software and tools whenever available (e.g. SELinux and IPTables).
  • Run each network service on a separate server whenever possible. This minimizes the risk that a compromise of one service could lead to a compromise of others.
  • Maintain user accounts. Create a good password policy and enforce its use. Delete unused user accounts.
  • Review system and application logs on a routine basis. Send logs to a dedicated log server. This prevents intruders from easily avoiding detection by modifying the local logs.
  • Never login directly as root, unless absolutely necessary. Administrators should use sudo to execute commands as root when required. The accounts capable of using sudo are specified in /etc/sudoers, which is edited with the visudo utility. By default, relavent logs are written to /var/log/secure.
--- NEW FILE chap-Security_Guide-References.html --- Chapter??7.??References

Product SiteDocumentation Site

Chapter??7.??References

The following references are pointers to additional information that is relevant to SELinux and Fedora but beyond the scope of this guide. Note that due to the rapid development of SELinux, some of this material may only apply to specific releases of Fedora.
Books
SELinux by Example
Mayer, MacMillan, and Caplan
Prentice Hall, 2007
General Information
NSA SELinux main website
NSA SELinux FAQ
Fedora SELinux FAQ
SELinux NSA's Open Source Security Enhanced Linux
Technology
An Overview of Object Classes and Permissions
Integrating Flexible Support for Security Policies into the Linux Operating System (a history of Flask implementation in Linux)
Implementing SELinux as a Linux Security Module
A Security Policy Configuration for the Security-Enhanced Linux
Community
SELinux community page
IRC
irc.freenode.net, #rhel-selinux
--- NEW FILE chap-Security_Guide-Secure_Installation.html --- Chapter??5.??Secure Installation

Product SiteDocumentat
 ion Site

Chapter??5.??Secure Installation

Security begins with the first time you put that CD or DVD into your disk drive to install Fedora. Configuring your system securely from the beginning makes it easier to implement additional security settings later.

5.1.??Disk Partitions

The NSA recommends creating separate partitions for /boot, /, /home, /tmp, and /var/tmp. The reasons for each are different and we will address each partition.
/boot - This partition is the first partition that is read by the system during boot up. The boot loader and kernel images that are used to boot your system into Fedora are stored in this partition. This partition should not be encrypted. If this partition is included in / and that partition is encrypted or otherwise becomes unavailable then your system will not be able to boot.
/home - When user data (/home) is stored in / instead of in a separate partition, the partition can fill up causing the operating system to become unstable. Also, when upgrading your system to the next version of Fedora it is a lot easier when you can keep your data in the /home partition as it will not be overwritten during installation. If the root partition (/) becomes corrupt your data could be lost forever. By using a separate partition there is slightly more protection against data loss. You can also target this partition for frequent backups.
/tmp and /var/tmp - Both the /tmp and the /var/tmp directories are used to store data that doesn't need to be stored for a long period of time. However if a lot of data floods one of these directories it can consume all of your storage space. If this happens and these directories are stored within / then your system could become unstable and crash. For this reason, moving these directories into their own partitions is a good idea.
--- NEW FILE chap-Security_Guide-Securing_Your_Network.html --- Chapter??2.??Securing Your Network

Product SiteDocumentation Site

Chapter??2.??Securing Your Network

2.1. Workstation Security
2.1.1. Evaluating Workstation Security
2.1.2. BIOS and Boot Loader Security
2.1.3. Password Security
2.1.4. Administrative Controls
2.1.5. Available Network Services
2.1.6. Personal Firewalls
2.1.7. Security Enhanced Communication Tools
2.2. Server Security
2.2.1. Securing Services With TCP Wrappers and xinetd
2.2.2. Securing Portmap
2.2.3. Securing NIS
2.2.4. Securing NFS
2.2.5. Securing the Apache HTTP Server
2.2.6. Securing FTP
2.2.7. Securing Sendmail
2.2.8. Verifying Which Ports Are Listening
2.3. Single Sign-on (SSO)
2.3.1. Introduction
2.3.2. Getting Started with your new Smart Card
2.3.3. How Smart Card Enrollment Works
2.3.4. How Smart Card Login Works
2.3.5. Configuring Firefox to use Kerberos for SSO
2.4. Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM)
2.4.1. Advantages of PAM
2.4.2. PAM Configuration Files
2.4.3. PAM Configuration File Format
2.4.4. Sample PAM Configuration Files
2.4.5. Creating PAM Modules
2.4.6. PAM and Administrative Credential Caching
2.4.7. PAM and Device Ownership
2.4.8. Additional Resources
2.5. TCP Wrappers and xinetd
2.5.1. TCP Wrappers
2.5.2. TCP Wrappers Configuration Files
2.5.3. xinetd
2.5.4. xinetd Configuration Files
2.5.5. Additional Resources
2.6. Kerbe ros
2.6.1. What is Kerberos?
2.6.2. Kerberos Terminology
2.6.3. How Kerberos Works
2.6.4. Kerberos and PAM
2.6.5. Configuring a Kerberos 5 Server
2.6.6. Configuring a Kerberos 5 Client
2.6.7. Dom ain-to-Realm Mapping
2.6.8. Setting Up Secondary KDCs
2.6.9. Setting Up Cross Realm Authentication
2.6.10. Additional Resources
2.7. Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)
2.7.1. How Does a VPN Work?
2.7.2. VPNs and Fedora
2.7.3. IPsec
2.7.4. Creating an IPsec Connection
2.7.5. IPsec Installation
2.7.6. IPsec Host-to-Host Configuration
2.7.7. IPsec Network-to-Network Configuration
2.7.8. Starting and Stopping an IPsec Connection
2.8. Firewalls
2.8.1. Netfilter and IPTables
2.8.2. Basic Firewall Configuration
2.8.3. Using IPTables
2.8.4. Common IPTables Filtering
2.8.5. FORWARD and NAT Rules
2.8 .6. Malicious Software and Spoofed IP Addresses
2.8.7. IPTables and Connection Tracking
2.8.8. IPv6
2.8.9. Additional Resources
2.9. IPTables
2.9.1. Packet Filtering
2.9.2. Differences Between IPTables and IPChains
2.9.3. Command Options for IPTables
2.9.4. Saving IPTables Rules
2.9.5. IPTables Control Scripts
2.9.6. IPTables and IPv6
2.9.7. Additional Resources

2.1.??Workstation Security

Securing a Linux environment begins with the workstation. Whether locking down a personal machine or securing an enterprise system, sound security policy begins with the individual computer. A computer network is only as secure as its weakest node.
Password protection for the BIOS (or BIOS equivalent) and the boot loader can prevent unauthorized users who have physical access to systems from booting using removable media or obtaining root privileges through single user mode. The security measures you should take to protect against such attacks depends both on the sensitivity of the information on the workstation and the location of the machine.
For example, if a machine is used in a trade show and contains no sensitive information, then it may not be critical to prevent such attacks. However, if an employee's laptop with private, unencrypted SSH keys for the corporate network is left unattended at that same trade show, it could lead to a major security breach with ramifications for the entire company.
If the workstation is located in a place where only authorized or trusted people have access, however, then securing the BIOS or the boot loader may not be necessary.

2.1.2.1.??BIOS Passwords

  1. Preventing Changes to BIOS Settings ??? If an intruder has access to the BIOS, they can set it to boot from a diskette or CD-ROM. This makes it possible for them to enter rescue mode or single user mode, which in turn allows them to start arbitrary processes on the system or copy sensitive data.
  2. Preventing System Booting ??? Some BIOSes allow password protection of the boot process. When activated, an attacker is forced to enter a password before the BIOS launches the boot loader.
Because the methods for setting a BIOS password vary between computer manufacturers, consult the computer's manual for specific instructions.
If you forget the BIOS password, it can either be reset with jumpers on the motherboard or by disconnecting the CMOS battery. For this reason, it is good practice to lock the computer case if possible. However, consult the manual for the computer or motherboard before attempting to disconnect the CMOS battery.
The primary reasons for password protecting a Linux boot loader are as follows:
  1. Preventing Access to Single User Mode ??? If attackers can boot the system into single user mode, they are logged in automatically as root without being prompted for the root password.
  2. Preventing Access to the GRUB Console ??? If the machine uses GRUB as its boot loader, an attacker can use the GRUB editor interface to change its configuration or to gather information using the cat command.
  3. Preventing Access to Insecure Operating Systems ??? If it is a dual-boot system, an attacker can select an operating system at boot time (for example, DOS), which ignores access controls and file permissions.
Fedora ships with the GRUB boot loader on the x86 platform. For a detailed look at GRUB, refer to the Red Hat Installation Guide.
2.1.2.2.1.??Password Protecting GRUB
You can configure GRUB to address the first two issues listed in Section??2.1.2.2, ???Boot Loader Passwords??? by adding a password directive to its configuration file. To do this, first choose a strong password, open a shell, log in as root, and then type the following command:
/sbin/grub-md5-crypt
When prompted, type the GRUB password and press Enter. This returns an MD5 hash of the password.
Next, edit the GRUB configuration file /boot/grub/grub.conf. Open the file and below the timeout line in the main section of the document, add the following line:
password --md5 <password-hash>
Replace <password-hash> with the value returned by /sbin/grub-md5-crypt[6].
The next time the system boots, the GRUB menu prevents access to the editor or command interface without first pressing p followed by the GRUB password.
Unfortunately, this solution does not prevent an attacker from booting into an insecure operating system in a dual-boot environment. For this, a different part of the /boot/grub/grub.conf file must be edited.
Look for the title line of the operating system that you want to secure, and add a line with the lock directive immediately beneath it.
For a DOS system, the stanza should begin similar to the following:
title DOS lock

Warning

A password line must be present in the main section of the /boot/grub/grub.conf file for this method to work properly. Otherwise, an attacker can access the GRUB editor interface and remove the lock line.
To create a different password for a particular kernel or operating system, add a lock line to the stanza, followed by a password line.
Each stanza protected with a unique password should begin with lines similar to the following example:
title DOS lock password --md5 <password-hash>

2.1.3.??Password Security

Passwords are the primary method that Fedora uses to verify a user's identity. This is why password security is so important for protection of the user, the workstation, and the network.
For security purposes, the installation program configures the system to use Message-Digest Algorithm (MD5) and shadow passwords. It is highly recommended that you do not alter these settings.
If MD5 passwords are deselected during installation, the older Data Encryption Standard (DES) format is used. This format limits passwords to eight alphanumeric characters (disallowing punctuation and other special characters), and provides a modest 56-bit level of encryption.
If shadow passwords are deselected during installation, all passwords are stored as a one-way hash in the world-readable /etc/passwd file, which makes the system vulnerable to offline password cracking attacks. If an intruder can gain access to the machine as a regular user, he can copy the /etc/passwd file to his own machine and run any number of password cracking programs against it. If there is an insecure password in the file, it is only a matter of time before the password cracker discovers it.
Shadow passwords eliminate this type of attack by storing the password hashes in the file /etc/shadow, which is readable only by the root user.
This forces a potential attacker to attempt password cracking remotely by logging into a network service on the machine, such as SSH or FTP. This sort of brute-force attack is much slower and leaves an obvious trail as hundreds of failed login attempts are written to system files. Of course, if the cracker starts an attack in the middle of the night on a system with weak passwords, the cracker may have gained access before dawn and edited the log files to cover his tracks.
In addition to format and storage considerations is the issue of content. The single most important thing a user can do to protect his account against a password cracking attack is create a strong password.

2.1.3.1.??Creating Strong Passwords

When creating a secure password, it is a good idea to follow these guidelines:
  • Do Not Use Only Words or Numbers ??? Never use only numbers or words in a password.
    Some insecure examples include the following:
    • 8675309
    • juan
    • hackme
  • Do Not Use Recognizable Words ??? Words such as proper names, dictionary words, or even terms from television shows or novels should be avoided, even if they are bookended with numbers.
    Some insecure examples include the following:
    • john1
    • DS-9
    • mentat123
  • Do Not Use Words in Foreign Languages ??? Password cracking programs often check against word lists that encompass dictionaries of many languages. Relying on foreign languages for secure passwords is not secure.
    Some insecure examples include the following:
    • cheguevara
    • bienvenido1
    • 1dumbKopf
  • Do Not Use Hacker Terminology ??? If you think you are elite because you use hacker terminology ??? also called l337 (LEET) speak ??? in your password, think again. Many word lists include LEET speak.
    Some insecure examples include the following:
    • H4X0R
    • 1337
  • Do Not Use Personal Information ??? Avoid using any personal information in your passwords. If the attacker knows your identity, the task of deducing your password becomes easier. The following is a list of the types of information to avoid when creating a password:
    Some insecure examples include the following:
    • Your name
    • The names of pets
    • The names of family members
    • Any birth dates
    • Your phone number or zip code
  • Do Not Invert Recognizable Words ??? Good password checkers always reverse common words, so inverting a bad password does not make it any more secure.
    Some insecure examples include the following:
    • R0X4H
    • nauj
    • 9-DS
  • Do Not Write Down Your Password ??? Never store a password on paper. It is much safer to memorize it.
  • Do Not Use the Same Password For All Machines ??? It is important to make separate passwords for each machine. This way if one system is compromised, all of your machines are not immediately at risk.
The following guidelines will help you to create a strong password:
  • Make the Password at Least Eight Characters Long ??? The longer the password, the better. If using MD5 passwords, it should be 15 characters or longer. With DES passwords, use the maximum length (eight characters).
  • Mix Upper and Lower Case Letters ??? Fedora is case sensitive, so mix cases to enhance the strength of the password.
  • Mix Letters and Numbers ??? Adding numbers to passwords, especially when added to the middle (not just at the beginning or the end), can enhance password strength.
  • Include Non-Alphanumeric Characters ??? Special characters such as &, $, and > can greatly improve the strength of a password (this is not possible if using DES passwords).
  • Pick a Password You Can Remember ??? The best password in the world does little good if you cannot remember it; use acronyms or other mnemonic devices to aid in memorizing passwords.
With all these rules, it may seem difficult to create a password that meets all of the criteria for good passwords while avoiding the traits of a bad one. Fortunately, there are some steps you can take to generate an easily-remembered, secure password.
If an organization has a large number of users, the system administrators have two basic options available to force the use of good passwords. They can create passwords for the user, or they can let users create their own passwords, while verifying the passwords are of acceptable quality.
Creating the passwords for the users ensures that the passwords are good, but it becomes a daunting task as the organization grows. It also increases the risk of users writing their passwords down.
For these reasons, most system administrators prefer to have the users create their own passwords, but actively verify that the passwords are good and, in some cases, force users to change their passwords periodically through password aging.
2.1.3.2.1.??Forcing Strong Passwords
The password check that is performed at the time of their creation does not discover bad passwords as effectively as running a password cracking program against the passwords.
Many password cracking programs are available that run under Fedora, although none ship with the operating system. Below is a brief list of some of the more popular password cracking programs:

Note

None of these tools are supplied with Fedora and are therefore not supported by Fedora. in any way.

Warning

Always get authorization in writing before attempting to crack passwords within an organization.
2.1.3.2.2.??Password Aging
Password aging is another technique used by system administrators to defend against bad passwords within an organization. Password aging means that after a specified period (usually 90 days), the user is prompted to create a new password. The theory behind this is that if a user is forced to change his password periodically, a cracked password is only useful to an intruder for a limited amount of time. The downside to password aging, however, is that users are more likely to write their passwords down.
There are two primary programs used to specify password aging under Fedora: the chage command or the graphical User Manager (system-config-users) application.
The -M option of the chage command specifies the maximum number of days the password is valid. For example, to set a user's password to expire in 90 days, use the following command:
chage -M 90 <username>
In the above command, replace <username> with the name of the user. To disable password expiration, it is traditional to use a value of 99999 after the -M option (this equates to a little over 273 years).
You can also use the chage command in interactive mode to modify multiple password aging and account details. Use the following command to enter interactive mode:
chage <username>
The following is a sample interactive session using this command:
 [root at interch-dev1 ~]# chage davido Changing the aging information for davido Enter the new value, or press ENTER for the default Minimum Password Age [0]: 10 Maximum Password Age [99999]: 90 Last Password Change (YYYY-MM-DD) [2006-08-18]: Password Expiration Warning [7]: Password Inactive [-1]: Account Expiration Date (YYYY-MM-DD) [1969-12-31]: [root at interch-dev1 ~]# 
Refer to the man page for chage for more information on the available options.
You can also use the graphical User Manager application to create password aging policies, as follows. Note: you need Administrator privileges to perform this procedure.
  1. Click the System menu on the Panel, point to Administration and then click Users and Groups to display the User Manager. Alternatively, type the command system-config-users at a shell prompt.
  2. Click the Users tab, and select the required user in the list of users.
  3. Click Properties on the toolbar to display the User Properties dialog box (or choose Properties on the File menu).
  4. Click the Password Info tab, and select the check box for Enable password expiration.
  5. Enter the required value in the Days before change required field, and click OK.
Specifying password aging options
Password Info pane illustration.
Figure??2.1.??Specifying password aging options

-rwsr-xr-x 1 root root 47324 May 1 08:09 /bin/su
For the system administrators of an organization, however, choices must be made as to how much administrative access users within the organization should have to their machine. Through a PAM module called pam_console.so, some activities normally reserved only for the root user, such as rebooting and mounting removable media are allowed for the first user that logs in at the physical console (refer to Section??2.4, ???Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM)??? for more information about the pam_console.so module.) However, other important system administration tasks, such as altering network settings, configuring a new mouse, or mounting network devices, are not possible without administrative privileges. As a result, system administrators must decide how much access the users on their network should receive.
Table??2.1, ???Methods of Disabling the Root Account??? describes ways that an administrator can further ensure that root logins are disallowed:
Method Description Effects Does Not Affect
Changing the root shell. Edit the /etc/passwd file and change the shell from /bin/bash to /sbin/nologin.
Prevents access to the root shell and logs any such attempts.
The following programs are prevented from accessing the root account:
?? login
?? gdm
?? kdm
?? xdm
?? su
?? ssh
?? scp
?? sftp
Programs that do not require a shell, such as FTP clients, mail clients, and many setuid programs.
The following programs are not prevented from accessing the root account:
?? sudo
?? FTP clients
?? Email clients
Disabling root access via any console device (tty). An empty /etc/securetty file prevents root login on any devices attached to the computer.
Prevents access to the root account via the console or the network. The following programs are prevented from accessing the root account:
?? login
?? gdm
?? kdm
?? xdm
?? Other network services that open a tty
Programs that do not log in as root, but perform administrative tasks through setuid or other mechanisms.
The following programs are not prevented from accessing the root account:
?? su
?? sudo
?? ssh
?? scp
?? sftp
Disabling root SSH logins. Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file and set the PermitRootLogin parameter to no.
Prevents root access via the OpenSSH suite of tools. The following programs are prevented from accessing the root account:
?? ssh
?? scp
?? sftp
This only prevents root access to the OpenSSH suite of tools.
Use PAM to limit root access to services. Edit the file for the target service in the /etc/pam.d/ directory. Make sure the pam_listfile.so is required for authentication.[a]
Prevents root access to network services that are PAM aware.
The following services are prevented from accessing the root account:
?? FTP clients
?? Email clients
?? login
?? gdm
?? kdm
?? xdm
?? ssh
?? scp
?? sftp
?? Any PAM aware services
Programs and services that are not PAM aware.
Table??2.1.??Methods of Disabling the Root Account

2.1.4.2.1.??Disabling the Root Shell
To prevent users from logging in directly as root, the system administrator can set the root account's shell to /sbin/nologin in the /etc/passwd file. This prevents access to the root account through commands that require a shell, such as the su and the ssh commands.

Important

Programs that do not require access to the shell, such as email clients or the sudo command, can still access the root account.

2.1.4.3.??Limiting Root Access

Rather than completely denying access to the root user, the administrator may want to allow access only via setuid programs, such as su or sudo.
2.1.4.3.1.??The su Command
When a user executes the su command, they are prompted for the root password and, after authentication, is given a root shell prompt.
Once logged in via the su command, the user is the root user and has absolute administrative access to the system[7]. In addition, once a user has become root, it is possible for them to use the su command to change to any other user on the system without being prompted for a password.
Because this program is so powerful, administrators within an organization may wish to limit who has access to the command.
One of the simplest ways to do this is to add users to the special administrative group called wheel. To do this, type the following command as root:
usermod -G wheel <username>
In the previous command, replace <username> with the username you want to add to the wheel group.
You can also use the User Manager to modify group memberships, as follows. Note: you need Administrator privileges to perform this procedure.
Adding users to the "wheel" group.
Groups pane illustration
Figure??2.2.??Adding users to the "wheel" group.

Note

The root user is part of the wheel group by default.
2.1.4.3.2.??The sudo Command
The sudo command offers another approach to giving users administrative access. When trusted users precede an administrative command with sudo, they are prompted for their own password. Then, when they have been authenticated and assuming that the command is permitted, the administrative command is executed as if they were the root user.
The basic format of the sudo command is as follows:
sudo <command>
In the above example, <command> would be replaced by a command normally reserved for the root user, such as mount.

Important

Users of the sudo command should take extra care to log out before walking away from their machines since sudoers can use the command again without being asked for a password within a five minute period. This setting can be altered via the configuration file, /etc/sudoers.
The sudo command also provides a comprehensive audit trail. Each successful authentication is logged to the file /var/log/messages and the command issued along with the issuer's user name is logged to the file /var/log/secure.
Another advantage of the sudo command is that an administrator can allow different users access to specific commands based on their needs.
Administrators wanting to edit the sudo configuration file, /etc/sudoers, should use the visudo command.
To give someone full administrative privileges, type visudo and add a line similar to the following in the user privilege specification section:
juan ALL=(ALL) ALL
This example states that the user, juan, can use sudo from any host and execute any command.
The example below illustrates the granularity possible when configuring sudo:
%users localhost=/sbin/shutdown -h now
This example states that any user can issue the command /sbin/shutdown -h now as long as it is issued from the console.
The man page for sudoers has a detailed listing of options for this file.

2.1.5.??Available Network Services

While user access to administrative controls is an important issue for system administrators within an organization, monitoring which network services are active is of paramount importance to anyone who administers and operates a Linux system.
Many services under Fedora behave as network servers. If a network service is running on a machine, then a server application (called a daemon), is listening for connections on one or more network ports. Each of these servers should be treated as a potential avenue of attack.

2.1.5.1.??Risks To Services

Network services can pose many risks for Linux systems. Below is a list of some of the primary issues:
  • Denial of Service Attacks (DoS) ??? By flooding a service with requests, a denial of service attack can render a system unusable as it tries to log and answer each request.
  • Script Vulnerability Attacks ??? If a server is using scripts to execute server-side actions, as Web servers commonly do, a cracker can attack improperly written scripts. These script vulnerability attacks can lead to a buffer overflow condition or allow the attacker to alter files on the system.
  • Buffer Overflow Attacks ??? Services that connect to ports numbered 0 through 1023 must run as an administrative user. If the application has an exploitable buffer overflow, an attacker could gain access to the system as the user running the daemon. Because exploitable buffer overflows exist, crackers use automated tools to identify systems with vulnerabilities, and once they have gained access, they use automated rootkits to maintain their access to the system.

Note

The threat of buffer overflow vulnerabilities is mitigated in Fedora by ExecShield, an executable memory segmentation and protection technology supported by x86-compatible uni- and multi-processor kernels. ExecShield reduces the risk of buffer overflow by separating virtual memory into executable and non-executable segments. Any program code that tries to execute outside of the executable segment (such as malicious code injected from a buffer overflow exploit) triggers a segmentation fault and terminates.
Execshield also includes support for No eXecute (NX) technology on AMD64 platforms and eXecute Disable (XD) technology on Itanium and Intel?? 64 systems. These technologies work in conjunction with ExecShield to prevent malicious code from running in the executable portion of virtual memory with a granularity of 4KB of executable code, lowering the risk of attack from stealthy buffer overflow exploits.

Tip

To limit exposure to attacks over the network, all services that are unused should be turned off.

2.1.5.3.??Insecure Services

Some network protocols are inherently more insecure than others. These include any services that:
  • Transmit Usernames and Passwords Over a Network Unencrypted ??? Many older protocols, such as Telnet and FTP, do not encrypt the authentication session and should be avoided whenever possible.
  • Transmit Sensitive Data Over a Network Unencrypted ??? Many protocols transmit data over the network unencrypted. These protocols include Telnet, FTP, HTTP, and SMTP. Many network file systems, such as NFS and SMB, also transmit information over the network unencrypted. It is the user's responsibility when using these protocols to limit what type of data is transmitted.
    Remote memory dump services, like netdump, transmit the contents of memory over the network unencrypted. Memory dumps can contain passwords or, even worse, database entries and other sensitive information.
    Other services like finger and rwhod reveal information about users of the system.
Examples of inherently insecure services include rlogin, rsh, telnet, and vsftpd.
FTP is not as inherently dangerous to the security of the system as remote shells, but FTP servers must be carefully configured and monitored to avoid problems. Refer to Section??2.2.6, ???Securing FTP??? for more information about securing FTP servers.
Services that should be carefully implemented and behind a firewall include:
  • finger
  • authd (this was called identd in previous Fedora releases.)
  • netdump
  • netdump-server
  • nfs
  • rwhod
  • sendmail
  • smb (Samba)
  • yppasswdd
  • ypserv
  • ypxfrd
More information on securing network services is available in Section??2.2, ???Server Security???.
The next section discusses tools available to set up a simple firewall.


[5] Since system BIOSes differ between manufacturers, some may not support password protection of either type, while others may support one type but not the other.

[6] GRUB also accepts unencrypted passwords, but it is recommended that an MD5 hash be used for added security.

[7] This access is still subject to the restrictions imposed by SELinux, if it is enabled.

--- NEW FILE chap-Security_Guide-Security_Overview.html --- Chapter??1.??Security Overview

Product SiteDocumentation Site

Chapter??1.??Security Overview

Because of the increased reliance on powerful, networked computers to help run businesses and keep track of our personal information, industries have been formed around the practice of network and computer security. Enterprises have solicited the knowledge and skills of security experts to properly audit systems and tailor solutions to fit the operating requirements of the organization. Because most organizations are dynamic in nature, with workers accessing company IT resources locally and remotely, the need for secure computing environments has become more pronounced.
Unfortunately, most organizations (as well as individual users) regard security as an afterthought, a process that is overlooked in favor of increased power, productivity, and budgetary concerns. Proper security implementation is often enacted postmortem ??? after an unauthorized intrusion has already occurred. Security experts agree that the right measures taken prior to connecting a site to an untrusted network, such as the Internet, is an effective means of thwarting most attempts at intrusion.

1.1.??Introduction to Security

1.1.1.??What is Computer Security?

Computer security is a general term that covers a wide area of computing and information processing. Industries that depend on computer systems and networks to conduct daily business transactions and access crucial information regard their data as an important part of their overall assets. Several terms and metrics have entered our daily business vocabulary, such as total cost of ownership (TCO) and quality of service (QoS). In these metrics, industries calculate aspects such as data integrity and high-availability as part of their planning and process management costs. In some industries, such as electronic commerce, the availability and trustworthiness of data can be the difference between success and failure.
In February of 2000, a Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) attack was unleashed on several of the most heavily-trafficked sites on the Internet. The attack rendered yahoo.com, cnn.com, amazon.com, fbi.gov, and several other sites completely unreachable to normal users, as it tied up routers for several hours with large-byte ICMP packet transfers, also called a ping flood. The attack was brought on by unknown assailants using specially created, widely available programs that scanned vulnerable network servers, installed client applications called trojans on the servers, and timed an attack with every infected server flooding the victim sites and rendering them unavailable. Many blame the attack on fundamental flaws in the way routers and the protocols used are structured to accept all incoming data, no matter where or for what purpose the packets are sent.
Currently, an estimated 945 million people use or have used the Internet worldwide (Computer Industry Almanac, 2004). At the same time:
Computer security has become a quantifiable and justifiable expense for all IT budgets. Organizations that require data integrity and high availability elicit the skills of system administrators, developers, and engineers to ensure 24x7 reliability of their systems, services, and information. Falling victim to malicious users, processes, or coordinated attacks is a direct threat to the success of the organization.
Unfortunately, system and network security can be a difficult proposition, requiring an intricate knowledge of how an organization regards, uses, manipulates, and transmits its information. Understanding the way an organization (and the people that make up the organization) conducts business is paramount to implementing a proper security plan.

1.1.1.3.??Standardizing Security

Enterprises in every industry rely on regulations and rules that are set by standards making bodies such as the American Medical Association (AMA) or the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). The same ideals hold true for information security. Many security consultants and vendors agree upon the standard security model known as CIA, or Confidentiality, Integrity, and Availability. This three-tiered model is a generally accepted component to assessing risks of sensitive information and establishing security policy. The following describes the CIA model in further detail:
  • Confidentiality ??? Sensitive information must be available only to a set of pre-defined individuals. Unauthorized transmission and usage of information should be restricted. For example, confidentiality of information ensures that a customer's personal or financial information is not obtained by an unauthorized individual for malicious purposes such as identity theft or credit fraud.
  • Integrity ??? Information should not be altered in ways that render it incomplete or incorrect. Unauthorized users should be restricted from the ability to modify or destroy sensitive information.
  • Availability ??? Information should be accessible to authorized users any time that it is needed. Availability is a warranty that information can be obtained with an agreed-upon frequency and timeliness. This is often measured in terms of percentages and agreed to formally in Service Level Agreements (SLAs) used by network service providers and their enterprise clients.

1.1.2.??Security Controls

Computer security is often divided into three distinct master categories, commonly referred to as controls:
  • Physical
  • Technical
  • Administrative
These three broad categories define the main objectives of proper security implementation. Within these controls are sub-categories that further detail the controls and how to implement them.
--- NEW FILE chap-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance.html --- Chapter??6.??Software Maintenance

Product SiteDocumentation Site

Chapter??6.??Software Maintenance

Software maintenance is extremely important to maintaining a secure system. It is vital to patch software as soon as it becomes available in order to prevent attackers from using known holes to infiltrate your system.

6.1.??Install Minimal Software

It is best practice to install only the packages you will use because each piece of software on your computer could possibly contain a vulnerability. If you are installing from the DVD media take the opportunity to select exactly what packages you want to install during the installation. When you find you need another package, you can always add it to the system later.
--- NEW FILE index.html --- Linux Security Guide

Product SiteDocumentation Site

fedora 10

Linux Security Guide

A Guide to Securing Linux

Edition 1.0

Johnray Fuller

Red Hat

John Ha

Red Hat

David O'Brien

Red Hat

Eric Christensen

Fedora Project Documentation Team

Legal Notice

Copyright ?? 2008 Red Hat, Inc. This material may only be distributed subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Open Publication License, V1.0, (the latest version is presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/).
Fedora and the Fedora Infinity Design logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Red Hat, Inc., in the U.S. and other countries.
Red Hat and the Red Hat "Shadow Man" logo are registered trademarks of Red Hat Inc. in the United States and other countries.
All other trademarks and copyrights referred to are the property of their respective owners.
Documentation, as with software itself, may be subject to export control. Read about Fedora Project export controls at http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Legal/Export.
Abstract
The Linux Security Guide is designed to assist users of Linux in learning the processes and practices of securing workstations and servers against local and remote intrusion, exploitation, and malicious activity. The Linux Security Guide details the planning and the tools involved in creating a secured computing environment for the data center, workplace, and home. With proper administrative knowledge, vigilance, and tools, systems running Linux can be both fully functional and secured from most common intrusion and exploit methods.

Preface
1. Document Conventions
1.1. Typographic Conventions
1.2. Pull-quote Conventions
1.3. Notes and Warnings
2. We Need Feedback!
1. Security Overview
1.1. Introduction to Security
1.1.1. What is Computer Security?
1.1.2. Security Controls
1.1.3. Conclusion
1.2. Vulnerability Assessment
1.2.1. Thinking Like the Enemy
1.2.2. Defining Assessment and Testing
1.2.3. Evaluating the Tools
1.3. Attackers and Vulnerabilities
1.3.1. A Quick History of Hackers
1.3.2. Threats to Network Security
1.3.3. T hreats to Server Security
1.3.4. Threats to Workstation and Home PC Security
1.4. Common Exploits and Attacks
1.5. Security Updates
1.5.1. Updating Packages
2. Securing Your Network
2.1. Workstation Security
2.1.1. Evaluating Workstation Security
2.1.2. BIOS and Boot Loader Security
2.1.3. Password Security
2.1.4. Administrative Controls
2.1.5. Available Network S ervices
2.1.6. Personal Firewalls
2.1.7. Security Enhanced Communication Tools
2.2. Server Security
2.2.1. Securing Services With TCP Wrappers and xinetd
2.2.2. Securing Portmap
2.2.3. Securing NIS
2.2.4. Securing NFS
2.2.5. Securing the Apache HTTP Server
2.2.6. Securing FTP
2.2.7. Securing Sendmail
2.2.8. Verifying Which Ports Are Listening
2.3. Single Sign-on (SSO)
2.3.1. Introduction
2.3.2. Getting Started with your new Smart Card
2.3.3. How Smart Card Enrollment Works
2.3.4. How Smart Card Login Works
2.3.5. Configuring Firefox to use Kerberos for SSO
2.4. Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM)
2.4.1. Advantages of PAM
2.4.2. PAM Configuration Files
2.4.3. PAM Configuration File Format
2.4.4. Sample PAM Configuration Files
2.4.5. Creating PAM Modules
2.4.6. PAM and Administrative Credential Caching
2.4.7. PAM and Device Ownership
2.4.8. Additional Resources
2.5. TCP Wrappers and xinetd
2.5.1. TCP Wrappers
2.5.2. TCP Wrappers Configuration Files
2.5.3. xinetd
2.5.4. xinetd Configuration Files
2.5.5. Additional Resources
2.6. Kerberos
2.6.1. What is Kerberos?
2.6.2. Kerberos Terminology
2.6.3. How Kerberos Works
2.6.4. Kerberos and PAM
2.6.5. Configuring a Kerberos 5 Server
2.6.6. Configuring a Kerberos 5 Client
2.6.7. Domain-to-Realm Mapping
2.6.8. Setting Up Secondary KDCs
2.6.9. Setting Up Cross Realm Authentication
2.6.10. Additional Resources
2.7. Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)
2.7.1. How Does a VPN Work?
2.7.2. VPNs and Fedora
2.7.3. IPsec
2.7.4. Creating an IPsec Connection
2.7.5. IPsec Installation
2.7.6. IPsec Host-to-Host Configuration
2.7.7. IPsec Network-to-Network Configuration
2.7.8. Starting and Stopping an IPsec Connection
2.8. Firewalls
2.8.1. Netfilter and IPTables
2.8.2. Basic Firewall Configuration
2.8.3. Using IPTables
2.8.4. Common IPTables Filtering
2.8.5. FORWARD and NAT Rules
2.8.6. Malicious Software and Spoofed IP Addresses
2.8.7. IPTables and Connection Tracking
2.8.8. IPv6
2.8.9. Additional Resources
2.9. IPTables
2.9.1. Packet Filtering
2.9.2. Differences Between IPTables and IPChains
2.9.3. Command Options for IPTables
2.9.4. Saving IPTables Rules
2.9.5. IPTables Control Scripts
2.9.6. IPTables and IPv6
2.9.7. Additional Resources
3. Encryption
3.1. Data at Rest
3.2. Full Disk Encryption
3.3. File Based Encryption
3.4. Data in Motion
3.5. Virtual Private Networks
3.6. Secure Shell
3.7. LUKS Disk Encryption
3.7.1. LUKS Implementation in Fedora
3.7.2. Manually Encrypting Directories
3.7.3. Step-by-Step Instructions
3.7.4. What you have just accomplished.
3.7.5. Links of Interest
3.8. 7-Zip Encrypted Archives
3.8.1. 7-Zip Installation in Fedora
3.8.2. Step-by-Step Installation Instructions
3.8.3. Step-by-Step Usage Instructions
3.8.4. Things of note< /span>
4. General Principles of Information Security
4.1. General Principles
4.2. Tips, Guides, and Tools
4.3. NSA Documents
4.4. DISA IASE Documents
5. Secure Installation
5.1. Disk Partitions
5.2. Utilize LUKS Partition Encryption
6. Software Maintenance
6.1. Install Minimal Software
6.2. Plan and Configure Security Updates
6.3. Adjusting Automatic Updates
6.4. Install Signed Packages from Well Known Repositories
7. References
--- NEW FILE pref-Security_Guide-Preface.html --- Preface

Product SiteDocumentation Site

Preface

1.??Document Conventions

This manual uses several conventions to highlight certain words and phrases and draw attention to specific pieces of information.
In PDF and paper editions, this manual uses typefaces drawn from the Liberation Fonts set. The Liberation Fonts set is also used in HTML editions if the set is installed on your system. If not, alternative but equivalent typefaces are displayed. Note: Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 and later includes the Liberation Fonts set by default.

1.1.??Typographic Conventions

Four typographic conventions are used to call attention to specific words and phrases. These conventions, and the circumstances they apply to, are as follows.
Mono-spaced Bold
Used to highlight system input, including shell commands, file names and paths. Also used to highlight key caps and key-combinations. For example:
To see the contents of the file my_next_bestselling_novel in your current working directory, enter the cat my_next_bestselling_novel command at the shell prompt and press Enter to execute the command.
The above includes a file name, a shell command and a key cap, all presented in Mono-spaced Bold and all distinguishable thanks to context.
Key-combinations can be distinguished from key caps by the hyphen connecting each part of a key-combination. For example:
Press Enter to execute the command.
Press Ctrl+Alt+F1 to switch to the first virtual terminal. Press Ctrl+Alt+F7 to return to your X-Windows session.
The first sentence highlights the particular key cap to press. The second highlights two sets of three key caps, each set pressed simultaneously.
If source code is discussed, class names, methods, functions, variable names and returned values mentioned within a paragraph will be presented as above, in Mono-spaced Bold. For example:
File-related classes include filesystem for file systems, file for files, and dir for directories. Each class has its own associated set of permissions.
Proportional Bold
This denotes words or phrases encountered on a system, including application names; dialogue box text; labelled buttons; check-box and radio button labels; menu titles and sub-menu titles. For example:
Choose System > Preferences > Mouse from the main menu bar to launch Mouse Preferences. In the Buttons tab, click the Left-handed mouse check box and click Close to switch the primary mouse button from the left to the right (making the mouse suitable for use in the left hand).
To insert a special character into a gedit file, choose Applications > Accessories > Character Map from the main menu bar. Next, choose Search > Find??? from the Character Map menu bar, type the name of the character in the Search field and click Next. The character you sought will be highlighted in the Character Table. Double-click this highlighted character to place it in the Text to copy field and then click the Copy button. Now switch back to your document and choose Edit > Paste from the < span class="application">gedit menu bar.
The above text includes application names; system-wide menu names and items; application-specific menu names; and buttons and text found within a GUI interface, all presented in Proportional Bold and all distinguishable by context.
Note the > shorthand used to indicate traversal through a menu and its sub-menus. This is to avoid the difficult-to-follow 'Select Mouse from the Preferences sub-menu in the System menu of the main menu bar' approach.
Mono-spaced Bold Italic or Proportional Bold Italic
Whether Mono-spaced Bold or Proportional Bold, the addition of Italics indicates replaceable or variable text. Italics denotes text you do not input literally or displayed text that changes depending on circumstance. For example:
To connect to a remote machine using ssh, type ssh username@domain.name at a shell prompt. If the remote machine is example.com and your username on that machine is john, type ssh john at example.com.
The mount -o remount file-system command remounts the named file system. For example, to remount the /home file system, the command is mount -o remount /home.
To see the version of a currently installed package, use the rpm -q package command. It will return a result as follows: package-version-release.
Note the words in bold italics above ??? username, domain.name, file-system, package, version and release. Each word is a placeholder, either for text you enter when issuing a command or for text displayed by the system.
Aside from standard usage for presenting the title of a work, italics denotes the first use of a new and important term. For example:
When the Apache HTTP Server accepts requests, it dispatches child processes or threads to handle them. This group of child processes or threads is known as a server-pool. Under Apache HTTP Server 2.0, the responsibility for creating and maintaining these server-pools has been abstracted to a group of modules called Multi-Processing Modules (MPMs). Unlike other modules, only one module from the MPM group can be loaded by the Apache HTTP Server.

1.2.??Pull-quote Conventions

Two, commonly multi-line, data types are set off visually from the surrounding text.
Output sent to a terminal is set in Mono-spaced Roman and presented thus:
books        Desktop   documentation  drafts  mss    photos   stuff  svn
books_tests  Desktop1  downloads      images  notes  scripts  svgs
Source-code listings are also set in Mono-spaced Roman but are presented and highlighted as follows:
package org.jboss.book.jca.ex1;

import javax.naming.InitialContext;

public class ExClient
{
   public static void main(String args[]) 
       throws Exception
   {
      InitialContext iniCtx = new InitialContext();
      Object         ref    = iniCtx.lookup("EchoBean");
      EchoHome       home   = (EchoHome) ref;
      Echo           echo   = home.create();

      System.out.println("Created Echo");

      System.out.println("Echo.echo('Hello') = " + echo.echo("Hello"));
   }
   
}

1.3.??Notes and Warnings

Finally, we use three visual styles to draw attention to information that might otherwise be overlooked.

Note

A note is a tip or shortcut or alternative approach to the task at hand. Ignoring a note should have no negative consequences, but you might miss out on a trick that makes your life easier.

Important

Important boxes detail things that are easily missed: configuration changes that only apply to the current session, or services that need restarting before an update will apply. Ignoring Important boxes won't cause data loss but may cause irritation and frustration.

Warning

A Warning should not be ignored. Ignoring warnings will most likely cause data loss.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Related_Books.html --- 2.5.5.3.??Related Books

Product SiteDocumentation Site< /a>

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Related_Documentation.html --- 2.8.9.3.??Related Documentation

Product SiteDocumentation Site

  • Red Hat Linux Firewalls, by Bill McCarty; Red Hat Press ??? a comprehensive reference to building network and server firewalls using open source packet filtering technology such as Netfilter and iptables. It includes topics that cover analyzing firewall logs, developing firewall rules, and customizing your firewall using various graphical tools.
  • Linux Firewalls, by Robert Ziegler; New Riders Press ??? contains a wealth of information on building firewalls using both 2.2 kernel ipchains as well as Netfilter and iptables. Additional security topics such as remote access issues and intrusion detection systems are also covered.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_Firewall_Websites.html --- 2.8.9.2.??Useful Firewall Websites

Product SiteDoc
 umentation Site

2.8.9.2.??Useful Firewall Websites

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_IP_Tables_Websites.html --- 2.9.7.2.??Useful IP Tables Websites

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.9.7.2.??Useful IP Tables Websites

  • http://www.netfilter.org/ ??? The home of the netfilter/iptables project. Contains assorted information about iptables, including a FAQ addressing specific problems and various helpful guides by Rusty Russell, the Linux IP firewall maintainer. The HOWTO documents on the site cover subjects such as basic networking concepts, kernel packet filtering, and NAT configurations.
  • http://www.linuxnewbie.org/nhf/Security/IPtables_Basics.html ??? An introduction to the way packets move through the Linux kernel, plus an introduction to constructing basic iptables commands.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_Kerberos_Websites.html --- 2.6.10.2.??Useful Kerberos Websites

Product SiteDocumenta
 tion Site

2.6.10.2.??Useful Kerberos Websites

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_PAM_Websites.html --- 2.4.8.2.??Useful PAM Websites

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.4.8.2.??Useful PAM Websites

  • http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam/ ??? The primary distribution website for the Linux-PAM project, containing information on various PAM modules, a FAQ, and additional PAM documentation.

    Note

    The documentation in the above website is for the last released upstream version of PAM and might not be 100% accurate for the PAM version included in Fedora.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_TCP_Wrappers_Websites.html --- 2.5.5.2.??Useful TCP Wrappers Websites

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.5.5.2.??Useful TCP Wrappers Websites

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files-Access_Control_Options.html --- 2.5.4.3.2.??Access Control Options

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.5.4.3.2.??Access Control Options
This section discusses using xinetd to control access to services.

Note

Unlike TCP Wrappers, changes to access control only take effect if the xinetd administrator restarts the xinetd service.
Also, unlike TCP Wrappers, access control through xinetd only affects services controlled by xinetd.
The xinetd hosts access control differs from the method used by TCP Wrappers. While TCP Wrappers places all of the access configuration within two files, /etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hosts.deny, xinetd's access control is found in each service's configuration file in the /etc/xinetd.d/ directory.
The following hosts access options are supported by xinetd:
  • only_from ??? Allows only the specified hosts to use the service.
  • no_access ??? Blocks listed hosts from using the service.
  • access_times ??? Specifies the time range when a particular service may be used. The time range must be stated in 24-hour format notation, HH:MM-HH:MM.
The only_from and no_access options can use a list of IP addresses or host names, or can specify an entire network. Like TCP Wrappers, combining xinetd access control with the enhanced logging configuration can increase security by blocking requests from banned hosts while verbosely recording each connection attempt.
For example, the following /etc/xinetd.d/telnet file can be used to block Telnet access from a particular network group and restrict the overall time range that even allowed users can log in:
service telnet
{
         disable         = no
	 flags           = REUSE
	 socket_type     = stream
	 wait            = no
	 user            = root
	 server          = /usr/kerberos/sbin/telnetd
	 log_on_failure  += USERID
	 no_access       = 172.16.45.0/24
	 log_on_success  += PID HOST EXIT
	 access_times    = 09:45-16:15
}
In this example, when a client system from the 10.0.1.0/24 network, such as 10.0.1.2, tries to access the Telnet service, it receives the following message:
Connection closed by foreign host.
In addition, their login attempts are logged in /var/log/messages as follows:
Sep  7 14:58:33 localhost xinetd[5285]: FAIL: telnet address from=172.16.45.107
Sep  7 14:58:33 localhost xinetd[5283]: START: telnet pid=5285 from=172.16.45.107
Sep  7 14:58:33 localhost xinetd[5283]: EXIT: telnet status=0 pid=5285 duration=0(sec)
When using TCP Wrappers in conjunction with xinetd access controls, it is important to understand the relationship between the two access control mechanisms.
The following is the sequence of events followed by xinetd when a client requests a connection:
  1. The xinetd daemon accesses the TCP Wrappers hosts access rules using a libwrap.a library call. If a deny rule matches the client, the connection is dropped. If an allow rule matches the client, the connection is passed to xinetd.
  2. The xinetd daemon checks its own access control rules both for the xinetd service and the requested service. If a deny rule matches the client, the connection is dropped. Otherwise, xinetd starts an instance of the requested service and passes control of the connection to that service.

Important

Care should be taken when using TCP Wrappers access controls in conjunction with xinetd access controls. Misconfiguration can cause undesirable effects.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files-Binding_and_Redirection_Options.html --- 2.5.4.3.3.??Binding and Redirection Options

Product S
 iteDocumentation Site

2.5.4.3.3.??Binding and Redirection Options
The service configuration files for xinetd support binding the service to an IP address and redirecting incoming requests for that service to another IP address, hostname, or port.
Binding is controlled with the bind option in the service-specific configuration files and links the service to one IP address on the system. When this is configured, the bind option only allows requests to the correct IP address to access the service. You can use this method to bind different services to different network interfaces based on requirements.
This is particularly useful for systems with multiple network adapters or with multiple IP addresses. On such a system, insecure services (for example, Telnet), can be configured to listen only on the interface connected to a private network and not to the interface connected to the Internet.
The redirect option accepts an IP address or hostname followed by a port number. It configures the service to redirect any requests for this service to the specified host and port number. This feature can be used to point to another port number on the same system, redirect the request to a different IP address on the same machine, shift the request to a totally different system and port number, or any combination of these options. A user connecting to a certain service on a system may therefore be rerouted to another system without disruption.
The xinetd daemon is able to accomplish this redirection by spawning a process that stays alive for the duration of the connection between the requesting client machine and the host actually providing the service, transferring data between the two systems.
The advantages of the bind and redirect options are most clearly evident when they are used together. By binding a service to a particular IP address on a system and then redirecting requests for this service to a second machine that only the first machine can see, an internal system can be used to provide services for a totally different network. Alternatively, these options can be used to limit the exposure of a particular service on a multi-homed machine to a known IP address, as well as redirect any requests for that service to another machine especially configured for that purpose.
For example, consider a system that is used as a firewall with this setting for its Telnet service:
service telnet
{
         socket_type		= stream
	 wait			= no
	 server			= /usr/kerberos/sbin/telnetd
	 log_on_success		+= DURATION USERID
	 log_on_failure		+= USERID
	 bind                    = 123.123.123.123
	 redirect                = 10.0.1.13 23
}
The bind and redirect options in this file ensure that the Telnet service on the machine is bound to the external IP address (123.123.123.123), the one facing the Internet. In addition, any requests for Telnet service sent to 123.123.123.123 are redirected via a second network adapter to an internal IP address (10.0.1.13) that only the firewall and internal systems can access. The firewall then sends the communication between the two systems, and the connecting system thinks it is connected to 123.123.123.123 when it is actually connected to a different machine.
This feature is particularly useful for users with broadband connections and only one fixed IP address. When using Network Address Translation (NAT), the systems behind the gateway machine, which are using internal-only IP addresses, are not available from outside the gateway system. However, when certain services controlled by xinetd are configured with the bind and redirect options, the gateway machine can act as a proxy between outside systems and a particular internal machine configured to provide the service. In addition, the various xinetd access control and logging options are also available for additional protection.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files-Resource_Management_Options.html --- 2.5.4.3.4.??Resource Management Options

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities-Threats_to_Network_Security.html --- 1.3.2.??Threats to Network Security

Product SiteDocumentation Site

1.3.2.??Threats to Network Security

Bad practices when configuring the following aspects of a network can increase the risk of attack.

1.3.2.1.??Insecure Architectures

A misconfigured network is a primary entry point for unauthorized users. Leaving a trust-based, open local network vulnerable to the highly-insecure Internet is much like leaving a door ajar in a crime-ridden neighborhood ??? nothing may happen for an arbitrary amount of time, but eventually someone exploits the opportunity.
1.3.2.1.1.??Broadcast Networks
System administrators often fail to realize the importance of networking hardware in their security schemes. Simple hardware such as hubs and routers rely on the broadcast or non-switched principle; that is, whenever a node transmits data across the network to a recipient node, the hub or router sends a broadcast of the data packets until the recipient node receives and processes the data. This method is the most vulnerable to address resolution protocol (arp) or media access control (MAC) address spoofing by both outside intruders and unauthorized users on local hosts.
1.3.2.1.2.??Centralized Servers
Another potential networking pitfall is the use of centralized computing. A common cost-cutting measure for many businesses is to consolidate all services to a single powerful machine. This can be convenient as it is easier to manage and costs considerably less than multiple-server configurations. However, a centralized server introduces a single point of failure on the network. If the central server is compromised, it may render the network completely useless or worse, prone to data manipulation or theft. In these situations, a central server becomes an open door which allows access to the entire network.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities-Threats_to_Server_Security.html --- 1.3.3.??Threats to Server Security

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities-Threats_to_Workstation_and_Home_PC_Security.html --- 1.3.4.??Threats to Workstation and Home PC Security

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities.html --- 1.3.??Attackers and Vulnerabilities

Product SiteDocumentation Site

1.3.??Attackers and Vulnerabilities

To plan and implement a good security strategy, first be aware of some of the issues which determined, motivated attackers exploit to compromise systems. But before detailing these issues, the terminology used when identifying an attacker must be defined.

1.3.1.??A Quick History of Hackers

The modern meaning of the term hacker has origins dating back to the 1960s and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) Tech Model Railroad Club, which designed train sets of large scale and intricate detail. Hacker was a name used for club members who discovered a clever trick or workaround for a problem.
The term hacker has since come to describe everything from computer buffs to gifted programmers. A common trait among most hackers is a willingness to explore in detail how computer systems and networks function with little or no outside motivation. Open source software developers often consider themselves and their colleagues to be hackers, and use the word as a term of respect.
Typically, hackers follow a form of the hacker ethic which dictates that the quest for information and expertise is essential, and that sharing this knowledge is the hackers duty to the community. During this quest for knowledge, some hackers enjoy the academic challenges of circumventing security controls on computer systems. For this reason, the press often uses the term hacker to describe those who illicitly access systems and networks with unscrupulous, malicious, or criminal intent. The more accurate term for this type of computer hacker is cracker ??? a term created by hackers in the mid-1980s to differentiate the two communities.

1.3.1.1.??Shades of Gray

Within the community of individuals who find and exploit vulnerabilities in systems and networks are several distinct groups. These groups are often described by the shade of hat that they "wear" when performing their security investigations and this shade is indicative of their intent.
The white hat hacker is one who tests networks and systems to examine their performance and determine how vulnerable they are to intrusion. Usually, white hat hackers crack their own systems or the systems of a client who has specifically employed them for the purposes of security auditing. Academic researchers and professional security consultants are two examples of white hat hackers.
A black hat hacker is synonymous with a cracker. In general, crackers are less focused on programming and the academic side of breaking into systems. They often rely on available cracking programs and exploit well known vulnerabilities in systems to uncover sensitive information for personal gain or to inflict damage on the target system or network.
The gray hat hacker, on the other hand, has the skills and intent of a white hat hacker in most situations but uses his knowledge for less than noble purposes on occasion. A gray hat hacker can be thought of as a white hat hacker who wears a black hat at times to accomplish his own agenda.
Gray hat hackers typically subscribe to another form of the hacker ethic, which says it is acceptable to break into systems as long as the hacker does not commit theft or breach confidentiality. Some would argue, however, that the act of breaking into a system is in itself unethical.
Regardless of the intent of the intruder, it is important to know the weaknesses a cracker may likely attempt to exploit. The remainder of the chapter focuses on these issues.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Activating_the_IPTables_Service.html --- 2.8.2.6.??Activating the IPTables Service

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Enabling_and_Disabling_the_Firewall.html --- 2.8.2.2.??Enabling and Disabling the Firewall

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Other_Ports.html --- 2.8.2.4.??Other Ports

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Saving_the_Settings.html --- 2.8.2.5.??Saving the Settings

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Trusted_Services.html --- 2.8.2.3.??Trusted Services

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.8.2.3.??Trusted Services

Enabling options in the Trusted services list allows the specified service to pass through the firewall.
WWW (HTTP)
The HTTP protocol is used by Apache (and by other Web servers) to serve web pages. If you plan on making your Web server publicly available, select this check box. This option is not required for viewing pages locally or for developing web pages. This service requires that the httpd package be installed.
Enabling WWW (HTTP) will not open a port for HTTPS, the SSL version of HTTP. If this service is required, select the Secure WWW (HTTPS) check box.
FTP
The FTP protocol is used to transfer files between machines on a network. If you plan on making your FTP server publicly available, select this check box. This service requires that the vsftpd package be installed.
SSH
Secure Shell (SSH) is a suite of tools for logging into and executing commands on a remote machine. To allow remote access to the machine via ssh, select this check box. This service requires that the openssh-server package be installed.
Telnet
Telnet is a protocol for logging into remote machines. Telnet communications are unencrypted and provide no security from network snooping. Allowing incoming Telnet access is not recommended. To allow remote access to the machine via telnet, select this check box. This service requires that the telnet-server package be installed.
Mail (SMTP)
SMTP is a protocol that allows remote hosts to connect directly to your machine to deliver mail. You do not need to enable this service if you collect your mail from your ISP's server using POP3 or IMAP, or if you use a tool such as fetchmail. To allow delivery of mail to your machine, select this check box. Note that an improperly configured SMTP server can allow remote machines to use your server to send spam.
NFS4
The Network File System (NFS) is a file sharing protocol commonly used on *NIX systems. Version 4 of this protocol is more secure than its predecessors. If you want to share files or directories on your system with other network users, select this check box.
Samba
Samba is an implementation of Microsoft's proprietary SMB networking protocol. If you need to share files, directories, or locally-connected printers with Microsoft Windows machines, select this check box.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-Command_Options.html --- 2.9.3.2.??Command Options

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.9.3.2.??Command Options

Command options instruct iptables to perform a specific action. Only one command option is allowed per iptables command. With the exception of the help command, all commands are written in upper-case characters.
The iptables commands are as follows:
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-IPTables_Match_Options.html --- 2.9.3.4.??IPTables Match Options

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.9.3.4.??IPTables Match Options

Different network protocols provide specialized matching options which can be configured to match a particular packet using that protocol. However, the protocol must first be specified in the iptables command. For example, -p <protocol-name> enables options for the specified protocol. Note that you can also use the protocol ID, instead of the protocol name. Refer to the following examples, each of which have the same effect:
 iptables -A INPUT -p icmp --icmp-type any -j ACCEPT  iptables -A INPUT -p 5813 --icmp-type any -j ACCEPT 
Service definitions are provided in the /etc/services file. For readability, it is recommended that you use the service names rather than the port numbers.

Important

Secure the /etc/services file to prevent unauthorized editing. If this file is editable, crackers can use it to enable ports on your machine you have otherwise closed. To secure this file, type the following commands as root:
 [root at myServer ~]# chown root.root /etc/services [root at myServer ~]# chmod 0644 /etc/services [root at myServer ~]# chattr +i /etc/services 
This prevents the file from being renamed, deleted or having links made to it.
2.9.3.4.1.??TCP Protocol
These match options are available for the TCP protocol (-p tcp):
  • --dport ??? Sets the destination port for the packet.
    To configure this option, use a network service name (such as www or smtp); a port number; or a range of port numbers.
    To specify a range of port numbers, separate the two numbers with a colon (:). For example: -p tcp --dport 3000:3200. The largest acceptable valid range is 0:65535.
    Use an exclamation point character (!) after the --dport option to match all packets that do not use that network service or port.
    To browse the names and aliases of network services and the port numbers they use, view the /etc/services file.
    The --destination-port match option is synonymous with --dport.
  • --sport ??? Sets the source port of the packet using the same options as --dport. The --source-port match option is synonymous with --sport.
  • --syn ??? Applies to all TCP packets designed to initiate communication, commonly called SYN packets. Any packets that carry a data payload are not touched.
    Use an exclamation point character (!) after the --syn option to match all non-SYN packets.
  • --tcp-flags <tested flag list> <set flag list> ??? Allows TCP packets that have specific bits (flags) set, to match a rule.
    The --tcp-flags match option accepts two parameters. The first parameter is the mask; a comma-separated list of flags to be examined in the packet. The second parameter is a comma-separated list of flags that must be set for the rule to match.
    The possible flags are:
    • ACK
    • FIN
    • PSH
    • RST
    • SYN
    • URG
    • ALL
    • NONE
    For example, an iptables rule that contains the following specification only matches TCP packets that have the SYN flag set and the ACK and FIN flags not set:
    --tcp-flags ACK,FIN,SYN SYN
    Use the exclamation point character (!) after the --tcp-flags to reverse the effect of the match option.
  • --tcp-option ??? Attempts to match with TCP-specific options that can be set within a particular packet. This match option can also be reversed with the exclamation point character (!).
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-IPTables_Parameter_Options.html --- 2.9.3.3.??IPTables Parameter Options

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.9.3.3.??IPTables Parameter Options

Certain iptables commands, including those used to add, append, delete, insert, or replace rules within a particular chain, require various parameters to construct a packet filtering rule.
  • -c ??? Resets the counters for a particular rule. This parameter accepts the PKTS and BYTES options to specify which counter to reset.
  • -d ??? Sets the destination hostname, IP address, or network of a packet that matches the rule. When matching a network, the following IP address/netmask formats are supported:
    • N.N.N.N/M.M.M.M ??? Where N.N.N.N is the IP address range and M.M.M.M is the netmask.
    • N.N.N.N/M ??? Where N.N.N.N is the IP address range and M is the bitmask.
  • -f ??? Applies this rule only to fragmented packets.
    You can use the exclamation point character (!) option after this parameter to specify that only unfragmented packets are matched.

    Note

    Distinguishing between fragmented and unfragmented packets is desirable, despite fragmented packets being a standard part of the IP protocol.
    Originally designed to allow IP packets to travel over networks with differing frame sizes, these days fragmentation is more commonly used to generate DoS attacks using mal-formed packets. It's also worth noting that IPv6 disallows fragmentation entirely.
  • -i ??? Sets the incoming network interface, such as eth0 or ppp0. With iptables, this optional parameter may only be used with the INPUT and FORWARD chains when used with the filter table and the PREROUTING chain with the nat and mangle tables.
    This parameter also supports the following special options:
    • Exclamation point character (!) ??? Reverses the directive, meaning any specified interfaces are excluded from this rule.
    • Plus character (+) ??? A wildcard character used to match all interfaces that match the specified string. For example, the parameter -i eth+ would apply this rule to any Ethernet interfaces but exclude any other interfaces, such as ppp0.
    If the -i parameter is used but no interface is specified, then every interface is affected by the rule.
  • -j ??? Jumps to the specified target when a packet matches a particular rule.
    The standard targets are ACCEPT, DROP, QUEUE, and RETURN.
    Extended options are also available through modules loaded by default with the Fedora iptables RPM package. Valid targets in these modules include LOG, MARK, and REJECT, among others. Refer to the iptables man page for more information about these and other targets.
    This option can also be used to direct a packet matching a particular rule to a user-defined chain outside of the current chain so that other rules can be applied to the packet.
    If no target is specified, the packet moves past the rule with no action taken. The counter for this rule, however, increases by one.
  • -o ??? Sets the outgoing network interface for a rule. This option is only valid for the OUTPUT and FORWARD chains in the filter table, and the POSTROUTING chain in the nat and mangle tables. This parameter accepts the same options as the incoming network interface parameter (-i).
  • -p <protocol> ??? Sets the IP protocol affected by the rule. This can be either icmp, tcp, udp, or all, or it can be a numeric value, representing one of these or a different protocol. You can also use any protocols listed in the /etc/protocols file.
    The "all" protocol means the rule applies to every supported protocol. If no protocol is listed with this rule, it defaults to "all".
  • -s ??? Sets the source for a particular packet using the same syntax as the destination (-d) parameter.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-Listing_Options.html --- 2.9.3.6.??Listing Options

Product SiteDo
 cumentation Site

2.9.3.6.??Listing Options

The default list command, iptables -L [<chain-name>], provides a very basic overview of the default filter table's current chains. Additional options provide more information:
  • -v ??? Displays verbose output, such as the number of packets and bytes each chain has processed, the number of packets and bytes each rule has matched, and which interfaces apply to a particular rule.
  • -x ??? Expands numbers into their exact values. On a busy system, the number of packets and bytes processed by a particular chain or rule may be abbreviated to Kilobytes, Megabytes (Megabytes) or Gigabytes. This option forces the full number to be displayed.
  • -n ??? Displays IP addresses and port numbers in numeric format, rather than the default hostname and network service format.
  • --line-numbers ??? Lists rules in each chain next to their numeric order in the chain. This option is useful when attempting to delete the specific rule in a chain or to locate where to insert a rule within a chain.
  • -t <table-name> ??? Specifies a table name. If omitted, defaults to the filter table.
The following examples illustrate the use of several of these options. Note the difference in the byte display by including the -x option.
 [root at myserver ~]# iptables -L OUTPUT -v -n -x Chain OUTPUT (policy ACCEPT 64005 packets, 6445791 bytes) pkts bytes target prot opt in out source destination 1593 133812 ACCEPT icmp -- * * 0.0.0.0/0 0.0.0.0/0 [root at myserver ~]#iptables -L OUTPUT -v -n Chain OUTPUT (policy ACCEPT 64783 packets, 6492K bytes) pkts bytes target prot opt in out source destination 1819 153K ACCEPT icmp -- * * 0.0.0.0/0 0.0.0.0/0 [root at myserver ~]# 
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-Target_Options.html --- 2.9.3.5.??Target Options

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.9.3.5.??Target Options

When a packet has matched a particular rule, the rule can direct the packet to a number of different targets which determine the appropriate action. Each chain has a default target, which is used if none of the rules on that chain match a packet or if none of the rules which match the packet specify a target.
The following are the standard targets:
  • <user-defined-chain> ??? A user-defined chain within the table. User-defined chain names must be unique. This target passes the packet to the specified chain.
  • ACCEPT ??? Allows the packet through to its destination or to another chain.
  • DROP ??? Drops the packet without responding to the requester. The system that sent the packet is not notified of the failure.
  • QUEUE ??? The packet is queued for handling by a user-space application.
  • RETURN ??? Stops checking the packet against rules in the current chain. If the packet with a RETURN target matches a rule in a chain called from another chain, the packet is returned to the first chain to resume rule checking where it left off. If the RETURN rule is used on a built-in chain and the packet cannot move up to its previous chain, the default target for the current chain is used.
Many extended target modules exist, most of which only apply to specific tables or situations. Some of the most popular target modules included by default in Fedora are:
  • LOG ??? Logs all packets that match this rule. Because the packets are logged by the kernel, the /etc/syslog.conf file determines where these log entries are written. By default, they are placed in the /var/log/messages file.
    Additional options can be used after the LOG target to specify the way in which logging occurs:
    • --log-level ??? Sets the priority level of a logging event. Refer to the syslog.conf man page for a list of priority levels.
    • --log-ip-options ??? Logs any options set in the header of an IP packet.
    • --log-prefix ??? Places a string of up to 29 characters before the log line when it is written. This is useful for writing syslog filters for use in conjunction with packet logging.

      Note

      Due to an issue with this option, you should add a trailing space to the log-prefix value.
    • --log-tcp-options ??? Logs any options set in the header of a TCP packet.
    • --log-tcp-sequence ??? Writes the TCP sequence number for the packet in the log.
  • REJECT ??? Sends an error packet back to the remote system and drops the packet.
    The REJECT target accepts --reject-with <type> (where <type> is the rejection type) allowing more detailed information to be returned with the error packet. The message port-unreachable is the default error type given if no other option is used. Refer to the iptables man page for a full list of <type> options.
Other target extensions, including several that are useful for IP masquerading using the nat table, or with packet alteration using the mangle table, can be found in the iptables man page.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Common_Exploits_and_Attacks.html --- 1.4.??Common Exploits and Attacks

Product SiteDocumentation Site

1.4.??Common Exploits and Attacks

Table??1.1, ???Common Exploits??? details some of the most common exploits and entry points used by intruders to access organizational network resources. Key to these common exploits are the explanations of how they are performed and how administrators can properly safeguard their network against such attacks.
Exploit Description Notes
Null or Default Passwords Leaving administrative passwords blank or using a default password set by the product vendor. This is most common in hardware such as routers and firewalls, though some services that run on Linux can contain default administrator passwords (though Fedora 5 does not ship with them).
Commonly associated with networking hardware such as routers, firewalls, VPNs, and network attached storage (NAS) appliances.
Common in many legacy operating systems, especially OSes that bundle services (such as UNIX and Windows.)
Administrators sometimes create privileged user accounts in a rush and leave the password null, a perfect entry point for malicious users who discover the account.
Default Shared Keys Secure services sometimes package default security keys for development or evaluation testing purposes. If these keys are left unchanged and are placed in a production environment on the Internet, all users with the same default keys have access to that shared-key resource, and any sensitive information that it contains.
Most common in wireless access points and preconfigured secure server appliances.
IP Spoofing A remote machine acts as a node on your local network, finds vulnerabilities with your servers, and installs a backdoor program or trojan horse to gain control over your network resources.
Spoofing is quite difficult as it involves the attacker predicting TCP/IP SYN-ACK numbers to coordinate a connection to target systems, but several tools are available to assist crackers in performing such a vulnerability.
Depends on target system running services (such as rsh, telnet, FTP and others) that use source-based authentication techniques, which are not recommended when compared to PKI or other forms of encrypted authentication used in ssh or SSL/TLS.
Eavesdropping Collecting data that passes between two active nodes on a network by eavesdropping on the connection between the two nodes.
This type of attack works mostly with plain text transmission protocols such as Telnet, FTP, and HTTP transfers.
Remote attacker must have access to a compromised system on a LAN in order to perform such an attack; usually the cracker has used an active attack (such as IP spoofing or man-in-the-middle) to compromise a system on the LAN.
Preventative measures include services with cryptographic key exchange, one-time passwords, or encrypted authentication to prevent password snooping; strong encryption during transmission is also advised.
Service Vulnerabilities An attacker finds a flaw or loophole in a service run over the Internet; through this vulnerability, the attacker compromises the entire system and any data that it may hold, and could possibly compromise other systems on the network.
HTTP-based services such as CGI are vulnerable to remote command execution and even interactive shell access. Even if the HTTP service runs as a non-privileged user such as "nobody", information such as configuration files and network maps can be read, or the attacker can start a denial of service attack which drains system resources or renders it unavailable to other users.
Services sometimes can have vulnerabilities that go unnoticed during development and testing; these vulnerabilities (such as buffer overflows, where attackers crash a service using arbitary values that fill the memory buffer of an application, giving the attacker an interactive command prompt from which they may execute arbitrary commands) can give complete administrative control to an attacker.
Administrators should make sure that services do not run as the root user, and should stay vigilant of patches and errata updates for applications from vendors or security organizations such as CERT and CVE.
Application Vulnerabilities Attackers find faults in desktop and workstation applications (such as e-mail clients) and execute arbitrary code, implant trojan horses for future compromise, or crash systems. Further exploitation can occur if the compromised workstation has administrative privileges on the rest of the network.
Workstations and desktops are more prone to exploitation as workers do not have the expertise or experience to prevent or detect a compromise; it is imperative to inform individuals of the risks they are taking when they install unauthorized software or open unsolicited email attachments.
Safeguards can be implemented such that email client software does not automatically open or execute attachments. Additionally, the automatic update of workstation software via Red Hat Network or other system management services can alleviate the burdens of multi-seat security deployments.
Denial of Service (DoS) Attacks Attacker or group of attackers coordinate against an organization's network or server resources by sending unauthorized packets to the target host (either server, router, or workstation). This forces the resource to become unavailable to legitimate users.
The most reported DoS case in the US occurred in 2000. Several highly-trafficked commercial and government sites were rendered unavailable by a coordinated ping flood attack using several compromised systems with high bandwidth connections acting as zombies, or redirected broadcast nodes.
Source packets are usually forged (as well as rebroadcasted), making investigation as to the true source of the attack difficult.
Advances in ingress filtering (IETF rfc2267) using iptables and Network IDSes such as snort assist administrators in tracking down and preventing distributed DoS attacks.
Table??1.1.??Common Exploits

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives-Installation-Instructions.html --- 3.8.2.??Step-by-Step Installation Instructions

Product SiteDocumentation Site

3.8.2.??Step-by-Step Installation Instructions

  • Open a Terminal: Click ''Applications'' -> ''System Tools'' -> ''Terminal''
  • Install 7-Zip with sudo access: sudo yum install p7zip
  • Close the Terminal: exit
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives-Things_of_note.html --- 3.8.4.??Things of note

Product Site

3.8.4.??Things of note

7-Zip is not shipped by default with Microsoft Windows or Mac OS X. If you need to use your 7-Zip files on those platforms you will need to install the appropriate version of 7-Zip on those computers. See the 7-Zip download page.
GNOME's File Roller application will recognize your .7z files and attempt to open them, but it will fail with the error "''An error occurred while loading the archive.''" when it attempts to do so. This is because File Roller does not currently support the extraction of encrypted 7-Zip files. A bug report ([http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=490732 Gnome Bug 490732]) has been submitted.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives-Usage_Instructions.html --- 3.8.3.??Step-by-Step Usage Instructions

Product SiteDocumentation Site

3.8.3.??Step-by-Step Usage Instructions

By following these instructions you are going to compress and encrypt your "Documents" directory. Your original "Documents" directory will remain unaltered. This technique can be applied to any directory or file you have access to on the filesystem.
  • Open a Terminal:Click ''Applications'' -> ''System Tools'' -> ''Terminal''
  • Compress and Encrypt: (enter a password when prompted) 7za a -mhe=on -ms=on -p Documents.7z Documents/
The "Documents" directory is now compressed and encrypted. The following instructions will move the encrypted archive somewhere new and then extract it.
  • Create a new directory: mkdir newplace
  • Move the encrypted file: mv Documents.7z newplace
  • Go to the new directory: cd newplace
  • Extract the file: (enter the password when prompted) 7za x Documents.7z
The archive is now extracted into the new location. The following instructions will clean up all the prior steps and restore your computer to its previous state.
  • Go up a directory: cd ..
  • Delete the test archive and test extraction: rm -r newplace
  • Close the Terminal: exit
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives.html --- 3.8.??7-Zip Encrypted Archives

Product SiteDocumentation Site

3.8.??7-Zip Encrypted Archives

7-Zip is a cross-platform, next generation, file compression tool that can also use strong encryption (AES-256) to protect the contents of the archive. This is extremely useful when you need to move data between multiple computers that use varying operating systems (i.e. Linux at home, Windows at work) and you want a portable encryption solution.

3.8.1.??7-Zip Installation in Fedora

7-Zip is not a base package in Fedora, but it is available in the software repository. Once installed, the package will update alongside the rest of the software on the computer with no special attention necessary.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-Protecting_Data_at_Rest-Full_Disk_Encryption.html --- 3.2.??Full Disk Encryption

Product SiteDocumentation Site

3.2.??Full Disk Encryption

Full disk or partition encryption is one of the best ways of protecting your data. Not only is each file protected but also the temporary storage that may contain parts of these files is also protected. Full disk encryption will protect all of your files so you don't have to worry about selecting what you want to protect and possibly missing a file.
Fedora 9 natively supports LUKS Encryption. LUKS will bulk encrypt your hard drive partitions so that while your computer is off your data is protected. This will also protect your computer from attackers attempting to use single-user-mode to login to your computer or otherwise gain access. LUKS can be manually setup on Fedora 8.
Full disk encryption solutions like LUKS only protect the data when your computer is off. Once the computer is on and LUKS has decrypted the disk, the files on that disk are available to anyone who would normally have access to them. To protect your files when the computer is on, use full disk encryption in combination with another solution such as file based encryption. Also remember to lock your computer whenever you are away from it. A passphrase protected screen saver set to activate after a few minutes of inactivity is a good way to keep intruders out.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-Anticipating_Your_Future_Needs.html --- 1.2.3.5.??Anticipating Your Future Needs

Product SiteDocumentation Site

1.2.3.5.??Anticipating Your Future Needs

Depending upon your target and resources, there are many tools available. There are tools for wireless networks, Novell networks, Windows systems, Linux systems, and more. Another essential part of performing assessments may include reviewing physical security, personnel screening, or voice/PBX network assessment. New concepts, such as war walking scanning the perimeter of your enterprise's physical structures for wireless network vulnerabilities are some emerging concepts that you can investigate and, if needed, incorporate into your assessments. Imagination and exposure are the only limits of planning and conducting vulnerability assessments.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-Nessus.html --- 1.2.3.2.??Nessus

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-Nikto.html --- 1.2.3.3.??Nikto

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-VLAD_the_Scanner.html --- 1.2.3.4.??VLAD the Scanner

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-FORWARD_and_NAT_Rules-DMZs_and_IPTables.html --- 2.8.5.3.??DMZs and IPTables

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-FORWARD_and_NAT_Rules-Prerouting.html --- 2.8.5.2.??Prerouting

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Additional_Resources.html --- 2.8.9.??Additional Resources

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.8.9.??Additional Resources

There are several aspects to firewalls and the Linux Netfilter subsystem that could not be covered in this chapter. For more information, refer to the following resources.

2.8.9.1.??Installed Firewall Documentation

  • Refer to Section??2.9, ???IPTables??? for more detailed information on the iptables command, including definitions for many command options.
  • The iptables man page contains a brief summary of the various options.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Basic_Firewall_Configuration.html --- 2.8.2.??Basic Firewall Configuration

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Common_IPTables_Filtering.html --- 2.8.4.??Common IPTables Filtering

Product SiteDocumentation 
 Site

2.8.4.??Common IPTables Filtering

Preventing remote attackers from accessing a LAN is one of the most important aspects of network security. The integrity of a LAN should be protected from malicious remote users through the use of stringent firewall rules.
However, with a default policy set to block all incoming, outgoing, and forwarded packets, it is impossible for the firewall/gateway and internal LAN users to communicate with each other or with external resources.
To allow users to perform network-related functions and to use networking applications, administrators must open certain ports for communication.
For example, to allow access to port 80 on the firewall, append the following rule:
[root at myServer ~ ] # iptables -A INPUT -p tcp -m tcp --dport 80 -j ACCEPT
This allows users to browse websites that communicate using the standard port 80. To allow access to secure websites (for example, https://www.example.com/), you also need to provide access to port 443, as follows:
[root at myServer ~ ] # iptables -A INPUT -p tcp -m tcp --dport 443 -j ACCEPT

Important

When creating an iptables ruleset, order is important.
If a rule specifies that any packets from the 192.168.100.0/24 subnet be dropped, and this is followed by a rule that allows packets from 192.168.100.13 (which is within the dropped subnet), then the second rule is ignored.
The rule to allow packets from 192.168.100.13 must precede the rule that drops the remainder of the subnet.
To insert a rule in a specific location in an existing chain, use the -I option. For example:
[root at myServer ~ ] # iptables -I INPUT 1 -i lo -p all -j ACCEPT
This rule is inserted as the first rule in the INPUT chain to allow local loopback device traffic.
There may be times when you require remote access to the LAN. Secure services, for example SSH, can be used for encrypted remote connection to LAN services.
Administrators with PPP-based resources (such as modem banks or bulk ISP accounts), dial-up access can be used to securely circumvent firewall barriers. Because they are direct connections, modem connections are typically behind a firewall/gateway.
For remote users with broadband connections, however, special cases can be made. You can configure iptables to accept connections from remote SSH clients. For example, the following rules allow remote SSH access:
[root at myServer ~ ] # iptables -A INPUT -p tcp --dport 22 -j ACCEPT
[root at myServer ~ ] # iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp --sport 22 -j ACCEPT
These rules allow incoming and outbound access for an individual system, such as a single PC directly connected to the Internet or a firewall/gateway. However, they do not allow nodes behind the firewall/gateway to access these services. To allow LAN access to these services, you can use Network Address Translation (NAT) with iptables filtering rules.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-FORWARD_and_NAT_Rules.html --- 2.8.5.??FORWARD and NAT Rules

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.8.5.??FORWARD and NAT Rules

Most ISPs provide only a limited number of publicly routable IP addresses to the organizations they serve.
Administrators must, therefore, find alternative ways to share access to Internet services without giving public IP addresses to every node on the LAN. Using private IP addresses is the most common way of allowing all nodes on a LAN to properly access internal and external network services.
Edge routers (such as firewalls) can receive incoming transmissions from the Internet and route the packets to the intended LAN node. At the same time, firewalls/gateways can also route outgoing requests from a LAN node to the remote Internet service.
This forwarding of network traffic can become dangerous at times, especially with the availability of modern cracking tools that can spoof internal IP addresses and make the remote attacker's machine act as a node on your LAN.
To prevent this, iptables provides routing and forwarding policies that can be implemented to prevent abnormal usage of network resources.
The FORWARD chain allows an administrator to control where packets can be routed within a LAN. For example, to allow forwarding for the entire LAN (assuming the firewall/gateway is assigned an internal IP address on eth1), use the following rules:
[root at myServer ~ ] # iptables -A FORWARD -i eth1 -j ACCEPT
[root at myServer ~ ] # iptables -A FORWARD -o eth1 -j ACCEPT
This rule gives systems behind the firewall/gateway access to the internal network. The gateway routes packets from one LAN node to its intended destination node, passing all packets through its eth1 device.

Note

By default, the IPv4 policy in Fedora kernels disables support for IP forwarding. This prevents machines that run Fedora from functioning as dedicated edge routers. To enable IP forwarding, use the following command:
[root at myServer ~ ] # sysctl -w net.ipv4.ip_forward=1
This configuration change is only valid for the current session; it does not persist beyond a reboot or network service restart. To permanently set IP forwarding, edit the /etc/sysctl.conf file as follows:
Locate the following line:
net.ipv4.ip_forward = 0
Edit it to read as follows:
net.ipv4.ip_forward = 1
Use the following command to enable the change to the sysctl.conf file:
[root at myServer ~ ] # sysctl -p /etc/sysctl.conf
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-IPTables_and_Connection_Tracking.html --- 2.8.7.??IPTables and Connection Tracking

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-IPv6.html --- 2.8.8.??IPv6

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Malicious_Software_and_Spoofed_IP_Addresses.html --- 2.8.6.??Malicious Software and Spoofed IP Addresses

Product SiteDoc
 umentation Site

2.8.6.??Malicious Software and Spoofed IP Addresses

More elaborate rules can be created that control access to specific subnets, or even specific nodes, within a LAN. You can also restrict certain dubious applications or programs such as trojans, worms, and other client/server viruses from contacting their server.
For example, some trojans scan networks for services on ports from 31337 to 31340 (called the elite ports in cracking terminology).
Since there are no legitimate services that communicate via these non-standard ports, blocking them can effectively diminish the chances that potentially infected nodes on your network independently communicate with their remote master servers.
The following rules drop all TCP traffic that attempts to use port 31337:
[root at myServer ~ ] # iptables -A OUTPUT -o eth0 -p tcp --dport 31337 --sport 31337 -j DROP
[root at myServer ~ ] # iptables -A FORWARD -o eth0 -p tcp --dport 31337 --sport 31337 -j DROP
You can also block outside connections that attempt to spoof private IP address ranges to infiltrate your LAN.
For example, if your LAN uses the 192.168.1.0/24 range, you can design a rule that instructs the Internet-facing network device (for example, eth0) to drop any packets to that device with an address in your LAN IP range.
Because it is recommended to reject forwarded packets as a default policy, any other spoofed IP address to the external-facing device (eth0) is rejected automatically.
[root at myServer ~ ] # iptables -A FORWARD -s 192.168.1.0/24 -i eth0 -j DROP

Note

There is a distinction between the DROP and REJECT targets when dealing with appended rules.
The REJECT target denies access and returns a connection refused error to users who attempt to connect to the service. The DROP target, as the name implies, drops the packet without any warning.
Administrators can use their own discretion when using these targets. However, to avoid user confusion and attempts to continue connecting, the REJECT target is recommended.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Using_IPTables.html --- 2.8.3.??Using IPTables

Product SiteDocument
 ation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls.html --- 2.8.??Firewalls

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.8.??Firewalls

Information security is commonly thought of as a process and not a product. However, standard security implementations usually employ some form of dedicated mechanism to control access privileges and restrict network resources to users who are authorized, identifiable, and traceable. Fedora includes several tools to assist administrators and security engineers with network-level access control issues.
Firewalls are one of the core components of a network security implementation. Several vendors market firewall solutions catering to all levels of the marketplace: from home users protecting one PC to data center solutions safeguarding vital enterprise information. Firewalls can be stand-alone hardware solutions, such as firewall appliances by Cisco, Nokia, and Sonicwall. Vendors such as Checkpoint, McAfee, and Symantec have also developed proprietary software firewall solutions for home and business markets.
Method Description Advantages Disadvantages
NAT Network Address Translation (NAT) places private IP subnetworks behind one or a small pool of public IP addresses, masquerading all requests to one source rather than several. The Linux kernel has built-in NAT functionality through the Netfilter kernel subsystem.
?? Can be configured transparently to machines on a LAN
?? Protection of many machines and services behind one or more external IP addresses simplifies administration duties
?? Restriction of user access to and from the LAN can be configured by opening and closing ports on the NAT firewall/gateway
?? Cannot prevent malicious activity once users connect to a service outside of the firewall
Packet Filter A packet filtering firewall reads each data packet that passes through a LAN. It can read and process packets by header information and filters the packet based on sets of programmable rules implemented by the firewall administrator. The Linux kernel has built-in packet filtering functionality through the Netfilter kernel subsystem.
?? Customizable through the iptables front-end utility
?? Does not require any customization on the client side, as all network activity is filtered at the router level rather than the application level
?? Since packets are not transmitted through a proxy, network performance is faster due to direct connection from client to remote host
?? Cannot filter packets for content like proxy firewalls
?? Processes packets at the protocol layer, but cannot filter packets at an application layer
?? Complex network architectures can make establishing packet filtering rules difficult, especially if coupled with IP masquerading or local subnets and DMZ networks
Proxy Proxy firewalls filter all requests of a certain protocol or type from LAN clients to a proxy machine, which then makes those requests to the Internet on behalf of the local client. A proxy machine acts as a buffer between malicious remote users and the internal network client machines.
?? Gives administrators control over what applications and protocols function outside of the LAN
?? Some proxy servers can cache frequently-accessed data locally rather than having to use the Internet connection to request it. This helps to reduce bandwidth consumption
?? Proxy services can be logged and monitored closely, allowing tighter control over resource utilization on the network
?? Proxies are often application-specific (HTTP, Telnet, etc.), or protocol-restricted (most proxies work with TCP-connected services only)
?? Application services cannot run behind a proxy, so your application servers must use a separate form of network security
?? Proxies can become a network bottleneck, as all requests and transmissions are passed through one source rather than directly from a client to a remote service
Table??2.2.??Firewall Types

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security-DISA_IASE_Documents.html --- 4.4.??DISA IASE Documents

Product SiteDocumentation Site

4.4.??DISA IASE Documents

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security-NSA_Documents.html --- 4.3.??NSA Documents

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security-Tips_Guides_and_Tools.html --- 4.2.??Tips, Guides, and Tools

Product SiteDocumentation Site

4.2.??Tips, Guides, and Tools

Most of the above tips are very basic. Depending on your knowledge of Linux and how comfortable you are with modifying your system, some changes could be made to help make your installation more secure. As mentioned above, the NSA has hardening guides and tips for securing Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5. Likewise, the Defense Information Systems Agency (DISA) has an Information Assurance Support Environment in which they publish checklists and tests for verifying the security of your system. The documents from the NSA are a good read for anyone familiar with Linux while the information from DISA is extremely specific and advanced knowledge of Unix/Linux would be a great benefit. Links to these documents are listed below. We will try to pull some of the larger items out of these documents and explain how to implement them in Fedora and why they are important. In addition to documentation, DISA has made available SRR scripts that allow an administrator to check specific settings on a system quickly. The SRR scripts will provide an XML-formatted report listing any known vulnerable settings that you have on your system.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Additional_Resources.html --- 2.9.7.??Additional Resources

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.9.7.??Additional Resources

Refer to the following sources for additional information on packet filtering with iptables.
  • Section??2.8, ???Firewalls??? ??? Contains a chapter about the role of firewalls within an overall security strategy as well as strategies for constructing firewall rules.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Command_Options_for_IPTables.html --- 2.9.3.??Command Options for IPTables

Product Site
 Documentation Site

2.9.3.??Command Options for IPTables

Rules for filtering packets are created using the iptables command. The following aspects of the packet are most often used as criteria:
  • Packet Type ??? Specifies the type of packets the command filters.
  • Packet Source/Destination ??? Specifies which packets the command filters based on the source or destination of the packet.
  • Target ??? Specifies what action is taken on packets matching the above criteria.
Refer to Section??2.9.3.4, ???IPTables Match Options??? and Section??2.9.3.5, ???Target Options??? for more information about specific options that address these aspects of a packet.
The options used with specific iptables rules must be grouped logically, based on the purpose and conditions of the overall rule, for the rule to be valid. The remainder of this section explains commonly-used options for the iptables command.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Differences_Between_IPTables_and_IPChains.html --- 2.9.2.??Differences Between IPTables and IPChains

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.9.2.??Differences Between IPTables and IPChains

Both ipchains and iptables use chains of rules that operate within the Linux kernel to filter packets based on matches with specified rules or rule sets. However, iptables offers a more extensible way of filtering packets, giving the administrator greater control without building undue complexity into the system.
You should be aware of the following significant differences between ipchains and iptables:
Using iptables, each filtered packet is processed using rules from only one chain rather than multiple chains.
For example, a FORWARD packet coming into a system using ipchains would have to go through the INPUT, FORWARD, and OUTPUT chains to continue to its destination. However, iptables only sends packets to the INPUT chain if they are destined for the local system, and only sends them to the OUTPUT chain if the local system generated the packets. It is therefore important to place the rule designed to catch a particular packet within the chain that actually handles the packet.
The DENY target has been changed to DROP.
In ipchains, packets that matched a rule in a chain could be directed to the DENY target. This target must be changed to DROP in iptables.
Order matters when placing options in a rule.
In ipchains, the order of the rule options does not matter.
The iptables command has a stricter syntax. The iptables command requires that the protocol (ICMP, TCP, or UDP) be specified before the source or destination ports.
Network interfaces must be associated with the correct chains in firewall rules.
For example, incoming interfaces (-i option) can only be used in INPUT or FORWARD chains. Similarly, outgoing interfaces (-o option) can only be used in FORWARD or OUTPUT chains.
In other words, INPUT chains and incoming interfaces work together; OUTPUT chains and outgoing interfaces work together. FORWARD chains work with both incoming and outgoing interfaces.
OUTPUT chains are no longer used by incoming interfaces, and INPUT chains are not seen by packets moving through outgoing interfaces.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-IPTables_Control_Scripts.html --- 2.9.5.??IPTables Control Scripts

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.9.5.??IPTables Control Scripts

There are two basic methods for controlling iptables in Fedora:
  • /sbin/service iptables <option> ??? Used to manipulate various functions of iptables using its initscript. The following options are available:
    • start ??? If a firewall is configured (that is, /etc/sysconfig/iptables exists), all running iptables are stopped completely and then started using the /sbin/iptables-restore command. This option only works if the ipchains kernel module is not loaded. To check if this module is loaded, type the following command as root:
       [root at MyServer ~]# lsmod | grep ipchains 
      
      If this command returns no output, it means the module is not loaded. If necessary, use the /sbin/rmmod command to remove the module.
    • stop ??? If a firewall is running, the firewall rules in memory are flushed, and all iptables modules and helpers are unloaded.
      If the IPTABLES_SAVE_ON_STOP directive in the /etc/sysconfig/iptables-config configuration file is changed from its default value to yes, current rules are saved to /etc/sysconfig/iptables and any existing rules are moved to the file /etc/sysconfig/iptables.save.
      Refer to Section??2.9.5.1, ???IPTables Control Scripts Configuration File??? for more information about the iptables-config file.
    • restart ??? If a firewall is running, the firewall rules in memory are flushed, and the firewall is started again if it is configured in /etc/sysconfig/iptables. This option only works if the ipchains kernel module is not loaded.
      If the IPTABLES_SAVE_ON_RESTART directive in the /etc/sysconfig/iptables-config configuration file is changed from its default value to yes, current rules are saved to /etc/sysconfig/iptables and any existing rules are moved to the file /etc/sysconfig/iptables.save.
      Refer to Section??2.9.5.1, ???IPTables Control Scripts Configuration File??? for more information about the iptables-config file.
    • status ??? Displays the status of the firewall and lists all active rules.
      The default configuration for this option displays IP addresses in each rule. To display domain and hostname information, edit the /etc/sysconfig/iptables-config file and change the value of IPTABLES_STATUS_NUMERIC to no. Refer to Section??2.9.5.1, ???IPTables Control Scripts Configuration File??? for more information about the iptables-config file.
    • panic ??? Flushes all firewall rules. The policy of all configured tables is set to DROP.
      This option could be useful if a server is known to be compromised. Rather than physically disconnecting from the network or shutting down the system, you can use this option to stop all further network traffic but leave the machine in a state ready for analysis or other forensics.
    • save ??? Saves firewall rules to /etc/sysconfig/iptables using iptables-save. Refer to Section??2.9.4, ???Saving IPTables Rules??? for more information.

Tip

To use the same initscript commands to control netfilter for IPv6, substitute ip6tables for iptables in the /sbin/service commands listed in this section. For more information about IPv6 and netfilter, refer to Section??2.9.6, ???IPTables and IPv6???.

2.9.5.1.??IPTables Control Scripts Configuration File

The behavior of the iptables initscripts is controlled by the /etc/sysconfig/iptables-config configuration file. The following is a list of directives contained in this file:
  • IPTABLES_MODULES ??? Specifies a space-separated list of additional iptables modules to load when a firewall is activated. These can include connection tracking and NAT helpers.
  • IPTABLES_MODULES_UNLOAD ??? Unloads modules on restart and stop. This directive accepts the following values:
    • yes ??? The default value. This option must be set to achieve a correct state for a firewall restart or stop.
    • no ??? This option should only be set if there are problems unloading the netfilter modules.
  • IPTABLES_SAVE_ON_STOP ??? Saves current firewall rules to /etc/sysconfig/iptables when the firewall is stopped. This directive accepts the following values:
    • yes ??? Saves existing rules to /etc/sysconfig/iptables when the firewall is stopped, moving the previous version to the /etc/sysconfig/iptables.save file.
    • no ??? The default value. Does not save existing rules when the firewall is stopped.
  • IPTABLES_SAVE_ON_RESTART ??? Saves current firewall rules when the firewall is restarted. This directive accepts the following values:
    • yes ??? Saves existing rules to /etc/sysconfig/iptables when the firewall is restarted, moving the previous version to the /etc/sysconfig/iptables.save file.
    • no ??? The default value. Does not save existing rules when the firewall is restarted.
  • IPTABLES_SAVE_COUNTER ??? Saves and restores all packet and byte counters in all chains and rules. This directive accepts the following values:
    • yes ??? Saves the counter values.
    • no ??? The default value. Does not save the counter values.
  • IPTABLES_STATUS_NUMERIC ??? Outputs IP addresses in numeric form instead of domain or hostnames. This directive accepts the following values:
    • yes ??? The default value. Returns only IP addresses within a status output.
    • no ??? Returns domain or hostnames within a status output.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-IPTables_and_IPv6.html --- 2.9.6.??IPTables and IPv6

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Saving_IPTables_Rules.html --- 2.9.4.??Saving IPTables Rules

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.9.4.??Saving IPTables Rules

Rules created with the iptables command are stored in memory. If the system is restarted before saving the iptables rule set, all rules are lost. For netfilter rules to persist through a system reboot, they need to be saved. To save netfilter rules, type the following command as root:
 /sbin/service iptables save 
This executes the iptables init script, which runs the /sbin/iptables-save program and writes the current iptables configuration to /etc/sysconfig/iptables. The existing /etc/sysconfig/iptables file is saved as /etc/sysconfig/iptables.save.
The next time the system boots, the iptables init script reapplies the rules saved in /etc/sysconfig/iptables by using the /sbin/iptables-restore command.
While it is always a good idea to test a new iptables rule before committing it to the /etc/sysconfig/iptables file, it is possible to copy iptables rules into this file from another system's version of this file. This provides a quick way to distribute sets of iptables rules to multiple machines.
You can also save the iptables rules to a separate file for distribution, backup or other purposes. To save your iptables rules, type the following command as root:
 [root at myserver ~]# iptables-save > <filename>where <filename> is a user-defined name for your ruleset.

Important

If distributing the /etc/sysconfig/iptables file to other machines, type /sbin/service iptables restart for the new rules to take effect.

Note

Note the difference between the iptables command (/sbin/iptables), which is used to manipulate the tables and chains that constitute the iptables functionality, and the iptables service (/sbin/iptables service), which is used to enable and disable the iptables service itself.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-IPTables.html --- 2.9.??IPTables

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.9.??IPTables

Included with Fedora are advanced tools for network packet filtering ??? the process of controlling network packets as they enter, move through, and exit the network stack within the kernel. Kernel versions prior to 2.4 relied on ipchains for packet filtering and used lists of rules applied to packets at each step of the filtering process. The 2.4 kernel introduced iptables (also called netfilter), which is similar to ipchains but greatly expands the scope and control available for filtering network packets.
This chapter focuses on packet filtering basics, defines the differences between ipchains and iptables, explains various options available with iptables commands, and explains how filtering rules can be preserved between system reboots.
Refer to Section??2.9.7, ???Additional Resources??? for instructions on how to construct iptables rules and setting up a firewall based on these rules.

Warning

The default firewall mechanism in the 2.4 and later kernels is iptables, but iptables cannot be used if ipchains is already running. If ipchains is present at boot time, the kernel issues an error and fails to start iptables.
The functionality of ipchains is not affected by these errors.

2.9.1.??Packet Filtering

The Linux kernel uses the Netfilter facility to filter packets, allowing some of them to be received by or pass through the system while stopping others. This facility is built in to the Linux kernel, and has three built-in tables or rules lists, as follows:
  • filter ??? The default table for handling network packets.
  • nat ??? Used to alter packets that create a new connection and used for Network Address Translation (NAT).
  • mangle ??? Used for specific types of packet alteration.
Each table has a group of built-in chains, which correspond to the actions performed on the packet by netfilter.
The built-in chains for the filter table are as follows:
  • INPUT ??? Applies to network packets that are targeted for the host.
  • OUTPUT ??? Applies to locally-generated network packets.
  • FORWARD ??? Applies to network packets routed through the host.
The built-in chains for the nat table are as follows:
  • PREROUTING ??? Alters network packets when they arrive.
  • OUTPUT ??? Alters locally-generated network packets before they are sent out.
  • POSTROUTING ??? Alters network packets before they are sent out.
The built-in chains for the mangle table are as follows:
  • INPUT ??? Alters network packets targeted for the host.
  • OUTPUT ??? Alters locally-generated network packets before they are sent out.
  • FORWARD ??? Alters network packets routed through the host.
  • PREROUTING ??? Alters incoming network packets before they are routed.
  • POSTROUTING ??? Alters network packets before they are sent out.
Every network packet received by or sent from a Linux system is subject to at least one table. However, a packet may be subjected to multiple rules within each table before emerging at the end of the chain. The structure and purpose of these rules may vary, but they usually seek to identify a packet coming from or going to a particular IP address, or set of addresses, when using a particular protocol and network service.

Note

By default, firewall rules are saved in the /etc/sysconfig/iptables or /etc/sysconfig/ip6tables files.
The iptables service starts before any DNS-related services when a Linux system is booted. This means that firewall rules can only reference numeric IP addresses (for example, 192.168.0.1). Domain names (for example, host.example.com) in such rules produce errors.
Regardless of their destination, when packets match a particular rule in one of the tables, a target or action is applied to them. If the rule specifies an ACCEPT target for a matching packet, the packet skips the rest of the rule checks and is allowed to continue to its destination. If a rule specifies a DROP target, that packet is refused access to the system and nothing is sent back to the host that sent the packet. If a rule specifies a QUEUE target, the packet is passed to user-space. If a rule specifies the optional REJECT target, the packet is dropped, but an error packet is sent to the packet's originator.
Every chain has a default policy to ACCEPT, DROP, REJECT, or QUEUE. If none of the rules in the chain apply to the packet, then the packet is dealt with in accordance with the default policy.
The iptables command configures these tables, as well as sets up new tables if necessary.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-IPTables_Match_Options-Additional_Match_Option_Modules.html --- 2.9.3.4.4.??Additional Match Option Modules

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.9.3.4.4.??Additional Match Option Modules
Additional match options are available through modules loaded by the iptables command.
To use a match option module, load the module by name using the -m <module-name>, where <module-name> is the name of the module.
Many modules are available by default. You can also create modules to provide additional functionality.
The following is a partial list of the most commonly used modules:
  • limit module ??? Places limits on how many packets are matched to a particular rule.
    When used in conjunction with the LOG target, the limit module can prevent a flood of matching packets from filling up the system log with repetitive messages or using up system resources.
    Refer to Section??2.9.3.5, ???Target Options??? for more information about the LOG target.
    The limit module enables the following options:
    • --limit ??? Sets the maximum number of matches for a particular time period, specified as a <value>/<period> pair. For example, using --limit 5/hour allows five rule matches per hour.
      Periods can be specified in seconds, minutes, hours, or days.
      If a number and time modifier are not used, the default value of 3/hour is assumed.
    • --limit-burst ??? Sets a limit on the number of packets able to match a rule at one time.
      This option is specified as an integer and should be used in conjunction with the --limit option.
      If no value is specified, the default value of five (5) is assumed.
  • state module ??? Enables state matching.
    The state module enables the following options:
    • --state ??? match a packet with the following connection states:
      • ESTABLISHED ??? The matching packet is associated with other packets in an established connection. You need to accept this state if you want to maintain a connection between a client and a server.
      • INVALID ??? The matching packet cannot be tied to a known connection.
      • NEW ??? The matching packet is either creating a new connection or is part of a two-way connection not previously seen. You need to accept this state if you want to allow new connections to a service.
      • RELATED ??? The matching packet is starting a new connection related in some way to an existing connection. An example of this is FTP, which uses one connection for control traffic (port 21), and a separate connection for data transfer (port 20).
      These connection states can be used in combination with one another by separating them with commas, such as -m state --state INVALID,NEW.
  • mac module ??? Enables hardware MAC address matching.
    The mac module enables the following option:
    • --mac-source ??? Matches a MAC address of the network interface card that sent the packet. To exclude a MAC address from a rule, place an exclamation point character (!) after the --mac-source match option.
Refer to the iptables man page for more match options available through modules.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-IPTables_Match_Options-ICMP_Protocol.html --- 2.9.3.4.3.??ICMP Protocol

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-IPTables_Match_Options-UDP_Protocol.html --- 2.9.3.4.2.??UDP Protocol

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-IPsec_Host_to_Host_Configuration-Manual_IPsec_Host_to_Host_Configuration.html --- 2.7.6.2.??Manual IPsec Host-to-Host Configuration

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.7.6.2.??Manual IPsec Host-to-Host Configuration

The first step in creating a connection is to gather system and network information from each workstation. For a host-to-host connection, you need the following:
  • The IP address of each host
  • A unique name, for example, ipsec1. This is used to identify the IPsec connection and to distinguish it from other devices or connections.
  • A fixed encryption key or one automatically generated by racoon.
  • A pre-shared authentication key that is used during the initial stage of the connection and to exchange encryption keys during the session.
For example, suppose Workstation A and Workstation B want to connect to each other through an IPsec tunnel. They want to connect using a pre-shared key with the value of Key_Value01, and the users agree to let racoon automatically generate and share an authentication key between each host. Both host users decide to name their connections ipsec1.

Note

You should choose a PSK that uses a mixture of upper- and lower-case characters, numbers and punctuation. An easily-guessable PSK constitutes a security risk.
It is not necessary to use the same connection name for each host. You should choose a name that is convenient and meaningful for your installation.
The following is the IPsec configuration file for Workstation A for a host-to-host IPsec connection with Workstation B. The unique name to identify the connection in this example is ipsec1, so the resulting file is called /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-ipsec1.
DST=X.X.X.XTYPE=IPSEC
ONBOOT=no
IKE_METHOD=PSK
For Workstation A, X.X.X.X is the IP address of Workstation B. For Workstation B, X.X.X.X is the IP address of Workstation A. This connection is not set to initiate on boot-up (ONBOOT=no) and it uses the pre-shared key method of authentication (IKE_METHOD=PSK).
The following is the content of the pre-shared key file (called /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/keys-ipsec1) that both workstations need to authenticate each other. The contents of this file should be identical on both workstations, and only the root user should be able to read or write this file.
IKE_PSK=Key_Value01

Important

To change the keys-ipsec1 file so that only the root user can read or edit the file, use the following command after creating the file:
[root at myServer ~] # chmod 600 /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/keys-ipsec1
To change the authentication key at any time, edit the keys-ipsec1 file on both workstations. Both authentication keys must be identical for proper connectivity.
The next example shows the specific configuration for the phase 1 connection to the remote host. The file is called X.X.X.X.conf, where X.X.X.X is the IP address of the remote IPsec host. Note that this file is automatically generated when the IPsec tunnel is activated and should not be edited directly.
remote X.X.X.X{
         exchange_mode aggressive, main;
	 my_identifier address;
	 proposal {
	 	encryption_algorithm 3des;
		hash_algorithm sha1;
		authentication_method pre_shared_key;
		dh_group 2 ;
	}
}
The default phase 1 configuration file that is created when an IPsec connection is initialized contains the following statements used by the Fedora implementation of IPsec:
remote X.X.X.X
Specifies that the subsequent stanzas of this configuration file apply only to the remote node identified by the X.X.X.X IP address.
exchange_mode aggressive
The default configuration for IPsec on Fedora uses an aggressive authentication mode, which lowers the connection overhead while allowing configuration of several IPsec connections with multiple hosts.
my_identifier address
Specifies the identification method to use when authenticating nodes. Fedora uses IP addresses to identify nodes.
encryption_algorithm 3des
Specifies the encryption cipher used during authentication. By default, Triple Data Encryption Standard (3DES) is used.
hash_algorithm sha1;
Specifies the hash algorithm used during phase 1 negotiation between nodes. By default, Secure Hash Algorithm version 1 is used.
authentication_method pre_shared_key
Specifies the authentication method used during node negotiation. By default, Fedora uses pre-shared keys for authentication.
dh_group 2
Specifies the Diffie-Hellman group number for establishing dynamically-generated session keys. By default, modp1024 (group 2) is used.
2.7.6.2.1.??The Racoon Configuration File
The /etc/racoon/racoon.conf files should be identical on all IPsec nodes except for the include "/etc/racoon/X.X.X.X.conf" statement. This statement (and the file it references) is generated when the IPsec tunnel is activated. For Workstation A, the X.X.X.X in the include statement is Workstation B's IP address. The opposite is true of Workstation B. The following shows a typical racoon.conf file when the IPsec connection is activated.
# Racoon IKE daemon configuration file.
# See 'man racoon.conf' for a description of the format and entries.

path include "/etc/racoon";
path pre_shared_key "/etc/racoon/psk.txt";
path certificate "/etc/racoon/certs";

sainfo anonymous
{
        pfs_group 2;
        lifetime time 1 hour ;
        encryption_algorithm 3des, blowfish 448, rijndael ;
        authentication_algorithm hmac_sha1, hmac_md5 ;
        compression_algorithm deflate ;
}
include "/etc/racoon/X.X.X.X.conf";
This default racoon.conf file includes defined paths for IPsec configuration, pre-shared key files, and certificates. The fields in sainfo anonymous describe the phase 2 SA between the IPsec nodes ??? the nature of the IPsec connection (including the supported encryption algorithms used) and the method of exchanging keys. The following list defines the fields of phase 2:
sainfo anonymous
Denotes that SA can anonymously initialize with any peer provided that the IPsec credentials match.
pfs_group 2
Defines the Diffie-Hellman key exchange protocol, which determines the method by which the IPsec nodes establish a mutual temporary session key for the second phase of IPsec connectivity. By default, the Fedora implementation of IPsec uses group 2 (or modp1024) of the Diffie-Hellman cryptographic key exchange groups. Group 2 uses a 1024-bit modular exponentiation that prevents attackers from decrypting previous IPsec transmissions even if a private key is compromised.
lifetime time 1 hour
This parameter specifies the lifetime of an SA and can be quantified either by time or by bytes of data. The default Fedora implementation of IPsec specifies a one hour lifetime.
encryption_algorithm 3des, blowfish 448, rijndael
Specifies the supported encryption ciphers for phase 2. Fedora supports 3DES, 448-bit Blowfish, and Rijndael (the cipher used in the Advanced Encryption Standard, or AES).
authentication_algorithm hmac_sha1, hmac_md5
Lists the supported hash algorithms for authentication. Supported modes are sha1 and md5 hashed message authentication codes (HMAC).
compression_algorithm deflate
Defines the Deflate compression algorithm for IP Payload Compression (IPCOMP) support, which allows for potentially faster transmission of IP datagrams over slow connections.
To start the connection, use the following command on each host:
[root at myServer ~]# /sbin/ifup <nickname>
where <nickname> is the name you specified for the IPsec connection.
To test the IPsec connection, run the tcpdump utility to view the network packets being transfered between the hosts and verify that they are encrypted via IPsec. The packet should include an AH header and should be shown as ESP packets. ESP means it is encrypted. For example:
[root at myServer ~]# tcpdump -n -i eth0 host <targetSystem>

IP 172.16.45.107 > 172.16.44.192: AH(spi=0x0954ccb6,seq=0xbb): ESP(spi=0x0c9f2164,seq=0xbb)
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-IPsec_Network_to_Network_Configuration-Manual_IPsec_Network_to_Network_Configuration.html --- 2.7.7.2.??Manual IPsec Network-to-Network Configuration

Documentation Site

2.7.7.2.??Manual IPsec Network-to-Network Configuration

Suppose LAN A (lana.example.com) and LAN B (lanb.example.com) want to connect to each other through an IPsec tunnel. The network address for LAN A is in the 192.168.1.0/24 range, while LAN B uses the 192.168.2.0/24 range. The gateway IP address is 192.168.1.254 for LAN A and 192.168.2.254 for LAN B. The IPsec routers are separate from each LAN gateway and use two network devices: eth0 is assigned to an externally-accessible static IP address which accesses the Internet, while eth1 acts as a routing point to process and transmit LAN packets from one network node to the remote network nodes.
The IPsec connection between each network uses a pre-shared key with the value of r3dh4tl1nux, and the administrators of A and B agree to let racoon automatically generate and share an authentication key between each IPsec router. The administrator of LAN A decides to name the IPsec connection ipsec0, while the administrator of LAN B names the IPsec connection ipsec1.
The following example shows the contents of the ifcfg file for a network-to-network IPsec connection for LAN A. The unique name to identify the connection in this example is ipsec0, so the resulting file is called /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-ipsec0.
TYPE=IPSEC
ONBOOT=yes
IKE_METHOD=PSK
SRCGW=192.168.1.254
DSTGW=192.168.2.254
SRCNET=192.168.1.0/24
DSTNET=192.168.2.0/24
DST=X.X.X.X
The following list describes the contents of this file:
TYPE=IPSEC
Specifies the type of connection.
ONBOOT=yes
Specifies that the connection should initiate on boot-up.
IKE_METHOD=PSK
Specifies that the connection uses the pre-shared key method of authentication.
SRCGW=192.168.1.254
The IP address of the source gateway. For LAN A, this is the LAN A gateway, and for LAN B, the LAN B gateway.
DSTGW=192.168.2.254
The IP address of the destination gateway. For LAN A, this is the LAN B gateway, and for LAN B, the LAN A gateway.
SRCNET=192.168.1.0/24
Specifies the source network for the IPsec connection, which in this example is the network range for LAN A.
DSTNET=192.168.2.0/24
Specifies the destination network for the IPsec connection, which in this example is the network range for LAN B.
DST=X.X.X.X
The externally-accessible IP address of LAN B.
The following example is the content of the pre-shared key file called /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/keys-ipsecX (where X is 0 for LAN A and 1 for LAN B) that both networks use to authenticate each other. The contents of this file should be identical and only the root user should be able to read or write this file.
IKE_PSK=r3dh4tl1nux

Important

To change the keys-ipsecX file so that only the root user can read or edit the file, use the following command after creating the file:
chmod 600 /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/keys-ipsec1
To change the authentication key at any time, edit the keys-ipsecX file on both IPsec routers. Both keys must be identical for proper connectivity.
The following example is the contents of the /etc/racoon/racoon.conf configuration file for the IPsec connection. Note that the include line at the bottom of the file is automatically generated and only appears if the IPsec tunnel is running.
# Racoon IKE daemon configuration file.
# See 'man racoon.conf' for a description of the format and entries.
path include "/etc/racoon";
path pre_shared_key "/etc/racoon/psk.txt";
path certificate "/etc/racoon/certs";
  
sainfo anonymous
{
	pfs_group 2;
	lifetime time 1 hour ;
	encryption_algorithm 3des, blowfish 448, rijndael ;
	authentication_algorithm hmac_sha1, hmac_md5 ;
	compression_algorithm deflate ;
}
include "/etc/racoon/X.X.X.X.conf"
The following is the specific configuration for the connection to the remote network. The file is called X.X.X.X.conf (where X.X.X.X is the IP address of the remote IPsec router). Note that this file is automatically generated when the IPsec tunnel is activated and should not be edited directly.
remote X.X.X.X{
        exchange_mode aggressive, main;
	my_identifier address;
	proposal {
		encryption_algorithm 3des;
		hash_algorithm sha1;
		authentication_method pre_shared_key;
		dh_group 2 ;
	}
}
Prior to starting the IPsec connection, IP forwarding should be enabled in the kernel. To enable IP forwarding:
  1. Edit /etc/sysctl.conf and set net.ipv4.ip_forward to 1.
  2. Use the following command to enable the change:
    [root at myServer ~] # sysctl -p /etc/sysctl.conf
    
To start the IPsec connection, use the following command on each router:
[root at myServer ~] # /sbin/ifup ipsec0
The connections are activated, and both LAN A and LAN B are able to communicate with each other. The routes are created automatically via the initialization script called by running ifup on the IPsec connection. To show a list of routes for the network, use the following command:
[root at myServer ~] # /sbin/ip route list
To test the IPsec connection, run the tcpdump utility on the externally-routable device (eth0 in this example) to view the network packets being transfered between the hosts (or networks), and verify that they are encrypted via IPsec. For example, to check the IPsec connectivity of LAN A, use the following command:
[root at myServer ~] # tcpdump -n -i eth0 host lana.example.com
The packet should include an AH header and should be shown as ESP packets. ESP means it is encrypted. For example (back slashes denote a continuation of one line):
12:24:26.155529 lanb.example.com > lana.example.com: AH(spi=0x021c9834,seq=0x358): \
	lanb.example.com > lana.example.com: ESP(spi=0x00c887ad,seq=0x358) (DF) \
	(ipip-proto-4)
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Additional_Resources.html --- 2.6.10.??Additional Resources

Product SiteDocu
 mentation Site

2.6.10.??Additional Resources

For more information about Kerberos, refer to the following resources.

2.6.10.1.??Installed Kerberos Documentation

  • The Kerberos V5 Installation Guide and the Kerberos V5 System Administrator's Guide in PostScript and HTML formats. These can be found in the /usr/share/doc/krb5-server-<version-number>/ directory (where <version-number> is the version number of the krb5-server package installed on your system).
  • The Kerberos V5 UNIX User's Guide in PostScript and HTML formats. These can be found in the /usr/share/doc/krb5-workstation-<version-number>/ directory (where <version-number> is the version number of the krb5-workstation package installed on your system).
  • Kerberos man pages ??? There are a number of man pages for the various applications and configuration files involved with a Kerberos implementation. The following is a list of some of the more important man pages.
    Client Applications
    • man kerberos ??? An introduction to the Kerberos system which describes how credentials work and provides recommendations for obtaining and destroying Kerberos tickets. The bottom of the man page references a number of related man pages.
    • man kinit ??? Describes how to use this command to obtain and cache a ticket-granting ticket.
    • man kdestroy ??? Describes how to use this command to destroy Kerberos credentials.
    • man klist ??? Describes how to use this command to list cached Kerberos credentials.
    Administrative Applications
    • man kadmin ??? Describes how to use this command to administer the Kerberos V5 database.
    • man kdb5_util ??? Describes how to use this command to create and perform low-level administrative functions on the Kerberos V5 database.
    Server Applications
    • man krb5kdc ??? Describes available command line options for the Kerberos V5 KDC.
    • man kadmind ??? Describes available command line options for the Kerberos V5 administration server.
    Configuration Files
    • man krb5.conf ??? Describes the format and options available within the configuration file for the Kerberos V5 library.
    • man kdc.conf ??? Describes the format and options available within the configuration file for the Kerberos V5 AS and KDC.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Configuring_a_Kerberos_5_Client.html --- 2.6.6.??Configuring a Kerberos 5 Client

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.6.6.??Configuring a Kerberos 5 Client

Setting up a Kerberos 5 client is less involved than setting up a server. At a minimum, install the client packages and provide each client with a valid krb5.conf configuration file. While ssh and slogin are the preferred method of remotely logging in to client systems, Kerberized versions of rsh and rlogin are still available, though deploying them requires that a few more configuration changes be made.
  1. Be sure that time synchronization is in place between the Kerberos client and the KDC. Refer to Section??2.6.5, ???Configuring a Kerberos 5 Server??? for more information. In addition, verify that DNS is working properly on the Kerberos client before configuring the Kerberos client programs.
  2. Install the krb5-libs and krb5-workstation packages on all of the client machines. Supply a valid /etc/krb5.conf file for each client (usually this can be the same krb5.conf file used by the KDC).
  3. Before a workstation in the realm can use Kerberos to authenticate users who connect using ssh or Kerberized rsh or rlogin, it must have its own host principal in the Kerberos database. The sshd, kshd, and klogind server programs all need access to the keys for the host service's principal. Additionally, in order to use the kerberized rsh and rlogin services, that workstation must have the xinetd package installed.
    Using kadmin, add a host principal for the workstation on the KDC. The instance in this case is the hostname of the workstation. Use the -randkey option for the kadmin's addprinc command to create the principal and assign it a random key:
    addprinc -randkey host/blah.example.com
    
    Now that the principal has been created, keys can be extracted for the workstation by running kadmin on the workstation itself, and using the ktadd command within kadmin:
    ktadd -k /etc/krb5.keytab host/blah.example.com
    
  4. To use other kerberized network services, they must first be started. Below is a list of some common kerberized services and instructions about enabling them:
    • ssh ??? OpenSSH uses GSS-API to authenticate users to servers if the client's and server's configuration both have GSSAPIAuthentication enabled. If the client also has GSSAPIDelegateCredentials enabled, the user's credentials are made available on the remote system.
    • rsh and rlogin ??? To use the kerberized versions of rsh and rlogin, enable klogin, eklogin, and kshell.
    • Telnet ??? To use kerberized Telnet, krb5-telnet must be enabled.
    • FTP ??? To provide FTP access, create and extract a key for the principal with a root of ftp. Be certain to set the instance to the fully qualified hostname of the FTP server, then enable gssftp.
    • IMAP ??? To use a kerberized IMAP server, the cyrus-imap package uses Kerberos 5 if it also has the cyrus-sasl-gssapi package installed. The cyrus-sasl-gssapi package contains the Cyrus SASL plugins which support GSS-API authentication. Cyrus IMAP should function properly with Kerberos as long as the cyrus user is able to find the proper key in /etc/krb5.keytab, and the root for the principal is set to imap (created with kadmin).
      An alternative to cyrus-imap can be found in the dovecot package, which is also included in Fedora. This package contains an IMAP server but does not, to date, support GSS-API and Kerberos.
    • CVS ??? To use a kerberized CVS server, gserver uses a principal with a root of cvs and is otherwise identical to the CVS pserver.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Configuring_a_Kerberos_5_Server.html --- 2.6.5.??Configuring a Kerberos 5 Server

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.6.5.??Configuring a Kerberos 5 Server

When setting up Kerberos, install the KDC first. If it is necessary to set up slave servers, install the master first.
To configure the first Kerberos KDC, follow these steps:
  1. Ensure that time synchronization and DNS are functioning correctly on all client and server machines before configuring Kerberos. Pay particular attention to time synchronization between the Kerberos server and its clients. If the time difference between the server and client is greater than five minutes (this is configurable in Kerberos 5), Kerberos clients can not authenticate to the server. This time synchronization is necessary to prevent an attacker from using an old Kerberos ticket to masquerade as a valid user.
  2. Install the krb5-libs, krb5-server, and krb5-workstation packages on the dedicated machine which runs the KDC. This machine needs to be very secure ??? if possible, it should not run any services other than the KDC.
  3. Edit the /etc/krb5.conf and /var/kerberos/krb5kdc/kdc.conf configuration files to reflect the realm name and domain-to-realm mappings. A simple realm can be constructed by replacing instances of EXAMPLE.COM and example.com with the correct domain name ??? being certain to keep uppercase and lowercase names in the correct format ??? and by changing the KDC from kerberos.example.com to the name of the Kerberos server. By convention, all realm names are uppercase and all DNS hostnames and domain names are lowercase. For full details about the formats of these configuration files, refer to their respective man pages.
  4. Create the database using the kdb5_util utility from a shell prompt:
    /usr/kerberos/sbin/kdb5_util create -s
    
    The create command creates the database that stores keys for the Kerberos realm. The -s switch forces creation of a stash file in which the master server key is stored. If no stash file is present from which to read the key, the Kerberos server (krb5kdc) prompts the user for the master server password (which can be used to regenerate the key) every time it starts.
  5. Edit the /var/kerberos/krb5kdc/kadm5.acl file. This file is used by kadmind to determine which principals have administrative access to the Kerberos database and their level of access. Most organizations can get by with a single line:
    */admin at EXAMPLE.COM????*
    
    Most users are represented in the database by a single principal (with a NULL, or empty, instance, such as joe at EXAMPLE.COM). In this configuration, users with a second principal with an instance of admin (for example, joe/admin at EXAMPLE.COM) are able to wield full power over the realm's Kerberos database.
    After kadmind has been started on the server, any user can access its services by running kadmin on any of the clients or servers in the realm. However, only users listed in the kadm5.acl file can modify the database in any way, except for changing their own passwords.

    Note

    The kadmin utility communicates with the kadmind server over the network, and uses Kerberos to handle authentication. Consequently, the first principal must already exist before connecting to the server over the network to administer it. Create the first principal with the kadmin.local command, which is specifically designed to be used on the same host as the KDC and does not use Kerberos for authentication.
    Type the following kadmin.local command at the KDC terminal to create the first principal:
    /usr/kerberos/sbin/kadmin.local -q "addprinc username/admin"
    
  6. Start Kerberos using the following commands:
    /sbin/service krb5kdc start
    /sbin/service kadmin start
    /sbin/service krb524 start
    
  7. Add principals for the users using the addprinc command within kadmin. kadmin and kadmin.local are command line interfaces to the KDC. As such, many commands ??? such as addprinc ??? are available after launching the kadmin program. Refer to the kadmin man page for more information.
  8. Verify that the KDC is issuing tickets. First, run kinit to obtain a ticket and store it in a credential cache file. Next, use klist to view the list of credentials in the cache and use kdestroy to destroy the cache and the credentials it contains.

    Note

    By default, kinit attempts to authenticate using the same system login username (not the Kerberos server). If that username does not correspond to a principal in the Kerberos database, kinit issues an error message. If that happens, supply kinit with the name of the correct principal as an argument on the command line (kinit <principal>).
Once these steps are completed, the Kerberos server should be up and running.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Domain_to_Realm_Mapping.html --- 2.6.7.??Domain-to-Realm Mapping

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.6.7.??Domain-to-Realm Mapping

When a client attempts to access a service running on a particular server, it knows the name of the service (host) and the name of the server (foo.example.com), but because more than one realm may be deployed on your network, it must guess at the name of the realm in which the service resides.
By default, the name of the realm is taken to be the DNS domain name of the server, upper-cased.

foo.example.org???????EXAMPLE.ORG
foo.example.com???????EXAMPLE.COM
foo.hq.example.com???????HQ.EXAMPLE.COM

In some configurations, this will be sufficient, but in others, the realm name which is derived will be the name of a non-existant realm. In these cases, the mapping from the server's DNS domain name to the name of its realm must be specified in the domain_realm section of the client system's krb5.conf. For example:
[domain_realm]
.example.com = EXAMPLE.COM
example.com = EXAMPLE.COM
The above configuration specifies two mappings. The first mapping specifies that any system in the "example.com" DNS domain belongs to the EXAMPLE.COM realm. The second specifies that a system with the exact name "example.com" is also in the realm. (The distinction between a domain and a specific host is marked by the presence or lack of an initial ".".) The mapping can also be stored directly in DNS.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-How_Kerberos_Works.html --- 2.6.3.??How Kerberos Works

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.6.3.??How Kerberos Works

Kerberos differs from username/password authentication methods. Instead of authenticating each user to each network service, Kerberos uses symmetric encryption and a trusted third party (a KDC), to authenticate users to a suite of network services. When a user authenticates to the KDC, the KDC sends a ticket specific to that session back to the user's machine, and any Kerberos-aware services look for the ticket on the user's machine rather than requiring the user to authenticate using a password.
When a user on a Kerberos-aware network logs in to their workstation, their principal is sent to the KDC as part of a request for a TGT from the Authentication Server. This request can be sent by the log-in program so that it is transparent to the user, or can be sent by the kinit program after the user logs in.
The KDC then checks for the principal in its database. If the principal is found, the KDC creates a TGT, which is encrypted using the user's key and returned to that user.
The login or kinit program on the client then decrypts the TGT using the user's key, which it computes from the user's password. The user's key is used only on the client machine and is not transmitted over the network.
The TGT is set to expire after a certain period of time (usually ten to twenty-four hours) and is stored in the client machine's credentials cache. An expiration time is set so that a compromised TGT is of use to an attacker for only a short period of time. After the TGT has been issued, the user does not have to re-enter their password until the TGT expires or until they log out and log in again.
Whenever the user needs access to a network service, the client software uses the TGT to request a new ticket for that specific service from the TGS. The service ticket is then used to authenticate the user to that service transparently.

Warning

The Kerberos system can be compromised if a user on the network authenticates against a non-Kerberos aware service by transmitting a password in plain text. The use of non-Kerberos aware services is highly discouraged. Such services include Telnet and FTP. The use of other encrypted protocols, such as SSH or SSL-secured services, however, is preferred, although not ideal.

Note

Kerberos depends on the following network services to function correctly.
  • Approximate clock synchronization between the machines on the network.
    A clock synchronization program should be set up for the network, such as ntpd. Refer to /usr/share/doc/ntp-<version-number>/index.html for details on setting up Network Time Protocol servers (where <version-number> is the version number of the ntp package installed on your system).
  • Domain Name Service (DNS).
    You should ensure that the DNS entries and hosts on the network are all properly configured. Refer to the Kerberos V5 System Administrator's Guide in /usr/share/doc/krb5-server-<version-number> for more information (where <version-number> is the version number of the krb5-server package installed on your system).
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Kerberos_Terminology.html --- 2.6.2.??Kerberos Terminology

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.6.2.??Kerberos Terminology

Kerberos has its own terminology to define various aspects of the service. Before learning how Kerberos works, it is important to learn the following terms.
authentication server (AS)
A server that issues tickets for a desired service which are in turn given to users for access to the service. The AS responds to requests from clients who do not have or do not send credentials with a request. It is usually used to gain access to the ticket-granting server (TGS) service by issuing a ticket-granting ticket (TGT). The AS usually runs on the same host as the key distribution center (KDC).
ciphertext
Encrypted data.
client
An entity on the network (a user, a host, or an application) that can receive a ticket from Kerberos.
credentials
A temporary set of electronic credentials that verify the identity of a client for a particular service. Also called a ticket.
credential cache or ticket file
A file which contains the keys for encrypting communications between a user and various network services. Kerberos 5 supports a framework for using other cache types, such as shared memory, but files are more thoroughly supported.
crypt hash
A one-way hash used to authenticate users. These are more secure than using unencrypted data, but they are still relatively easy to decrypt for an experienced cracker.
GSS-API
The Generic Security Service Application Program Interface (defined in RFC-2743 published by The Internet Engineering Task Force) is a set of functions which provide security services. This API is used by clients and services to authenticate to each other without either program having specific knowledge of the underlying mechanism. If a network service (such as cyrus-IMAP) uses GSS-API, it can authenticate using Kerberos.
hash
Also known as a hash value. A value generated by passing a string through a hash function. These values are typically used to ensure that transmitted data has not been tampered with.
hash function
A way of generating a digital "fingerprint" from input data. These functions rearrange, transpose or otherwise alter data to produce a hash value.
key
Data used when encrypting or decrypting other data. Encrypted data cannot be decrypted without the proper key or extremely good fortune on the part of the cracker.
key distribution center (KDC)
A service that issues Kerberos tickets, and which usually run on the same host as the ticket-granting server (TGS).
keytab (or key table)
A file that includes an unencrypted list of principals and their keys. Servers retrieve the keys they need from keytab files instead of using kinit. The default keytab file is /etc/krb5.keytab. The KDC administration server, /usr/kerberos/sbin/kadmind, is the only service that uses any other file (it uses /var/kerberos/krb5kdc/kadm5.keytab).
kinit
The kinit command allows a principal who has already logged in to obtain and cache the initial ticket-granting ticket (TGT). Refer to the kinit man page for more information.
principal (or principal name)
The principal is the unique name of a user or service allowed to authenticate using Kerberos. A principal follows the form root[/instance]@REALM. For a typical user, the root is the same as their login ID. The instance is optional. If the principal has an instance, it is separated from the root with a forward slash ("/"). An empty string ("") is considered a valid instance (which differs from the default NULL instance), but using it can be confusing. All principals in a realm have their own key, which for users is derived from a password or is randomly set for services.
realm
A network that uses Kerberos, composed of one or more servers called KDCs and a potentially large number of clients.
service
A program accessed over the network.
ticket
A temporary set of electronic credentials that verify the identity of a client for a particular service. Also called credentials.
ticket-granting server (TGS)
A server that issues tickets for a desired service which are in turn given to users for access to the service. The TGS usually runs on the same host as the KDC.
ticket-granting ticket (TGT)
A special ticket that allows the client to obtain additional tickets without applying for them from the KDC.
unencrypted password
A plain text, human-readable password.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Kerberos_and_PAM.html --- 2.6.4.??Kerberos and PAM

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Setting_Up_Cross_Realm_Authentication.html --- 2.6.9.??Setting Up Cross Realm Authentication

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.6.9.??Setting Up Cross Realm Authentication

Cross-realm authentication is the term which is used to describe situations in which clients (typically users) of one realm use Kerberos to authenticate to services (typically server processes running on a particular server system) which belong to a realm other than their own.
For the simplest case, in order for a client of a realm named A.EXAMPLE.COM to access a service in the B.EXAMPLE.COM realm, both realms must share a key for a principal named krbtgt/B.EXAMPLE.COM at A.EXAMPLE.COM, and both keys must have the same key version number associated with them.
To accomplish this, select a very strong password or passphrase, and create an entry for the principal in both realms using kadmin.

#??kadmin??-r??A.EXAMPLE.COM kadmin:??add_principal??krbtgt/B.EXAMPLE.COM at A.EXAMPLE.COM Enter??password??for??principal??"krbtgt/B.EXAMPLE.COM at A.EXAMPLE.COM": Re-enter??password??for??principal??"krbtgt/B.EXAMPLE.COM at A.EXAMPLE.COM": Principal??"krbtgt/B.EXAMPLE.COM at A.EXAMPLE.COM"??created. quit #??kadmin??-r??B.EXAMPLE.COM kadmin:??add_principal??krbtgt/B.EXAM PLE.COM at A.EXAMPLE.COM Enter??password??for??principal??"krbtgt/B.EXAMPLE.COM at A.EXAMPLE.COM": Re-enter??password??for??principal??"krbtgt/B.EXAMPLE.COM at A.EXAMPLE.COM": Principal??"krbtgt/B.EXAMPLE.COM at A.EXAMPLE.COM"??created. quit

Use the get_principal command to verify that both entries have matching key version numbers (kvno values) and encryption types.

Dumping the Database Doesn't Do It

Security-conscious administrators may attempt to use the add_principal command's -randkey option to assign a random key instead of a password, dump the new entry from the database of the first realm, and import it into the second. This will not work unless the master keys for the realm databases are identical, as the keys contained in a database dump are themselves encrypted using the master key.
Clients in the A.EXAMPLE.COM realm are now able to authenticate to services in the B.EXAMPLE.COM realm. Put another way, the B.EXAMPLE.COM realm now trusts the A.EXAMPLE.COM realm, or phrased even more simply, B.EXAMPLE.COM now trusts A.EXAMPLE.COM.
This brings us to an important point: cross-realm trust is unidirectional by default. The KDC for the B.EXAMPLE.COM realm may trust clients from the A.EXAMPLE.COM to authenticate to services in the B.EXAMPLE.COM realm, but the fact that it does has no effect on whether or not clients in the B.EXAMPLE.COM realm are trusted to authenticate to services in the A.EXAMPLE.COM realm. To establish trust in the other direction, both realms would need to share keys for the krbtgt/A.EXAMPLE.COM at B.EXAMPLE.COM service (take note of the reversed in order of the two realms compared to the example above).
If direct trust relationships were the only method for providing trust between realms, networks which contain multiple realms would be very difficult to set up. Luckily, cross-realm trust is transitive. If clients from A.EXAMPLE.COM can authenticate to services in B.EXAMPLE.COM, and clients from B.EXAMPLE.COM can authenticate to services in C.EXAMPLE.COM, then clients in A.EXAMPLE.COM can also authenticate to services in C.EXAMPLE.COM, even if C.EXAMPLE.COM doesn't directly trust A.EXAMPLE.COM. This means that, on a network with multiple realms which all need to trust each other, making good choices about which trust relationships to set up can greatly reduce the amount of effort required.
Now you face the more conventional problems: the client's system must be configured so that it can properly deduce the realm to which a particular service belongs, and it must be able to determine how to obtain credentials for services in that realm.
First things first: the principal name for a service provided from a specific server system in a given realm typically looks like this:

service/server.example.com at EXAMPLE.COM

In this example, service is typically either the name of the protocol in use (other common values include ldap, imap, cvs, and HTTP) or host, server.example.com is the fully-qualified domain name of the system which runs the service, and EXAMPLE.COM is the name of the realm.
To deduce the realm to which the service belongs, clients will most often consult DNS or the domain_realm section of /etc/krb5.conf to map either a hostname (server.example.com) or a DNS domain name (.example.com) to the name of a realm (EXAMPLE.COM).
Having determined which to which realm a service belongs, a client then has to determine the set of realms which it needs to contact, and in which order it must contact them, to obtain credentials for use in authenticating to the service.
This can be done in one of two ways.
The default method, which requires no explicit configuration, is to give the realms names within a shared hierarchy. For an example, assume realms named A.EXAMPLE.COM, B.EXAMPLE.COM, and EXAMPLE.COM. When a client in the A.EXAMPLE.COM realm attempts to authenticate to a service in B.EXAMPLE.COM, it will, by default, first attempt to get credentials for the EXAMPLE.COM realm, and then to use those credentials to obtain credentials for use in the B.EXAMPLE.COM realm.
The client in this scenario treats the realm name as one might treat a DNS name. It repeatedly strips off the components of its own realm's name to generate the names of realms which are "above" it in the hierarchy until it reaches a point which is also "above" the service's realm. At that point it begins prepending components of the service's realm name until it reaches the service's realm. Each realm which is involved in the process is another "hop".
For example, using credentials in A.EXAMPLE.COM, authenticating to a service in B.EXAMPLE.COMA.EXAMPLE.COM ??? EXAMPLE.COM ??? B.EXAMPLE.COM
  • A.EXAMPLE.COM and EXAMPLE.COM share a key for krbtgt/EXAMPLE.COM at A.EXAMPLE.COM
  • EXAMPLE.COM and B.EXAMPLE.COM share a key for krbtgt/B.EXAMPLE.COM at EXAMPLE.COM
Another example, using credentials in SITE1.SALES.EXAMPLE.COM, authenticating to a service in EVERYWHERE.EXAMPLE.COMSITE1.SALES.EXAMPLE.COM ??? SALES.EXAMPLE.COM ??? EXAMPLE.COM ??? EVERYWHERE.EXAMPLE.COM
  • SITE1.SALES.EXAMPLE.COM and SALES.EXAMPLE.COM share a key for krbtgt/SALES.EXAMPLE.COM at SITE1.SALES.EXAMPLE.COM
  • SALES.EXAMPLE.COM and EXAMPLE.COM share a key for krbtgt/EXAMPLE.COM at SALES.EXAMPLE.COM
  • EXAMPLE.COM and EVERYWHERE.EXAMPLE.COM share a key for krbtgt/EVERYWHERE.EXAMPLE.COM at EXAMPLE.COM
Another example, this time using realm names whose names share no common suffix (DEVEL.EXAMPLE.COM and PROD.EXAMPLE.ORG DEVEL.EXAMPLE.COM ??? EXAMPLE.COM ??? COM ??? ORG ??? EXAMPLE.ORG ??? PROD.EXAMPLE.ORG
  • DEVEL.EXAMPLE.COM and EXAMPLE.COM share a key for krbtgt/EXAMPLE.COM at DEVEL.EXAMPLE.COM
  • EXAMPLE.COM and COM share a key for krbtgt/COM at EXAMPLE.COM
  • COM and ORG share a key for krbtgt/ORG at COM
  • ORG and EXAMPLE.ORG share a key for krbtgt/EXAMPLE.ORG at ORG
  • EXAMPLE.ORG and PROD.EXAMPLE.ORG share a key for krbtgt/PROD.EXAMPLE.ORG at EXAMPLE.ORG
The more complicated, but also more flexible, method involves configuring the capaths section of /etc/krb5.conf, so that clients which have credentials for one realm will be able to look up which realm is next in the chain which will eventually lead to the being able to authenticate to servers.
The format of the capaths section is relatively straightforward: each entry in the section is named after a realm in which a client might exist. Inside of that subsection, the set of intermediate realms from which the client must obtain credentials is listed as values of the key which corresponds to the realm in which a service might reside. If there are no intermediate realms, the value "." is used.
Here's an example:

[capaths]
A.EXAMPLE.COM??=??{
B.EXAMPLE.COM??=??.
C.EXAMPLE.COM??=??B.EXAMPLE.COM
D.EXAMPLE.COM??=??B.EXAMPLE.COM
D.EXAMPLE.COM??=??C.EXAMPLE.COM
}

In this example, clients in the A.EXAMPLE.COM realm can obtain cross-realm credentials for B.EXAMPLE.COM directly from the A.EXAMPLE.COM KDC.
If those clients wish to contact a service in theC.EXAMPLE.COM realm, they will first need to obtain necessary credentials from the B.EXAMPLE.COM realm (this requires that krbtgt/B.EXAMPLE.COM at A.EXAMPLE.COM exist), and then use those credentials to obtain credentials for use in the C.EXAMPLE.COM realm (using krbtgt/C.EXAMPLE.COM at B.EXAMPLE.COM).
If those clients wish to contact a service in the D.EXAMPLE.COM realm, they will first need to obtain necessary credentials from the B.EXAMPLE.COM realm, and then credentials from the C.EXAMPLE.COM realm, before finally obtaining credentials for use with the D.EXAMPLE.COM realm.

Note

Without a capath entry indicating otherwise, Kerberos assumes that cross-realm trust relationships form a hierarchy.
Clients in the A.EXAMPLE.COM realm can obtain cross-realm credentials from B.EXAMPLE.COM realm directly. Without the "." indicating this, the client would instead attempt to use a hierarchical path, in this case:

A.EXAMPLE.COM???????EXAMPLE.COM???????B.EXAMPLE.COM

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Setting_Up_Secondary_KDCs.html --- 2.6.8.??Setting Up Secondary KDCs

Product SiteDocumentation Sit
 e

2.6.8.??Setting Up Secondary KDCs

For a number of reasons, you may choose to run multiple KDCs for a given realm. In this scenario, one KDC (the master KDC) keeps a writable copy of the realm database and runs kadmind (it is also your realm's admin server), and one or more KDCs (slave KDCs) keep read-only copies of the database and run kpropd.
The master-slave propagation procedure entails the master KDC dumping its database to a temporary dump file and then transmitting that file to each of its slaves, which then overwrite their previously-received read-only copies of the database with the contents of the dump file.
To set up a slave KDC, first ensure that the master KDC's krb5.conf and kdc.conf files are copied to the slave KDC.
Start kadmin.local from a root shell on the master KDC and use its add_principal command to create a new entry for the master KDC's host service, and then use its ktadd command to simultaneously set a random key for the service and store the random key in the master's default keytab file. This key will be used by the kprop command to authenticate to the slave servers. You will only need to do this once, regardless of how many slave servers you install.

#??kadmin.local??-r??EXAMPLE.COM??Authenticating??as??principal??root/admin at EXAMPLE.COM??with??password.??kadmin:??add_principal??-randkey??host/masterkdc.example.com??Principal??"host/host/masterkdc.example.com at EXAMPLE.COM"??created.??kadmin:??ktadd??host/masterkdc.example.com??Entry??for??principal??host/masterkdc.example.com??with??kvno??3,??encryption??type??Triple??DES??cbc??mode??with??\??HMAC/sha1??added??to??keytab??WRFILE:/etc/krb5.keytab.??Entry??for??principal??host/masterkdc.example.com??with??kvno??3,??encryption??type??ArcFour??with??HMAC/md5??\??added??to??keytab??WRFILE:/etc/krb5.keytab.??Entry??for??principal??host/masterkdc.example.com??with??kvno??3,??encryption??ty pe??DES??with??HMAC/sha1??added??\??to??keytab??WRFILE:/etc/krb5.keytab.??Entry??for??principal??host/masterkdc.example.com??with??kvno??3,??encryption??type??DES??cbc??mode??with??RSA-MD5??\??added??to??keytab??WRFILE:/etc/krb5.keytab.??kadmin:??quit

Start kadmin from a root shell on the slave KDC and use its add_principal command to create a new entry for the slave KDC's host service, and then use kadmin's ktadd command to simultaneously set a random key for the service and store the random key in the slave's default keytab file. This key is used by the kpropd service when authenticating clients.

#??kadmin??-p??jimbo/admin at EXAMPLE.COM??-r??EXAMPLE.COM??Authenticating??as??principal??jimbo/admin at EXAMPLE.COM??with??password.??Password??for??jimbo/admin at EXAMPLE.COM:??kadmin:??add_principal??-randkey??host/slavekdc.example.com??Principal??"host/slavekdc.example.com at EXAMPLE.COM"??created.??kadmin:??ktadd??host/slavekdc.example.com at EXAMPLE.COM??Entry??for??principal??host/slavekdc.example.com??with??kvno??3,??encryption??type??Triple??DES??cbc??mode??with??\??HMAC/sha1??added??to??keytab??WRFILE:/etc/krb5.keytab.??Entry??for??principal??host/slavekdc.example.com??with??kvno??3,??encryption??type??ArcFour??with??HMAC/md5??added??\??to??keytab??WRFILE:/etc/ krb5.keytab.??Entry??for??principal??host/slavekdc.example.com??with??kvno??3,??encryption??type??DES??with??HMAC/sha1??added??\??to??keytab??WRFILE:/etc/krb5.keytab.??Entry??for??principal??host/slavekdc.example.com??with??kvno??3,??encryption??type??DES??cbc??mode??with??RSA-MD5??added??\??to??keytab??WRFILE:/etc/krb5.keytab.??kadmin:??quit

With its service key, the slave KDC could authenticate any client which would connect to it. Obviously, not all of them should be allowed to provide the slave's kprop service with a new realm database. To restrict access, the kprop service on the slave KDC will only accept updates from clients whose principal names are listed in /var/kerberos/krb5kdc/kpropd.acl. Add the master KDC's host service's name to that file.

#??echo??host/masterkdc.example.com at EXAMPLE.COM??>??/var/kerberos/krb5kdc/kpropd.acl

Once the slave KDC has obtained a copy of the database, it will also need the master key which was used to encrypt it. If your KDC database's master key is stored in a stash file on the master KDC (typically named /var/kerberos/krb5kdc/.k5.REALM, either copy it to the slave KDC using any available secure method, or create a dummy database and identical stash file on the slave KDC by running kdb5_util create -s (the dummy database will be overwritten by the first successful database propagation) and supplying the same password.
Ensure that the slave KDC's firewall allows the master KDC to contact it using TCP on port 754 (krb5_prop), and start the kprop service. Then, double-check that the kadmin service is disabled.
Now perform a manual database propagation test by dumping the realm database, on the master KDC, to the default data file which the kprop command will read (/var/kerberos/krb5kdc/slave_datatrans), and then use the kprop command to transmit its contents to the slave KDC.

#??/usr/kerberos/sbin/kdb5_util??dump??/var/kerberos/krb5kdc/slave_datatrans#??kprop??slavekdc.example.com

Using kinit, verify that a client system whose krb5.conf lists only the slave KDC in its list of KDCs for your realm is now correctly able to obtain initial credentials from the slave KDC.
That done, simply create a script which dumps the realm database and runs the kprop command to transmit the database to each slave KDC in turn, and configure the cron service to run the script periodically.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos.html --- 2.6.??Kerberos

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.6.??Kerberos

System security and integrity within a network can be unwieldy. It can occupy the time of several administrators just to keep track of what services are being run on a network and the manner in which these services are used.
Further, authenticating users to network services can prove dangerous when the method used by the protocol is inherently insecure, as evidenced by the transfer of unencrypted passwords over a network using the traditional FTP and Telnet protocols.
Kerberos is a way to eliminate the need for protocols that allow unsafe methods of authentication, thereby enhancing overall network security.

2.6.1.??What is Kerberos?

Kerberos is a network authentication protocol created by MIT, and uses symmetric-key cryptography[8] to authenticate users to network services, which means passwords are never actually sent over the network.
Consequently, when users authenticate to network services using Kerberos, unauthorized users attempting to gather passwords by monitoring network traffic are effectively thwarted.
Although Kerberos removes a common and severe security threat, it may be difficult to implement for a variety of reasons:
  • Migrating user passwords from a standard UNIX password database, such as /etc/passwd or /etc/shadow, to a Kerberos password database can be tedious, as there is no automated mechanism to perform this task. Refer to Question 2.23 in the online Kerberos FAQ:
  • Kerberos has only partial compatibility with the Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) system used by most Fedora servers. Refer to Section??2.6.4, ???Kerberos and PAM??? for more information about this issue.
  • Kerberos assumes that each user is trusted but is using an untrusted host on an untrusted network. Its primary goal is to prevent unencrypted passwords from being transmitted across that network. However, if anyone other than the proper user has access to the one host that issues tickets used for authentication ??? called the key distribution center (KDC) ??? the entire Kerberos authentication system is at risk.
  • For an application to use Kerberos, its source must be modified to make the appropriate calls into the Kerberos libraries. Applications modified in this way are considered to be Kerberos-aware, or kerberized. For some applications, this can be quite problematic due to the size of the application or its design. For other incompatible applications, changes must be made to the way in which the server and client communicate. Again, this may require extensive programming. Closed-source applications that do not have Kerberos support by default are often the most problematic.
  • Kerberos is an all-or-nothing solution. If Kerberos is used on the network, any unencrypted passwords transferred to a non-Kerberos aware service is at risk. Thus, the network gains no benefit from the use of Kerberos. To secure a network with Kerberos, one must either use Kerberos-aware versions of all client/server applications that transmit passwords unencrypted, or not use any such client/server applications at all.


[8] A system where both the client and the server share a common key that is used to encrypt and decrypt network communication.

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Links_of_Interest.html --- 3.7.5.??Links of Interest

Product SiteDocumentation Site

For additional information on LUKS or encrypting hard drives under Fedora please visit one of the following links:
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Manually_Encrypting_Directories-Step_by_Step_Instructions.html --- 3.7.3.??Step-by-Step Instructions

Product SiteDocumentation Site

3.7.3.??Step-by-Step Instructions

  1. enter runlevel 1: telinit 1
  2. unmount your existing /home: umount /home
  3. if it fails use fuser to find and kill processes hogging /home: fuser -mvk /home
  4. verify /home is not mounted any longer: cat /proc/mounts | grep home
  5. Fill your partition with random data: dd if=/dev/urandom of=/dev/VG00/LV_home This process takes many hours to complete.

    Important

    The process, however, is imperative in order to have good protection against break-in attempts. Just let it run overnight.
  6. initialize your partition: cryptsetup --verbose --verify-passphrase luksFormat /dev/VG00/LV_home
  7. open the newly encrypted device: cryptsetup luksOpen /dev/VG00/LV_home home
  8. check it's there: ls -l /dev/mapper | grep home
  9. create a filesystem: mkfs.ext3 /dev/mapper/home
  10. mount it: mount /dev/mapper/home /home
  11. check it's visible: df -h | grep home
  12. add the following to /etc/crypttab: home /dev/VG00/LV_home none
  13. edit your /etc/fstab, removing the old entry for /home and adding /dev/mapper/home /home ext3 defaults 1 2
  14. verify your fstab entry: mount /home
  15. restore default SELinux security contexts: /sbin/restorecon -v -R /home
  16. reboot: shutdown -r now
  17. The entry in /etc/crypttab makes your computer ask your luks passphrase on boot
  18. Login as root and restore your backup
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Manually_Encrypting_Directories-What_you_have_just_accomplished.html --- 3.7.4.??What you have just accomplished.

Product SiteDocumentation Site

3.7.4.??What you have just accomplished.

Congratulations, you now have an encrypted partition for all of your data to safely rest while the computer is off.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Manually_Encrypting_Directories.html --- 3.7.2.??Manually Encrypting Directories

Product SiteDocumentation Site

3.7.2.??Manually Encrypting Directories

Warning

Following this procedure will remove all data on the partition that you are encrypting. You WILL lose all your information! Make sure you backup your data to an external source before beginning this procedure!
If you are running a version of Fedora prior to Fedora 9 and want to encrypt a partition, or you want to encrypt a partition after the installation of the current version of Fedora, the following directions are for you. The below example demonstrates encrypting your /home partition but any partition can be used.
The following procedure will wipe all your existing data, so be sure to have a tested backup before you start. This also requires you to have a separate partition for /home (in my case that is /dev/VG00/LV_home). All the following must be done as root. Any of these steps failing means you must not continue until the step succeeded.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption.html --- 3.7.??LUKS Disk Encryption

Product SiteDocumentation Site

3.7.??LUKS Disk Encryption

Linux Unified Key Setup-on-disk-format (or LUKS) allows you to encrypt partitions on your Linux computer. This is particularly important when it comes to mobile computers and removable media. LUKS allows multiple user keys to decrypt a master key which is used for the bulk encryption of the partition.

3.7.1.??LUKS Implementation in Fedora

Fedora 9, and later, utilizes LUKS to perform file system encryption. By default, the option to encrypt the file system is unchecked during the installation. If you select the option to encrypt you hard drive, you will be prompted for a passphrase that will be asked every time you boot the computer. This passphrase "unlocks" the bulk encryption key that is used to decrypt your partition. If you choose to modify the default partition table you can choose which partitions you want to encrypt. This is set in the partition table settings
Fedora 9's default implementation of LUKS is AES 128 with a SHA256 hashing. Ciphers that are available are:
  • AES - Advanced Encryption Standard - FIPS PUB 197
  • Twofish (A 128-bit Block Cipher)
  • Serpent
  • cast5 - RFC 2144
  • cast6 - RFC 2612
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Option_Fields-Access_Control.html --- 2.5.2.2.2.??Access Control

Product SiteDocument
 ation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Option_Fields-Expansions.html --- 2.5.2.2.4.??Expansions

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.5.2.2.4.??Expansions
Expansions, when used in conjunction with the spawn and twist directives, provide information about the client, server, and processes involved.
The following is a list of supported expansions:
  • %a ??? Returns the client's IP address.
  • %A ??? Returns the server's IP address.
  • %c ??? Returns a variety of client information, such as the username and hostname, or the username and IP address.
  • %d ??? Returns the daemon process name.
  • %h ??? Returns the client's hostname (or IP address, if the hostname is unavailable).
  • %H ??? Returns the server's hostname (or IP address, if the hostname is unavailable).
  • %n ??? Returns the client's hostname. If unavailable, unknown is printed. If the client's hostname and host address do not match, paranoid is printed.
  • %N ??? Returns the server's hostname. If unavailable, unknown is printed. If the server's hostname and host address do not match, paranoid is printed.
  • %p ??? Returns the daemon's process ID.
  • %s ???Returns various types of server information, such as the daemon process and the host or IP address of the server.
  • %u ??? Returns the client's username. If unavailable, unknown is printed.
The following sample rule uses an expansion in conjunction with the spawn command to identify the client host in a customized log file.
When connections to the SSH daemon (sshd) are attempted from a host in the example.com domain, execute the echo command to log the attempt, including the client hostname (by using the %h expansion), to a special file:
sshd : .example.com  \
	: spawn /bin/echo `/bin/date` access denied to %h>>/var/log/sshd.log \
	: deny
Similarly, expansions can be used to personalize messages back to the client. In the following example, clients attempting to access FTP services from the example.com domain are informed that they have been banned from the server:
vsftpd : .example.com \
: twist /bin/echo "421 %h has been banned from this server!"
For a full explanation of available expansions, as well as additional access control options, refer to section 5 of the man pages for hosts_access (man 5 hosts_access) and the man page for hosts_options.
Refer to Section??2.5.5, ???Additional Resources??? for more information about TCP Wrappers.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Option_Fields-Shell_Commands.html --- 2.5.2.2.3.??Shell Commands

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-PAM_Configuration_File_Format-Control_Flag.html --- 2.4.3.2.??Control Flag

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.4.3.2.??Control Flag

All PAM modules generate a success or failure result when called. Control flags tell PAM what do with the result. Modules can be stacked in a particular order, and the control flags determine how important the success or failure of a particular module is to the overall goal of authenticating the user to the service.
There are four predefined control flags:
  • required ??? The module result must be successful for authentication to continue. If the test fails at this point, the user is not notified until the results of all module tests that reference that interface are complete.
  • requisite ??? The module result must be successful for authentication to continue. However, if a test fails at this point, the user is notified immediately with a message reflecting the first failed required or requisite module test.
  • sufficient ??? The module result is ignored if it fails. However, if the result of a module flagged sufficient is successful and no previous modules flagged required have failed, then no other results are required and the user is authenticated to the service.
  • optional ??? The module result is ignored. A module flagged as optional only becomes necessary for successful authentication when no other modules reference the interface.

Important

The order in which required modules are called is not critical. Only the sufficient and requisite control flags cause order to become important.
A newer control flag syntax that allows for more precise control is now available for PAM.
The pam.d man page, and the PAM documentation, located in the /usr/share/doc/pam-<version-number>/ directory, where <version-number> is the version number for PAM on your system, describe this newer syntax in detail.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-PAM_Configuration_File_Format-Module_Arguments.html --- 2.4.3.4.??Module Arguments

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-PAM_Configuration_File_Format-Module_Name.html --- 2.4.3.3.??Module Name

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-PAM_and_Administrative_Credential_Caching-Common_pam_timestamp_Directives.html --- 2.4.6.2.??Common pam_timestamp Directives

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-PAM_and_Device_Ownership-Application_Access.html --- 2.4.7.2.??Application Access

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.4.7.2.??Application Access

The console user also has access to certain programs configured for use in the /etc/security/console.apps/ directory.
This directory contains configuration files which enable the console user to run certain applications in /sbin and /usr/sbin.
These configuration files have the same name as the applications that they set up.
One notable group of applications that the console user has access to are three programs that shut down or reboot the system:
  • /sbin/halt
  • /sbin/reboot
  • /sbin/poweroff
Because these are PAM-aware applications, they call the pam_console.so module as a requirement for use.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-Additional_Resources.html --- 2.4.8.??Additional Resources

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.4.8.??Additional Resources

The following resources further explain methods to use and configure PAM. In addition to these resources, read the PAM configuration files on the system to better understand how they are structured.

2.4.8.1.??Installed PAM Documentation

  • PAM-related man pages ??? Several man pages exist for the various applications and configuration files involved with PAM. The following is a list of some of the more important man pages.
    Configuration Files
    • pam ??? Good introductory information on PAM, including the structure and purpose of the PAM configuration files.
      Note that this man page discusses both /etc/pam.conf and individual configuration files in the /etc/pam.d/ directory. By default, Fedora uses the individual configuration files in the /etc/pam.d/ directory, ignoring /etc/pam.conf even if it exists.
    • pam_console ??? Describes the purpose of the pam_console.so module. It also describes the appropriate syntax for an entry within a PAM configuration file.
    • console.apps ??? Describes the format and options available in the /etc/security/console.apps configuration file, which defines which applications are accessible by the console user assigned by PAM.
    • console.perms ??? Describes the format and options available in the /etc/security/console.perms configuration file, which specifies the console user permissions assigned by PAM.
    • pam_timestamp ??? Describes the pam_timestamp.so module.
  • /usr/share/doc/pam-<version-number> ??? Contains a System Administrators' Guide, a Module Writers' Manual, and the Application Developers' Manual, as well as a copy of the PAM standard, DCE-RFC 86.0, where <version-number> is the version number of PAM.
  • /usr/share/doc/pam-<version-number>/txts/README.pam_timestamp ??? Contains information about the pam_timestamp.so PAM module, where <version-number> is the version number of PAM.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-Creating_PAM_Modules.html --- 2.4.5.??Creating PAM Modules

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_Configuration_File_Format.html --- 2.4.3.??PAM Configuration File Format

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.4.3.??PAM Configuration File Format

Each PAM configuration file contains a group of directives formatted as follows:
<module interface>  <control flag>   <module name>   <module arguments>
Each of these elements is explained in the following sections.

2.4.3.1.??Module Interface

Four types of PAM module interface are currently available. Each of these corresponds to a different aspect of the authorization process:
  • auth ??? This module interface authenticates use. For example, it requests and verifies the validity of a password. Modules with this interface can also set credentials, such as group memberships or Kerberos tickets.
  • account ??? This module interface verifies that access is allowed. For example, it may check if a user account has expired or if a user is allowed to log in at a particular time of day.
  • password ??? This module interface is used for changing user passwords.
  • session ??? This module interface configures and manages user sessions. Modules with this interface can also perform additional tasks that are needed to allow access, like mounting a user's home directory and making the user's mailbox available.

Note

An individual module can provide any or all module interfaces. For instance, pam_unix.so provides all four module interfaces.
In a PAM configuration file, the module interface is the first field defined. For example, a typical line in a configuration may look like this:
auth	required	pam_unix.so
This instructs PAM to use the pam_unix.so module's auth interface.
2.4.3.1.1.??Stacking Module Interfaces
Stacking makes it easy for an administrator to require specific conditions to exist before allowing the user to authenticate. For example, the reboot command normally uses several stacked modules, as seen in its PAM configuration file:
[root at MyServer ~]# cat /etc/pam.d/reboot
#%PAM-1.0
auth	sufficient	pam_rootok.so
auth	required	pam_console.so
#auth	include	system-auth
account	required	pam_permit.so
  • The first line is a comment and is not processed.
  • auth sufficient pam_rootok.so ??? This line uses the pam_rootok.so module to check whether the current user is root, by verifying that their UID is 0. If this test succeeds, no other modules are consulted and the command is executed. If this test fails, the next module is consulted.
  • auth required pam_console.so ??? This line uses the pam_console.so module to attempt to authenticate the user. If this user is already logged in at the console, pam_console.so checks whether there is a file in the /etc/security/console.apps/ directory with the same name as the service name (reboot). If such a file exists, authentication succeeds and control is passed to the next module.
  • #auth include system-auth ??? This line is commented and is not processed.
  • account required pam_permit.so ??? This line uses the pam_permit.so module to allow the root user or anyone logged in at the console to reboot the system.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_Configuration_Files.html --- 2.4.2.??PAM Configuration Files

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_and_Administrative_Credential_Caching.html --- 2.4.6.??PAM and Administrative Credential Caching

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.4.6.??PAM and Administrative Credential Caching

A number of graphical administrative tools in Fedora provide users with elevated privileges for up to five minutes using the pam_timestamp.so module. It is important to understand how this mechanism works, because a user who walks away from a terminal while pam_timestamp.so is in effect leaves the machine open to manipulation by anyone with physical access to the console.
In the PAM timestamp scheme, the graphical administrative application prompts the user for the root password when it is launched. When the user has been authenticated, the pam_timestamp.so module creates a timestamp file. By default, this is created in the /var/run/sudo/ directory. If the timestamp file already exists, graphical administrative programs do not prompt for a password. Instead, the pam_timestamp.so module freshens the timestamp file, reserving an extra five minutes of unchallenged administrative access for the user.
You can verify the actual state of the timestamp file by inspecting the /var/run/sudo/<user> file. For the desktop, the relevant file is unknown:root. If it is present and its timestamp is less than five minutes old, the credentials are valid.
The existence of the timestamp file is indicated by an authentication icon, which appears in the notification area of the panel.
The Authentication Icon
Illustration of the authentication icon.
Figure??2.7.??The Authentication Icon

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_and_Device_Ownership.html --- 2.4.7.??PAM and Device Ownership

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.4.7.??PAM and Device Ownership

In Fedora, the first user who logs in at the physical console of the machine can manipulate certain devices and perform certain tasks normally reserved for the root user. This is controlled by a PAM module called pam_console.so.

2.4.7.1.??Device Ownership

When a user logs in to a Fedora system, the pam_console.so module is called by login or the graphical login programs, gdm, kdm, and xdm. If this user is the first user to log in at the physical console ??? referred to as the console user ??? the module grants the user ownership of a variety of devices normally owned by root. The console user owns these devices until the last local session for that user ends. After this user has logged out, ownership of the devices reverts back to the root user.
The devices affected include, but are not limited to, sound cards, diskette drives, and CD-ROM drives.
This facility allows a local user to manipulate these devices without obtaining root access, thus simplifying common tasks for the console user.
You can modify the list of devices controlled by pam_console.so by editing the following files:
  • /etc/security/console.perms
  • /etc/security/console.perms.d/50-default.perms
You can change the permissions of different devices than those listed in the above files, or override the specified defaults. Rather than modify the 50-default.perms file, you should create a new file (for example, xx-name.perms) and enter the required modifications. The name of the new default file must begin with a number higher than 50 (for example, 51-default.perms). This will override the defaults in the 50-default.perms file.

Warning

If the gdm, kdm, or xdm display manager configuration file has been altered to allow remote users to log in and the host is configured to run at runlevel 5, it is advisable to change the <console> and <xconsole> directives in the /etc/security/console.perms to the following values:
<console>=tty[0-9][0-9]* vc/[0-9][0-9]* :0\.[0-9] :0 
<xconsole>=:0\.[0-9] :0
This prevents remote users from gaining access to devices and restricted applications on the machine.
If the gdm, kdm, or xdm display manager configuration file has been altered to allow remote users to log in and the host is configured to run at any multiple user runlevel other than 5, it is advisable to remove the <xconsole> directive entirely and change the <console> directive to the following value:
<console>=tty[0-9][0-9]* vc/[0-9][0-9]*
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-Sample_PAM_Configuration_Files.html --- 2.4.4.??Sample PAM Configuration Files

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.4.4.??Sample PAM Configuration Files

The following is a sample PAM application configuration file:
#%PAM-1.0
auth	required  pam_securetty.so
auth	required  pam_unix.so nullok
auth	required  pam_nologin.so
account	required  pam_unix.so
password	required  pam_cracklib.so retry=3
password	required  pam_unix.so shadow nullok use_authtok
session	required  pam_unix.so
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM.html --- 2.4.??Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM)

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Secure_Installation-Utilize_LUKS_Partition_Encryption.html --- 5.2.??Utilize LUKS Partition Encryption

Product SiteDocumentation Site

5.2.??Utilize LUKS Partition Encryption

Since Fedora 9, implementation of Linux Unified Key Setup-on-disk-format(LUKS) encryption has become a lot easier. During the installation process an option to encrypt your partitions will be presented to the user. The user must supply a passphrase that will be the key to unlock the bulk encryption key that will be used to secure the partition's data.
Fedora 8, however, does not have LUKS support built-in; however it is easily implemented. Step-by-step procedures are available that allow the user to implement partition encryption on their Fedora 8 installation.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_FTP-Anonymous_Access.html --- 2.2.6.2.??Anonymous Access

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_FTP-Use_TCP_Wrappers_To_Control_Access.html --- 2.2.6.4.??Use TCP Wrappers To Control Access

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_FTP-User_Accounts.html --- 2.2.6.3.??User Accounts

Product SiteDocumenta
 tion Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NFS-Beware_of_Syntax_Errors.html --- 2.2.4.2.??Beware of Syntax Errors

Product SiteDo
 cumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NFS-Do_Not_Use_the_no_root_squash_Option.html --- 2.2.4.3.??Do Not Use the no_root_squash Option

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.2.4.3.??Do Not Use the no_root_squash Option

By default, NFS shares change the root user to the nfsnobody user, an unprivileged user account. This changes the owner of all root-created files to nfsnobody, which prevents uploading of programs with the setuid bit set.
If no_root_squash is used, remote root users are able to change any file on the shared file system and leave applications infected by trojans for other users to inadvertently execute.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Assign_Static_Ports_and_Use_iptables_Rules.html --- 2.2.3.4.??Assign Static Ports and Use iptables Rules

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Edit_the_varypsecurenets_File.html --- 2.2.3.3.??Edit the /var/yp/securenets File

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Use_Kerberos_Authentication.html --- 2.2.3.5.??Use Kerberos Authentication

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Use_a_Password_like_NIS_Domain_Name_and_Hostname.html --- 2.2.3.2.??Use a Password-like NIS Domain Name and Hostname

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_Portmap-Protect_portmap_With_iptables.html --- 2.2.2.2.??Protect portmap With iptables

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_Sendmail-Mail_only_Users.html --- 2.2.7.3.??Mail-only Users

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.2.7.3.??Mail-only Users

To help prevent local user exploits on the Sendmail server, it is best for mail users to only access the Sendmail server using an email program. Shell accounts on the mail server should not be allowed and all user shells in the /etc/passwd file should be set to /sbin/nologin (with the possible exception of the root user).
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_Sendmail-NFS_and_Sendmail.html --- 2.2.7.2.??NFS and Sendmail

Product SiteDocumentation Site< /p>

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-Do_Not_Remove_the_IncludesNoExec_Directive.html --- 2.2.5.4.??Do Not Remove the IncludesNoExec Directive

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.2.5.4.??Do Not Remove the IncludesNoExec Directive

By default, the Server-Side Includes (SSI) module cannot execute commands. It is recommended that you do not change this setting unless absolutely necessary, as it could potentially enable an attacker to execute commands on the system.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-Restrict_Permissions_for_Executable_Directories.html --- 2.2.5.5.??Restrict Permissions for Executable Directories

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-The_Indexes_Directive.html --- 2.2.5.2.??The Indexes Directive

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.2.5.2.??The Indexes Directive

This directive is enabled by default, but may not be desirable. To prevent visitors from browsing files on the server, remove this directive.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-The_UserDir_Directive.html --- 2.2.5.3.??The UserDir Directive

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.2.5.3.??The UserDir Directive

The UserDir directive is disabled by default because it can confirm the presence of a user account on the system. To enable user directory browsing on the server, use the following directives:
UserDir enabled
UserDir disabled root
These directives activate user directory browsing for all user directories other than /root/. To add users to the list of disabled accounts, add a space-delimited list of users on the UserDir disabled line.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Security_Updates.html --- 1.5.??Security Updates

Product SiteDocumentation Site

1.5.??Security Updates

As security vulnerabilities are discovered, the affected software must be updated in order to limit any potential security risks. If the software is part of a package within a Fedora distribution that is currently supported, Fedora. is committed to releasing updated packages that fix the vulnerability as soon as possible. Often, announcements about a given security exploit are accompanied with a patch (or source code that fixes the problem). This patch is then applied to the Fedora package, tested by the Red Hat quality assurance team, and released as an errata update. However, if an announcement does not include a patch, a Red Hat developer works with the maintainer of the software to fix the problem. Once the problem is fixed, the package is tested and released as an errata update.
If an errata update is released for software used on your system, it is highly recommended that you update the effected packages as soon as possible to minimize the amount of time the system is potentially vulnerable.

1.5.1.??Updating Packages

When updating software on a system, it is important to download the update from a trusted source. An attacker can easily rebuild a package with the same version number as the one that is supposed to fix the problem but with a different security exploit and release it on the Internet. If this happens, using security measures such as verifying files against the original RPM does not detect the exploit. Thus, it is very important to only download RPMs from trusted sources, such as from Fedora. and check the signature of the package to verify its integrity.
Red Hat offers two ways to find information on errata updates:
  1. Listed and available for download on Red Hat Network
  2. Listed and unlinked on the Red Hat Errata website

Note

Beginning with the Fedora product line, updated packages can be downloaded only from Red Hat Network. Although the Red Hat Errata website contains updated information, it does not contain the actual packages for download.

1.5.1.1.??Using Red Hat Network

Red Hat Network allows the majority of the update process to be automated. It determines which RPM packages are necessary for the system, downloads them from a secure repository, verifies the RPM signature to make sure they have not been tampered with, and updates them. The package install can occur immediately or can be scheduled during a certain time period.

Tip

Fedora includes the Red Hat Network Alert Notification Tool, a convenient panel icon that displays visible alerts when there is an update for a registered Fedora system. Refer to the following URL for more information about the applet: https://rhn.redhat.com/rhn/help/quickstart.jsp

Important

Before installing any security errata, be sure to read any special instructions contained in the errata report and execute them accordingly. Refer to Section??1.5.1.5, ???Applying the Changes??? for general instructions about applying the changes made by an errata update.

1.5.1.2.??Using the Red Hat Errata Website

When security errata reports are released, they are published on the Red Hat Errata website available at http://www.redhat.com/security/. From this page, select the product and version for your system, and then select security at the top of the page to display only Fedora Security Advisories. If the synopsis of one of the advisories describes a package used on your system, click on the synopsis for more details.
The details page describes the security exploit and any special instructions that must be performed in addition to updating the package to fix the security hole.
To download the updated package(s), click on the link to login to Red Hat Network, click the package name(s) and save to the hard drive. It is highly recommended that you create a new directory, such as /tmp/updates, and save all the downloaded packages to it.

1.5.1.3.??Verifying Signed Packages

All Fedora packages are signed with the Fedora. GPG key. GPG stands for GNU Privacy Guard, or GnuPG, a free software package used for ensuring the authenticity of distributed files. For example, a private key (secret key) held by Red Hat locks the package while the public key unlocks and verifies the package. If the public key distributed by Red Hat does not match the private key during RPM verification, the package may have been altered and therefore cannot be trusted.
The RPM utility within Fedora automatically tries to verify the GPG signature of an RPM package before installing it. If the Red Hat GPG key is not installed, install it from a secure, static location, such as an Fedora installation CD-ROM.
Assuming the CD-ROM is mounted in /mnt/cdrom, use the following command to import it into the keyring (a database of trusted keys on the system):
rpm --import /mnt/cdrom/RPM-GPG-KEY
To display a list of all keys installed for RPM verification, execute the following command:
rpm -qa gpg-pubkey*
For the Red Hat key, the output includes the following:
gpg-pubkey-db42a60e-37ea5438
To display details about a specific key, use the rpm -qi command followed by the output from the previous command, as in this example:
rpm -qi gpg-pubkey-db42a60e-37ea5438
It is extremely important to verify the signature of the RPM files before installing them to ensure that they have not been altered from the Fedora. release of the packages. To verify all the downloaded packages at once, issue the following command:
rpm -K /tmp/updates/*.rpm
For each package, if the GPG key verifies successfully, the command returns gpg OK. If it doesn't, make sure you are using the correct Red Hat public key, as well as verifying the source of the content. Packages that do not pass GPG verifications should not be installed, as they may have been altered by a third party.
After verifying the GPG key and downloading all the packages associated with the errata report, install the packages as root at a shell prompt.

1.5.1.5.??Applying the Changes

After downloading and installing security errata via Red Hat Network or the Red Hat errata website, it is important to halt usage of the older software and begin using the new software. How this is done depends on the type of software that has been updated. The following list itemizes the general categories of software and provides instructions for using the updated versions after a package upgrade.

Note

In general, rebooting the system is the surest way to ensure that the latest version of a software package is used; however, this option is not always available to the system administrator.
Applications
User-space applications are any programs that can be initiated by a system user. Typically, such applications are used only when a user, script, or automated task utility launches them and they do not persist for long periods of time.
Once such a user-space application is updated, halt any instances of the application on the system and launch the program again to use the updated version.
Kernel
The kernel is the core software component for the Fedora operating system. It manages access to memory, the processor, and peripherals as well as schedules all tasks.
Because of its central role, the kernel cannot be restarted without also stopping the computer. Therefore, an updated version of the kernel cannot be used until the system is rebooted.
Shared Libraries
Shared libraries are units of code, such as glibc, which are used by a number of applications and services. Applications utilizing a shared library typically load the shared code when the application is initialized, so any applications using the updated library must be halted and relaunched.
To determine which running applications link against a particular library, use the lsof command as in the following example:
lsof /usr/lib/libwrap.so*
This command returns a list of all the running programs which use TCP wrappers for host access control. Therefore, any program listed must be halted and relaunched if the tcp_wrappers package is updated.
SysV Services
SysV services are persistent server programs launched during the boot process. Examples of SysV services include sshd, vsftpd, and xinetd.
Because these programs usually persist in memory as long as the machine is booted, each updated SysV service must be halted and relaunched after the package is upgraded. This can be done using the Services Configuration Tool or by logging into a root shell prompt and issuing the /sbin/service command as in the following example:
/sbin/service <service-name> restart
In the previous example, replace <service-name> with the name of the service, such as sshd.
xinetd Services
Services controlled by the xinetd super service only run when a there is an active connection. Examples of services controlled by xinetd include Telnet, IMAP, and POP3.
Because new instances of these services are launched by xinetd each time a new request is received, connections that occur after an upgrade are handled by the updated software. However, if there are active connections at the time the xinetd controlled service is upgraded, they are serviced by the older version of the software.
To kill off older instances of a particular xinetd controlled service, upgrade the package for the service then halt all processes currently running. To determine if the process is running, use the ps command and then use the kill or killall command to halt current instances of the service.
For example, if security errata imap packages are released, upgrade the packages, then type the following command as root into a shell prompt:
ps -aux | grep imap
This command returns all active IMAP sessions. Individual sessions can then be terminated by issuing the following command:
kill <PID>
If this fails to terminate the session, use the following command instead:
kill -9 <PID>
In the previous examples, replace <PID> with the process identification number (found in the second column of the ps command) for an IMAP session.
To kill all active IMAP sessions, issue the following command:
killall imapd
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_FTP.html --- 2.2.6.??Securing FTP

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.2.6.??Securing FTP

The File Transport Protocol (FTP) is an older TCP protocol designed to transfer files over a network. Because all transactions with the server, including user authentication, are unencrypted, it is considered an insecure protocol and should be carefully configured.
Fedora provides three FTP servers.
  • gssftpd ??? A Kerberos-aware xinetd-based FTP daemon that does not transmit authentication information over the network.
  • Red Hat Content Accelerator (tux) ??? A kernel-space Web server with FTP capabilities.
  • vsftpd ??? A standalone, security oriented implementation of the FTP service.
The following security guidelines are for setting up the vsftpd FTP service.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_NFS.html --- 2.2.4.??Securing NFS

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.2.4.??Securing NFS

Important

The version of NFS included in Fedora, NFSv4, no longer requires the portmap service as outlined in Section??2.2.2, ???Securing Portmap???. NFS traffic now utilizes TCP in all versions, rather than UDP, and requires it when using NFSv4. NFSv4 now includes Kerberos user and group authentication, as part of the RPCSEC_GSS kernel module. Information on portmap is still included, since Fedora supports NFSv2 and NFSv3, both of which utilize portmap.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_NIS.html --- 2.2.3.??Securing NIS

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.2.3.??Securing NIS

The Network Information Service (NIS) is an RPC service, called ypserv,--> which is used in conjunction with portmap and other related services to distribute maps of usernames, passwords, and other sensitive information to any computer claiming to be within its domain.
An NIS server is comprised of several applications. They include the following:
  • /usr/sbin/rpc.yppasswdd ??? Also called the yppasswdd service, this daemon allows users to change their NIS passwords.
  • /usr/sbin/rpc.ypxfrd ??? Also called the ypxfrd service, this daemon is responsible for NIS map transfers over the network.
  • /usr/sbin/yppush ??? This application propagates changed NIS databases to multiple NIS servers.
  • /usr/sbin/ypserv ??? This is the NIS server daemon.
NIS is somewhat insecure by today's standards. It has no host authentication mechanisms and transmits all of its information over the network unencrypted, including password hashes. As a result, extreme care must be taken when setting up a network that uses NIS. This is further complicated by the fact that the default configuration of NIS is inherently insecure.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_Portmap.html --- 2.2.2.??Securing Portmap

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_Sendmail.html --- 2.2.7.??Securing Sendmail

Product SiteDocumentation 
 Site

2.2.7.??Securing Sendmail

Sendmail is a Mail Transport Agent (MTA) that uses the Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) to deliver electronic messages between other MTAs and to email clients or delivery agents. Although many MTAs are capable of encrypting traffic between one another, most do not, so sending email over any public networks is considered an inherently insecure form of communication.
It is recommended that anyone planning to implement a Sendmail server address the following issues.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server.html --- 2.2.5.??Securing the Apache HTTP Server

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Verifying_Which_Ports_Are_Listening.html --- 2.2.8.??Verifying Which Ports Are Listening

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.2.8.??Verifying Which Ports Are Listening

After configuring network services, it is important to pay attention to which ports are actually listening on the system's network interfaces. Any open ports can be evidence of an intrusion.
There are two basic approaches for listing the ports that are listening on the network. The less reliable approach is to query the network stack using commands such as netstat -an or lsof -i. This method is less reliable since these programs do not connect to the machine from the network, but rather check to see what is running on the system. For this reason, these applications are frequent targets for replacement by attackers. Crackers attempt to cover their tracks if they open unauthorized network ports by replacing netstat and lsof with their own, modified versions.
A more reliable way to check which ports are listening on the network is to use a port scanner such as nmap.
The following command issued from the console determines which ports are listening for TCP connections from the network:
nmap -sT -O localhost
The output of this command appears as follows:
Starting nmap 3.55 ( http://www.insecure.org/nmap/ ) at 2004-09-24 13:49 EDT
Interesting ports on localhost.localdomain (127.0.0.1):
(The 1653 ports scanned but not shown below are in state: closed)
PORT      STATE SERVICE
22/tcp    open  ssh 
25/tcp    open  smtp
111/tcp   open  rpcbind
113/tcp   open  auth
631/tcp   open  ipp
834/tcp   open  unknown
2601/tcp  open  zebra
32774/tcp open  sometimes-rpc11
Device type: general purpose
Running: Linux 2.4.X|2.5.X|2.6.X OS details: Linux 2.5.25 - 2.6.3 or Gentoo 1.2 Linux 2.4.19 rc1-rc7)
Uptime 12.857 days (since Sat Sep 11 17:16:20 2004)

Nmap run completed -- 1 IP address (1 host up) scanned in 5.190 seconds
This output shows the system is running portmap due to the presence of the sunrpc service. However, there is also a mystery service on port 834. To check if the port is associated with the official list of known services, type:
cat /etc/services | grep 834
This command returns no output. This indicates that while the port is in the reserved range (meaning 0 through 1023) and requires root access to open, it is not associated with a known service.
Next, check for information about the port using netstat or lsof. To check for port 834 using netstat, use the following command:
netstat -anp | grep 834
The command returns the following output:
tcp   0    0 0.0.0.0:834    0.0.0.0:*   LISTEN   653/ypbind
The presence of the open port in netstat is reassuring because a cracker opening a port surreptitiously on a hacked system is not likely to allow it to be revealed through this command. Also, the [p] option reveals the process ID (PID) of the service that opened the port. In this case, the open port belongs to ypbind (NIS), which is an RPC service handled in conjunction with the portmap service.
The lsof command reveals similar information to netstat since it is also capable of linking open ports to services:
lsof -i | grep 834
The relevant portion of the output from this command follows:
ypbind      653        0    7u  IPv4       1319                 TCP *:834 (LISTEN)
ypbind      655        0    7u  IPv4       1319                 TCP *:834 (LISTEN)
ypbind      656        0    7u  IPv4       1319                 TCP *:834 (LISTEN)
ypbind      657        0    7u  IPv4       1319                 TCP *:834 (LISTEN)
These tools reveal a great deal about the status of the services running on a machine. These tools are flexible and can provide a wealth of information about network services and configuration. Refer to the man pages for lsof, netstat, nmap, and services for more information.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security.html --- 2.2.??Server Security

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.2.??Server Security

When a system is used as a server on a public network, it becomes a target for attacks. Hardening the system and locking down services is therefore of paramount importance for the system administrator.
Before delving into specific issues, review the following general tips for enhancing server security:
  • Keep all services current, to protect against the latest threats.
  • Use secure protocols whenever possible.
  • Serve only one type of network service per machine whenever possible.
  • Monitor all servers carefully for suspicious activity.

2.2.1.??Securing Services With TCP Wrappers and xinetd

TCP Wrappers provide access control to a variety of services. Most modern network services, such as SSH, Telnet, and FTP, make use of TCP Wrappers, which stand guard between an incoming request and the requested service.
The benefits offered by TCP Wrappers are enhanced when used in conjunction with xinetd, a super server that provides additional access, logging, binding, redirection, and resource utilization control.
The following subsections assume a basic knowledge of each topic and focus on specific security options.

2.2.1.1.??Enhancing Security With TCP Wrappers

TCP Wrappers are capable of much more than denying access to services. This section illustrates how they can be used to send connection banners, warn of attacks from particular hosts, and enhance logging functionality. Refer to the hosts_options man page for information about the TCP Wrapper functionality and control language.
This section focuses on using xinetd to set a trap service and using it to control resource levels available to any given xinetd service. Setting resource limits for services can help thwart Denial of Service (DoS) attacks. Refer to the man pages for xinetd and xinetd.conf for a list of available options.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-Configuring_Firefox_to_use_Kerberos_for_SSO.html --- 2.3.5.??Configuring Firefox to use Kerberos for SSO

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.3.5.??Configuring Firefox to use Kerberos for SSO

You can configure Firefox to use Kerberos for Single Sign-on. In order for this functionality to work correctly, you need to configure your web browser to send your Kerberos credentials to the appropriate KDC.The following section describes the configuration changes and other requirements to achieve this.
  1. In the address bar of Firefox, type about:config to display the list of current configuration options.
  2. In the Filter field, type negotiate to restrict the list of options.
  3. Double-click the network.negotiate-auth.trusted-uris entry to display the Enter string value dialog box.
  4. Enter the name of the domain against which you want to authenticate, for example, .example.com.
  5. Repeat the above procedure for the network.negotiate-auth.delegation-uris entry, using the same domain.

    Note

    You can leave this value blank, as it allows Kerberos ticket passing, which is not required.
    If you do not see these two configuration options listed, your version of Firefox may be too old to support Negotiate authentication, and you should consider upgrading.
Configuring Firefox for SSO with Kerberos
Configuring Firefox to use Kerberos for SSO.
Figure??2.6.??Configuring Firefox for SSO with Kerberos

You now need to ensure that you have Kerberos tickets. In a command shell, type kinit to retrieve Kerberos tickets. To display the list of available tickets, type klist. The following shows an example output from these commands:
[user at host ~] $ kinit
Password for user at EXAMPLE.COM:

[user at host ~] $ klist
Ticket cache: FILE:/tmp/krb5cc_10920
Default principal: user at EXAMPLE.COM

Valid starting     Expires            Service principal
10/26/06 23:47:54  10/27/06 09:47:54  krbtgt/USER.COM at USER.COM
        renew until 10/26/06 23:47:54

Kerberos 4 ticket cache: /tmp/tkt10920
klist: You have no tickets cached

2.3.5.1.??Troubleshooting

If you have followed the configuration steps above and Negotiate authentication is not working, you can turn on verbose logging of the authentication process. This could help you find the cause of the problem. To enable verbose logging, use the following procedure:
  1. Close all instances of Firefox.
  2. Open a command shell, and enter the following commands:
    export NSPR_LOG_MODULES=negotiateauth:5
    export NSPR_LOG_FILE=/tmp/moz.log
    
  3. Restart Firefox from that shell, and visit the website you were unable to authenticate to earlier. Information will be logged to /tmp/moz.log, and may give a clue to the problem. For example:
    -1208550944[90039d0]: entering nsNegotiateAuth::GetNextToken()
    -1208550944[90039d0]: gss_init_sec_context() failed: Miscellaneous failure
    No credentials cache found
    
    This indicates that you do not have Kerberos tickets, and need to run kinit.
If you are able to run kinit successfully from your machine but you are unable to authenticate, you might see something like this in the log file:
-1208994096[8d683d8]: entering nsAuthGSSAPI::GetNextToken()
-1208994096[8d683d8]: gss_init_sec_context() failed: Miscellaneous failure
Server not found in Kerberos database
This generally indicates a Kerberos configuration problem. Make sure that you have the correct entries in the [domain_realm] section of the /etc/krb5.conf file. For example:
.example.com = EXAMPLE.COM
example.com = EXAMPLE.COM
If nothing appears in the log it is possible that you are behind a proxy, and that proxy is stripping off the HTTP headers required for Negotiate authentication. As a workaround, you can try to connect to the server using HTTPS instead, which allows the request to pass through unmodified. Then proceed to debug using the log file, as described above.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-Getting_Started_with_your_new_Smart_Card.html --- 2.3.2.??Getting Started with your new Smart Card

Product SiteD
 ocumentation Site

2.3.2.??Getting Started with your new Smart Card

Before you can use your smart card to log in to your system and take advantage of the increased security options this technology provides, you need to perform some basic installation and configuration steps. These are described below.

Note

This section provides a high-level view of getting started with your smart card. More detailed information is available in the Red Hat Certificate System Enterprise Security Client Guide.
  1. Log in with your Kerberos name and password
  2. Make sure you have the nss-tools package loaded.
  3. Download and install your corporate-specific root certificates. Use the following command to install the root CA certificate:
    certutil -A -d /etc/pki/nssdb -n "root ca cert" -t "CT,C,C" -i ./ca_cert_in_base64_format.crt
    
  4. Verify that you have the following RPMs installed on your system: esc, pam_pkcs11, coolkey, ifd-egate, ccid, gdm, authconfig, and authconfig-gtk.
  5. Enable Smart Card Login Support
    1. On the Gnome Title Bar, select System->Administration->Authentication.
    2. Type your machine's root password if necessary.
    3. In the Authentication Configuration dialog, click the Authentication tab.
    4. Select the Enable Smart Card Support check box.
    5. Click the Configure Smart Card... button to display the Smartcard Settings dialog, and specify the required settings:
      • Require smart card for login ??? Clear this check box. After you have successfully logged in with the smart card you can select this option to prevent users from logging in without a smart card.
      • Card Removal Action ??? This controls what happens when you remove the smart card after you have logged in. The available options are:
        • Lock ??? Removing the smart card locks the X screen.
        • Ignore ??? Removing the smart card has no effect.
  6. If you need to enable the Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP), open the /etc/pam_pkcs11/pam_pkcs11.conf file, and locate the following line:
    enable_ocsp = false;
    Change this value to true, as follows:
    enable_ocsp = true;
  7. Enroll your smart card
  8. If you are using a CAC card, you also need to perform the following steps:
    1. Change to the root account and create a file called /etc/pam_pkcs11/cn_map.
    2. Add the following entry to the cn_map file:
      MY.CAC_CN.123454 -> myloginid
      where MY.CAC_CN.123454 is the Common Name on your CAC and myloginid is your UNIX login ID.
  9. Logout

2.3.2.1.??Troubleshooting

If you have trouble getting your smart card to work, try using the following command to locate the source of the problem:
pklogin_finder debug
If you run the pklogin_finder tool in debug mode while an enrolled smart card is plugged in, it attempts to output information about the validity of certificates, and if it is successful in attempting to map a login ID from the certificates that are on the card.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-How_Smart_Card_Enrollment_Works.html --- 2.3.3.??How Smart Card Enrollment Works

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.3.3.??How Smart Card Enrollment Works

Smart cards are said to be enrolled when they have received an appropriate certificate signed by a valid Certificate Authority (CA). This involves several steps, described below:
  1. The user inserts their smart card into the smart card reader on their workstation. This event is recognized by the Enterprise Security Client (ESC).
  2. The enrollment page is displayed on the user's desktop. The user completes the required details and the user's system then connects to the Token Processing System (TPS) and the CA.
  3. The TPS enrolls the smart card using a certificate signed by the CA.
How Smart Card Enrollment Works
How Smart Card Enrollment Works.
Figure??2.4.??How Smart Card Enrollment Works

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-How_Smart_Card_Login_Works.html --- 2.3.4.??How Smart Card Login Works

Product Site Documentation Site

2.3.4.??How Smart Card Login Works

This section provides a brief overview of the process of logging in using a smart card.
  1. When the user inserts their smart card into the smart card reader, this event is recognized by the PAM facility, which prompts for the user's PIN.
  2. The system then looks up the user's current certificates and verifies their validity. The certificate is then mapped to the user's UID.
  3. This is validated against the KDC and login granted.
How Smart Card Login Works
How Smart Card Login Works.
Figure??2.5.??How Smart Card Login Works

Note

You cannot log in with a card that has not been enrolled, even if it has been formatted. You need to log in with a formatted, enrolled card, or not using a smart card, before you can enroll a new card.
Refer to Section??2.6, ???Kerberos??? and Section??2.4, ???Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM)??? for more information on Kerberos and PAM.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO.html --- 2.3.??Single Sign-on (SSO)

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.3.??Single Sign-on (SSO)

2.3.1.??Introduction

The Fedora SSO functionality reduces the number of times Fedora desktop users have to enter their passwords. Several major applications leverage the same underlying authentication and authorization mechanisms so that users can log in to Fedora from the log-in screen, and then not need to re-enter their passwords. These applications are detailed below.
In addition, users can log in to their machines even when there is no network (offline mode) or where network connectivity is unreliable, for example, wireless access. In the latter case, services will degrade gracefully.

2.3.1.1.??Supported Applications

The following applications are currently supported by the unified log-in scheme in Fedora:
  • Login
  • Screensaver
  • Firefox and Thunderbird

2.3.1.2.??Supported Authentication Mechanisms

Fedora currently supports the following authentication mechanisms:
  • Kerberos name/password login
  • Smart card/PIN login

2.3.1.3.??Supported Smart Cards

Fedora has been tested with the Cyberflex e-gate card and reader, but any card that complies with both Java card 2.1.1 and Global Platform 2.0.1 specifications should operate correctly, as should any reader that is supported by PCSC-lite.
Fedora has also been tested with Common Access Cards (CAC). The supported reader for CAC is the SCM SCR 331 USB Reader.
As of Fedora 5.2, Gemalto smart cards (Cyberflex Access 64k v2, standard with DER SHA1 value configured as in PKCSI v2.1) are now supported. These smart cards now use readers compliant with Chip/Smart Card Interface Devices (CCID).

2.3.1.4.??Advantages of Fedora Single Sign-on

Numerous security mechanisms currently exist that utilize a large number of protocols and credential stores. Examples include SSL, SSH, IPsec, and Kerberos. Fedora SSO aims to unify these schemes to support the requirements listed above. This does not mean replacing Kerberos with X.509v3 certificates, but rather uniting them to reduce the burden on both system users and the administrators who manage them.
To achieve this goal, Fedora:
  • Provides a single, shared instance of the NSS crypto libraries on each operating system.
  • Ships the Certificate System's Enterprise Security Client (ESC) with the base operating system. The ESC application monitors smart card insertion events. If it detects that the user has inserted a smart card that was designed to be used with the Fedora Certificate System server product, it displays a user interface instructing the user how to enroll that smart card.
  • Unifies Kerberos and NSS so that users who log in to the operating system using a smart card also obtain a Kerberos credential (which allows them to log in to file servers, etc.)
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance-Install_Signed_Packages_from_Well_Known_Repositories.html --- 6.4.??Install Signed Packages from Well Known Repositories

Product SiteDocumentation Site

6.4.??Install Signed Packages from Well Known Repositories

Software packages are published through repositories. All well known repositories support package signing. Package signing uses public key technology to prove that the package that was published by the repository has not been changed since the signature was applied. This provides some protection against installing software that may have been maliciously altered after the package was created but before you downloaded it.
Using too many repositories, untrustworthy repositories, or repositories with unsigned packages has a higher risk of introducing malicious or vulnerable code into your system. Use caution when adding repositories to yum/software update.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance-Plan_and_Configure_Security_Updates-Adjusting_Automatic_Updates.html --- 6.3.??Adjusting Automatic Updates

Product SiteDocumentation Site

6.3.??Adjusting Automatic Updates

Fedora 9 is configured to apply all updates on a daily schedule. If you want to change the how your system installs updates you must do so via '''Software Update Preferences'''. You can change the schedule, the type of updates to apply or to notify you of available updates.
In Gnome, you can find controls for your updates at: System -> Preferences -> System -> Software Updates. In KDE it is located at: Applications -> Settings -> Software Updates.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance-Plan_and_Configure_Security_Updates.html --- 6.2.??Plan and Configure Security Updates

Product SiteDocumentation Site

6.2.??Plan and Configure Security Updates

All software contains bugs. Often, these bugs can result in a vulnerability that can expose your system to malicious users. Unpatched systems are a common cause of computer intrusions. You should have a plan to install security patches in a timely manner to close those vulnerabilities so they can not be exploited.
For home users, security updates should be installed as soon as possible. Configuring automatic installation of security updates is one way to avoid having to remember, but does carry a slight risk that something can cause a conflict with your configuration or with other software on the system.
For business or advanced home users, security updates should be tested and schedule for installation. Additional controls will need to be used to protect the system during the time between the patch release and its installation on the system. These controls would depend on the exact vulnerability, but could include additional firewall rules, the use of external firewalls, or changes in software settings.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_Configuration_Files-Option_Fields.html --- 2.5.2.2.??Option Fields

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-Additional_Resources.html --- 2.5.5.??Additional Resources

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-TCP_Wrappers_Configuration_Files.html --- 2.5.2.??TCP Wrappers Configuration Files

Product SiteDocumentation
  Site

2.5.2.??TCP Wrappers Configuration Files

To determine if a client is allowed to connect to a service, TCP Wrappers reference the following two files, which are commonly referred to as hosts access files:
  • /etc/hosts.allow
  • /etc/hosts.deny
When a TCP-wrapped service receives a client request, it performs the following steps:
  1. It references /etc/hosts.allow. ??? The TCP-wrapped service sequentially parses the /etc/hosts.allow file and applies the first rule specified for that service. If it finds a matching rule, it allows the connection. If not, it moves on to the next step.
  2. It references /etc/hosts.deny. ??? The TCP-wrapped service sequentially parses the /etc/hosts.deny file. If it finds a matching rule, it denies the connection. If not, it grants access to the service.
The following are important points to consider when using TCP Wrappers to protect network services:
  • Because access rules in hosts.allow are applied first, they take precedence over rules specified in hosts.deny. Therefore, if access to a service is allowed in hosts.allow, a rule denying access to that same service in hosts.deny is ignored.
  • The rules in each file are read from the top down and the first matching rule for a given service is the only one applied. The order of the rules is extremely important.
  • If no rules for the service are found in either file, or if neither file exists, access to the service is granted.
  • TCP-wrapped services do not cache the rules from the hosts access files, so any changes to hosts.allow or hosts.deny take effect immediately, without restarting network services.

Warning

If the last line of a hosts access file is not a newline character (created by pressing the Enter key), the last rule in the file fails and an error is logged to either /var/log/messages or /var/log/secure. This is also the case for a rule that spans multiple lines without using the backslash character. The following example illustrates the relevant portion of a log message for a rule failure due to either of these circumstances:
warning: /etc/hosts.allow, line 20: missing newline or line too long

2.5.2.1.??Formatting Access Rules

The format for both /etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hosts.deny is identical. Each rule must be on its own line. Blank lines or lines that start with a hash (#) are ignored.
Each rule uses the following basic format to control access to network services:
<daemon list>: <client list> [: <option>: <option>: ...]
The following is a basic sample hosts access rule:
vsftpd : .example.com
This rule instructs TCP Wrappers to watch for connections to the FTP daemon (vsftpd) from any host in the example.com domain. If this rule appears in hosts.allow, the connection is accepted. If this rule appears in hosts.deny, the connection is rejected.
The next sample hosts access rule is more complex and uses two option fields:
sshd : .example.com  \ : spawn /bin/echo `/bin/date` access denied>>/var/log/sshd.log \ : deny
Note that each option field is preceded by the backslash (\). Use of the backslash prevents failure of the rule due to length.
This sample rule states that if a connection to the SSH daemon (sshd) is attempted from a host in the example.com domain, execute the echo command to append the attempt to a special log file, and deny the connection. Because the optional deny directive is used, this line denies access even if it appears in the hosts.allow file. Refer to Section??2.5.2.2, ???Option Fields??? for a more detailed look at available options.
Patterns can be used in the client field of access rules to more precisely specify groups of client hosts.
The following is a list of common patterns for entries in the client field:
  • Hostname beginning with a period (.) ??? Placing a period at the beginning of a hostname matches all hosts sharing the listed components of the name. The following example applies to any host within the example.com domain:
    ALL : .example.com
    
  • IP address ending with a period (.) ??? Placing a period at the end of an IP address matches all hosts sharing the initial numeric groups of an IP address. The following example applies to any host within the 192.168.x.x network:
    ALL : 192.168.
    
  • IP address/netmask pair ??? Netmask expressions can also be used as a pattern to control access to a particular group of IP addresses. The following example applies to any host with an address range of 192.168.0.0 through 192.168.1.255:
    ALL : 192.168.0.0/255.255.254.0
    

    Important

    When working in the IPv4 address space, the address/prefix length (prefixlen) pair declarations (CIDR notation) are not supported. Only IPv6 rules can use this format.
  • [IPv6 address]/prefixlen pair ??? [net]/prefixlen pairs can also be used as a pattern to control access to a particular group of IPv6 addresses. The following example would apply to any host with an address range of 3ffe:505:2:1:: through 3ffe:505:2:1:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:
    ALL : [3ffe:505:2:1::]/64
    
  • The asterisk (*) ??? Asterisks can be used to match entire groups of hostnames or IP addresses, as long as they are not mixed in a client list containing other types of patterns. The following example would apply to any host within the example.com domain:
    ALL : *.example.com
    
  • The slash (/) ??? If a client list begins with a slash, it is treated as a file name. This is useful if rules specifying large numbers of hosts are necessary. The following example refers TCP Wrappers to the /etc/telnet.hosts file for all Telnet connections:
    in.telnetd : /etc/telnet.hosts
    
Other, lesser used, patterns are also accepted by TCP Wrappers. Refer to the hosts_access man 5 page for more information.

Warning

Be very careful when using hostnames and domain names. Attackers can use a variety of tricks to circumvent accurate name resolution. In addition, disruption to DNS service prevents even authorized users from using network services. It is, therefore, best to use IP addresses whenever possible.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-xinetd.html --- 2.5.3.??xinetd

Product SiteDocumentation Site

< ul class="docnav"> --- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-xinetd_Configuration_Files.html --- 2.5.4.??xinetd Configuration Files

Product SiteDocume
 ntation Site

2.5.4.??xinetd Configuration Files

The configuration files for xinetd are as follows:
  • /etc/xinetd.conf ??? The global xinetd configuration file.
  • /etc/xinetd.d/ ??? The directory containing all service-specific files.

2.5.4.1.??The /etc/xinetd.conf File

The /etc/xinetd.conf file contains general configuration settings which affect every service under xinetd's control. It is read when the xinetd service is first started, so for configuration changes to take effect, you need to restart the xinetd service. The following is a sample /etc/xinetd.conf file:
defaults
{
         instances               = 60        
	 log_type                = SYSLOG	authpriv
	 log_on_success          = HOST PID
	 log_on_failure          = HOST
	 cps                     = 25 30
}
includedir /etc/xinetd.d
These lines control the following aspects of xinetd:

Note

Often, both the log_on_success and log_on_failure settings in /etc/xinetd.conf are further modified in the service-specific configuration files. More information may therefore appear in a given service's log file than the /etc/xinetd.conf file may indicate. Refer to Section??2.5.4.3.1, ???Logging Options??? for further information.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd.html --- 2.5.??TCP Wrappers and xinetd

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.5.??TCP Wrappers and xinetd

Controlling access to network services is one of the most important security tasks facing a server administrator. Fedora provides several tools for this purpose. For example, an iptables-based firewall filters out unwelcome network packets within the kernel's network stack. For network services that utilize it, TCP Wrappers add an additional layer of protection by defining which hosts are or are not allowed to connect to "wrapped" network services. One such wrapped network service is the xinetd super server. This service is called a super server because it controls connections to a subset of network services and further refines access control.
Figure??2.9, ???Access Control to Network Services??? is a basic illustration of how these tools work together to protect network services.
Access Control to Network Services
Exhibit A: Access Control to Network Services Flowchart
Figure??2.9.??Access Control to Network Services

This chapter focuses on the role of TCP Wrappers and xinetd in controlling access to network services and reviews how these tools can be used to enhance both logging and utilization management. Refer to Section??2.9, ???IPTables??? for information about using firewalls with iptables.

2.5.1.??TCP Wrappers

The TCP Wrappers package (tcp_wrappers) is installed by default and provides host-based access control to network services. The most important component within the package is the /usr/lib/libwrap.a library. In general terms, a TCP-wrapped service is one that has been compiled against the libwrap.a library.
When a connection attempt is made to a TCP-wrapped service, the service first references the host's access files (/etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hosts.deny) to determine whether or not the client is allowed to connect. In most cases, it then uses the syslog daemon (syslogd) to write the name of the requesting client and the requested service to /var/log/secure or /var/log/messages.
If a client is allowed to connect, TCP Wrappers release control of the connection to the requested service and take no further part in the communication between the client and the server.
In addition to access control and logging, TCP Wrappers can execute commands to interact with the client before denying or releasing control of the connection to the requested network service.
Because TCP Wrappers are a valuable addition to any server administrator's arsenal of security tools, most network services within Fedora are linked to the libwrap.a library. Some such applications include /usr/sbin/sshd, /usr/sbin/sendmail, and /usr/sbin/xinetd.

Note

To determine if a network service binary is linked to libwrap.a, type the following command as the root user:
ldd <binary-name> | grep libwrap
Replace <binary-name> with the name of the network service binary.
If the command returns straight to the prompt with no output, then the network service is not linked to libwrap.a.
The following example indicates that /usr/sbin/sshd is linked to libwrap.a:
[root at myserver ~]# ldd /usr/sbin/sshd | grep libwrap
        libwrap.so.0 => /usr/lib/libwrap.so.0 (0x00655000)
[root at myserver ~]#
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Server_Security-Inattentive_Administration.html --- 1.3.3.3.??Inattentive Administration

Product SiteDocumentation Site

1.3.3.3.??Inattentive Administration

Some administrators fail to patch their servers and workstations, while others fail to watch log messages from the system kernel or network traffic. Another common error is when default passwords or keys to services are left unchanged. For example, some databases have default administration passwords because the database developers assume that the system administrator changes these passwords immediately after installation. If a database administrator fails to change this password, even an inexperienced cracker can use a widely-known default password to gain administrative privileges to the database. These are only a few examples of how inattentive administration can lead to compromised servers.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Server_Security-Inherently_Insecure_Services.html --- 1.3.3.4.??Inherently Insecure Services

Product Site
 Documentation Site

1.3.3.4.??Inherently Insecure Services

Even the most vigilant organization can fall victim to vulnerabilities if the network services they choose are inherently insecure. For instance, there are many services developed under the assumption that they are used over trusted networks; however, this assumption fails as soon as the service becomes available over the Internet ??? which is itself inherently untrusted.
One category of insecure network services are those that require unencrypted usernames and passwords for authentication. Telnet and FTP are two such services. If packet sniffing software is monitoring traffic between the remote user and such a service usernames and passwords can be easily intercepted.
Inherently, such services can also more easily fall prey to what the security industry terms the man-in-the-middle attack. In this type of attack, a cracker redirects network traffic by tricking a cracked name server on the network to point to his machine instead of the intended server. Once someone opens a remote session to the server, the attacker's machine acts as an invisible conduit, sitting quietly between the remote service and the unsuspecting user capturing information. In this way a cracker can gather administrative passwords and raw data without the server or the user realizing it.
Another category of insecure services include network file systems and information services such as NFS or NIS, which are developed explicitly for LAN usage but are, unfortunately, extended to include WANs (for remote users). NFS does not, by default, have any authentication or security mechanisms configured to prevent a cracker from mounting the NFS share and accessing anything contained therein. NIS, as well, has vital information that must be known by every computer on a network, including passwords and file permissions, within a plain text ASCII or DBM (ASCII-derived) database. A cracker who gains access to this database can then access every user account on a network, including the administrator's account.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Server_Security-Unpatched_Services.html --- 1.3.3.2.??Unpatched Services

Product SiteDocumentation Site

1.3.3.2.??Unpatched Services

Most server applications that are included in a default installation are solid, thoroughly tested pieces of software. Having been in use in production environments for many years, their code has been thoroughly refined and many of the bugs have been found and fixed.
However, there is no such thing as perfect software and there is always room for further refinement. Moreover, newer software is often not as rigorously tested as one might expect, because of its recent arrival to production environments or because it may not be as popular as other server software.
Developers and system administrators often find exploitable bugs in server applications and publish the information on bug tracking and security-related websites such as the Bugtraq mailing list (http://www.securityfocus.com) or the Computer Emergency Response Team (CERT) website (http://www.cert.org). Although these mechanisms are an effective way of alerting the community to security vulnerabilities, it is up to system administrators to patch their systems promptly. This is particularly true because crackers have access to these same vulnerability tracking services and will use the information to crack unpatched systems whenever they can. Good system administration requires vigilance, constant bug tracking, and proper system maintenance to ensure a more secure computing environment.
Refer to Section??1.5, ???Security Updates??? for more information about keeping a system up-to-date.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Workstation_and_Home_PC_Security-Vulnerable_Client_Applications.html --- 1.3.4.2.??Vulnerable Client Applications

Produ
 ct SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Using_IPTables-Basic_Firewall_Policies.html --- 2.8.3.2.??Basic Firewall Policies

Product SiteDocume
 ntation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Using_IPTables-Saving_and_Restoring_IPTables_Rules.html --- 2.8.3.3.??Saving and Restoring IPTables Rules

Product Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-Creating_an_IPsec_Connection.html --- 2.7.4.??Creating an IPsec Connection

Product SiteDo
 cumentation Site

2.7.4.??Creating an IPsec Connection

An IPsec connection is split into two logical phases. In phase 1, an IPsec node initializes the connection with the remote node or network. The remote node or network checks the requesting node's credentials and both parties negotiate the authentication method for the connection.
On Fedora systems, an IPsec connection uses the pre-shared key method of IPsec node authentication. In a pre-shared key IPsec connection, both hosts must use the same key in order to move to Phase 2 of the IPsec connection.
Phase 2 of the IPsec connection is where the Security Association (SA) is created between IPsec nodes. This phase establishes an SA database with configuration information, such as the encryption method, secret session key exchange parameters, and more. This phase manages the actual IPsec connection between remote nodes and networks.
The Fedora implementation of IPsec uses IKE for sharing keys between hosts across the Internet. The racoon keying daemon handles the IKE key distribution and exchange. Refer to the racoon man page for more information about this daemon.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec.html --- 2.7.3.??IPsec

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec_Host_to_Host_Configuration.html --- 2.7.6.??IPsec Host-to-Host Configuration

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.7.6.??IPsec Host-to-Host Configuration

IPsec can be configured to connect one desktop or workstation (host) to another using a host-to-host connection. This type of connection uses the network to which each host is connected to create a secure tunnel between each host. The requirements of a host-to-host connection are minimal, as is the configuration of IPsec on each host. The hosts need only a dedicated connection to a carrier network (such as the Internet) and Fedora to create the IPsec connection.

2.7.6.1.??Host-to-Host Connection

A host-to-host IPsec connection is an encrypted connection between two systems, both running IPsec with the same authentication key. With the IPsec connection active, any network traffic between the two hosts is encrypted.
To configure a host-to-host IPsec connection, use the following steps for each host:

Note

You should perform the following procedures on the actual machine that you are configuring. Avoid attempting to configure and establish IPsec connections remotely.
  1. In a command shell, type system-config-network to start the Network Administration Tool.
  2. On the IPsec tab, click New to start the IPsec configuration wizard.
  3. Click Forward to start configuring a host-to-host IPsec connection.
  4. Enter a unique name for the connection, for example, ipsec0. If required, select the check box to automatically activate the connection when the computer starts. Click Forward to continue.
  5. Select Host to Host encryption as the connection type, and then click Forward.
  6. Select the type of encryption to use: manual or automatic.
    If you select manual encryption, an encryption key must be provided later in the process. If you select automatic encryption, the racoon daemon manages the encryption key. The ipsec-tools package must be installed if you want to use automatic encryption.
    Click Forward to continue.
  7. [root at myServer ~] # /sbin/ifconfig <device>
    
    eth0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 00:0C:6E:E8:98:1D
              inet addr:172.16.44.192  Bcast:172.16.45.255  Mask:255.255.254.0
    
    Click Forward to continue.
  8. If manual encryption was selected in step 6, specify the encryption key to use, or click Generate to create one.
    1. Specify an authentication key or click Generate to generate one. It can be any combination of numbers and letters.
    2. Click Forward to continue.
  9. Verify the information on the IPsec ??? Summary page, and then click Apply.
  10. Click File => Save to save the configuration.
    You may need to restart the network for the changes to take effect. To restart the network, use the following command:
    [root at myServer ~]# service network restart
    
  11. Select the IPsec connection from the list and click the Activate button.
  12. Repeat the entire procedure for the other host. It is essential that the same keys from step 8 be used on the other hosts. Otherwise, IPsec will not work.
After configuring the IPsec connection, it appears in the IPsec list as shown in Figure??2.10, ???IPsec Connection???.
IPsec Connection
IPsec Connection
Figure??2.10.??IPsec Connection

The following files are created when the IPsec connection is configured:
  • /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-<nickname>
  • /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/keys-<nickname>
  • /etc/racoon/<remote-ip>.conf
  • /etc/racoon/psk.txt
If automatic encryption is selected, /etc/racoon/racoon.conf is also created.
When the interface is up, /etc/racoon/racoon.conf is modified to include <remote-ip>.conf.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec_Installation.html --- 2.7.5.??IPsec Installation

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec_Network_to_Network_Configuration.html --- 2.7.7.??IPsec Network-to-Network Configuration

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.7.7.??IPsec Network-to-Network Configuration

A network-to-network IPsec tunneled connection
A network-to-network IPsec tunneled connection
Figure??2.11.??A network-to-network IPsec tunneled connection

This diagram shows two separate LANs separated by the Internet. These LANs use IPsec routers to authenticate and initiate a connection using a secure tunnel through the Internet. Packets that are intercepted in transit would require brute-force decryption in order to crack the cipher protecting the packets between these LANs. The process of communicating from one node in the 192.168.1.0/24 IP range to another in the 192.168.2.0/24 range is completely transparent to the nodes as the processing, encryption/decryption, and routing of the IPsec packets are completely handled by the IPsec router.
The information needed for a network-to-network connection include:
  • The externally-accessible IP addresses of the dedicated IPsec routers
  • The network address ranges of the LAN/WAN served by the IPsec routers (such as 192.168.1.0/24 or 10.0.1.0/24)
  • The IP addresses of the gateway devices that route the data from the network nodes to the Internet
  • A unique name, for example, ipsec1. This is used to identify the IPsec connection and to distinguish it from other devices or connections.
  • A fixed encryption key or one automatically generated by racoon
  • A pre-shared authentication key that is used during the initial stage of the connection and to exchange encryption keys during the session.

2.7.7.1.??Network-to-Network (VPN) Connection

A network-to-network IPsec connection uses two IPsec routers, one for each network, through which the network traffic for the private subnets is routed.
For example, as shown in Figure??2.12, ???Network-to-Network IPsec???, if the 192.168.1.0/24 private network sends network traffic to the 192.168.2.0/24 private network, the packets go through gateway0, to ipsec0, through the Internet, to ipsec1, to gateway1, and to the 192.168.2.0/24 subnet.
IPsec routers require publicly addressable IP addresses and a second Ethernet device connected to their respective private networks. Traffic only travels through an IPsec router if it is intended for another IPsec router with which it has an encrypted connection.
Network-to-Network IPsec
Network-to-Network IPsec
Figure??2.12.??Network-to-Network IPsec

Alternate network configuration options include a firewall between each IP router and the Internet, and an intranet firewall between each IPsec router and subnet gateway. The IPsec router and the gateway for the subnet can be one system with two Ethernet devices: one with a public IP address that acts as the IPsec router; and one with a private IP address that acts as the gateway for the private subnet. Each IPsec router can use the gateway for its private network or a public gateway to send the packets to the other IPsec router.
Use the following procedure to configure a network-to-network IPsec connection:
  1. In a command shell, type system-config-network to start the Network Administration Tool.
  2. On the IPsec tab, click New to start the IPsec configuration wizard.
  3. Click Forward to start configuring a network-to-network IPsec connection.
  4. Enter a unique nickname for the connection, for example, ipsec0. If required, select the check box to automatically activate the connection when the computer starts. Click Forward to continue.
  5. Select Network to Network encryption (VPN) as the connection type, and then click Forward.
  6. Select the type of encryption to use: manual or automatic.
    If you select manual encryption, an encryption key must be provided later in the process. If you select automatic encryption, the racoon daemon manages the encryption key. The ipsec-tools package must be installed if you want to use automatic encryption.
    Click Forward to continue.

  7. Click Forward to continue.
    Remote Network Information
    Remote Network Information
    Figure??2.14.??Remote Network Information

  8. Verify the information on the IPsec ??? Summary page, and then click Apply.
  9. Select File => Save to save the configuration.
  10. Select the IPsec connection from the list, and then click Activate to activate the connection.
  11. Enable IP forwarding:
    1. Edit /etc/sysctl.conf and set net.ipv4.ip_forward to 1.
    2. Use the following command to enable the change:
      [root at myServer ~]# /sbin/sysctl -p /etc/sysctl.conf
      
The network script to activate the IPsec connection automatically creates network routes to send packets through the IPsec router if necessary.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-Starting_and_Stopping_an_IPsec_Connection.html --- 2.7.8.??Starting and Stopping an IPsec Connection

Product Site

2.7.8.??Starting and Stopping an IPsec Connection

If the IPsec connection was not configured to activate on boot, you can control it from the command line.
To start the connection, use the following command on each host for host-to-host IPsec, or each IPsec router for network-to-network IPsec:
[root at myServer ~] # /sbin/ifup <nickname>
where <nickname> is the nickname configured earlier, such as ipsec0.
To stop the connection, use the following command:
[root at myServer ~] # /sbin/ifdown <nickname>
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-VPNs_and_PROD.html --- 2.7.2.??VPNs and Fedora

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.7.2.??VPNs and Fedora

Fedora provides various options in terms of implementing a software solution to securely connect to a WAN. Internet Protocol Security (IPsec) is the supported VPN implementation for Fedora, and sufficiently addresses the usability needs of organizations with branch offices or remote users.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs.html --- 2.7.??Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.7.??Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)

Organizations with several satellite offices often connect to each other with dedicated lines for efficiency and protection of sensitive data in transit. For example, many businesses use frame relay or Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) lines as an end-to-end networking solution to link one office with others. This can be an expensive proposition, especially for small to medium sized businesses (SMBs) that want to expand without paying the high costs associated with enterprise-level, dedicated digital circuits.
To address this need, Virtual Private Networks (VPNs) were developed. Following the same functional principles as dedicated circuits, VPNs allow for secured digital communication between two parties (or networks), creating a Wide Area Network (WAN) from existing Local Area Networks (LANs). Where it differs from frame relay or ATM is in its transport medium. VPNs transmit over IP using datagrams as the transport layer, making it a secure conduit through the Internet to an intended destination. Most free software VPN implementations incorporate open standard encryption methods to further mask data in transit.
Some organizations employ hardware VPN solutions to augment security, while others use software or protocol-based implementations. Several vendors provide hardware VPN solutions, such as Cisco, Nortel, IBM, and Checkpoint. There is a free software-based VPN solution for Linux called FreeS/Wan that utilizes a standardized Internet Protocol Security (IPsec) implementation. These VPN solutions, irrespective of whether they are hardware or software based, act as specialized routers that exist between the IP connection from one office to another.

2.7.1.??How Does a VPN Work?

When a packet is transmitted from a client, it sends it through the VPN router or gateway, which adds an Authentication Header (AH) for routing and authentication. The data is then encrypted and, finally, enclosed with an Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP). This latter constitutes the decryption and handling instructions.
The receiving VPN router strips the header information, decrypts the data, and routes it to its intended destination (either a workstation or other node on a network). Using a network-to-network connection, the receiving node on the local network receives the packets already decrypted and ready for processing. The encryption/decryption process in a network-to-network VPN connection is transparent to a local node.
With such a heightened level of security, an attacker must not only intercept a packet, but decrypt the packet as well. Intruders who employ a man-in-the-middle attack between a server and client must also have access to at least one of the private keys for authenticating sessions. Because they employ several layers of authentication and encryption, VPNs are a secure and effective means of connecting multiple remote nodes to act as a unified intranet.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Vulnerability_Assessment-Defining_Assessment_and_Testing.html --- 1.2.2.??Defining Assessment and Testing

Product SiteDocume
 ntation Site

1.2.2.??Defining Assessment and Testing

Vulnerability assessments may be broken down into one of two types: Outside looking in and inside looking around.
When performing an outside looking in vulnerability assessment, you are attempting to compromise your systems from the outside. Being external to your company provides you with the cracker's viewpoint. You see what a cracker sees ??? publicly-routable IP addresses, systems on your DMZ, external interfaces of your firewall, and more. DMZ stands for "demilitarized zone", which corresponds to a computer or small subnetwork that sits between a trusted internal network, such as a corporate private LAN, and an untrusted external network, such as the public Internet. Typically, the DMZ contains devices accessible to Internet traffic, such as Web (HTTP ) servers, FTP servers, SMTP (e-mail) servers and DNS servers.
When you perform an inside looking around vulnerability assessment, you are somewhat at an advantage since you are internal and your status is elevated to trusted. This is the viewpoint you and your co-workers have once logged on to your systems. You see print servers, file servers, databases, and other resources.
There are striking distinctions between these two types of vulnerability assessments. Being internal to your company gives you elevated privileges more so than any outsider. Still today in most organizations, security is configured in such a manner as to keep intruders out. Very little is done to secure the internals of the organization (such as departmental firewalls, user-level access controls, authentication procedures for internal resources, and more). Typically, there are many more resources when looking around inside as most systems are internal to a company. Once you set yourself outside of the company, you immediately are given an untrusted status. The systems and resources available to you externally are usually very limited.
Consider the difference between vulnerability assessments and penetration tests. Think of a vulnerability assessment as the first step to a penetration test. The information gleaned from the assessment is used for testing. Whereas, the assessment is checking for holes and potential vulnerabilities, the penetration testing actually attempts to exploit the findings.
Assessing network infrastructure is a dynamic process. Security, both information and physical, is dynamic. Performing an assessment shows an overview, which can turn up false positives and false negatives.
Security administrators are only as good as the tools they use and the knowledge they retain. Take any of the assessment tools currently available, run them against your system, and it is almost a guarantee that there are some false positives. Whether by program fault or user error, the result is the same. The tool may find vulnerabilities which in reality do not exist (false positive); or, even worse, the tool may not find vulnerabilities that actually do exist (false negative).
Now that the difference between a vulnerability assessment and a penetration test is defined, take the findings of the assessment and review them carefully before conducting a penetration test as part of your new best practices approach.

Warning

Attempting to exploit vulnerabilities on production resources can have adverse effects to the productivity and efficiency of your systems and network.
The following list examines some of the benefits to performing vulnerability assessments.
  • Creates proactive focus on information security
  • Finds potential exploits before crackers find them
  • Results in systems being kept up to date and patched
  • Promotes growth and aids in developing staff expertise
  • Abates Financial loss and negative publicity
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Vulnerability_Assessment-Evaluating_the_Tools.html --- 1.2.3.??Evaluating the Tools

Product SiteDocume
 ntation Site

1.2.3.??Evaluating the Tools

An assessment can start by using some form of an information gathering tool. When assessing the entire network, map the layout first to find the hosts that are running. Once located, examine each host individually. Focusing on these hosts requires another set of tools. Knowing which tools to use may be the most crucial step in finding vulnerabilities.
Just as in any aspect of everyday life, there are many different tools that perform the same job. This concept applies to performing vulnerability assessments as well. There are tools specific to operating systems, applications, and even networks (based on the protocols used). Some tools are free; others are not. Some tools are intuitive and easy to use, while others are cryptic and poorly documented but have features that other tools do not.
Finding the right tools may be a daunting task and in the end, experience counts. If possible, set up a test lab and try out as many tools as you can, noting the strengths and weaknesses of each. Review the README file or man page for the tool. Additionally, look to the Internet for more information, such as articles, step-by-step guides, or even mailing lists specific to a tool.
The tools discussed below are just a small sampling of the available tools.

1.2.3.1.??Scanning Hosts with Nmap

Nmap is a popular tool included in Fedora that can be used to determine the layout of a network. Nmap has been available for many years and is probably the most often used tool when gathering information. An excellent man page is included that provides a detailed description of its options and usage. Administrators can use Nmap on a network to find host systems and open ports on those systems.
Nmap is a competent first step in vulnerability assessment. You can map out all the hosts within your network and even pass an option that allows Nmap to attempt to identify the operating system running on a particular host. Nmap is a good foundation for establishing a policy of using secure services and stopping unused services.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-Vulnerability_Assessment.html --- 1.2.??Vulnerability Assessment

Product SiteDocumen
 tation Site

1.2.??Vulnerability Assessment

Given time, resources, and motivation, a cracker can break into nearly any system. At the end of the day, all of the security procedures and technologies currently available cannot guarantee that any systems are safe from intrusion. Routers help secure gateways to the Internet. Firewalls help secure the edge of the network. Virtual Private Networks safely pass data in an encrypted stream. Intrusion detection systems warn you of malicious activity. However, the success of each of these technologies is dependent upon a number of variables, including:
  • The expertise of the staff responsible for configuring, monitoring, and maintaining the technologies.
  • The ability to patch and update services and kernels quickly and efficiently.
  • The ability of those responsible to keep constant vigilance over the network.
Given the dynamic state of data systems and technologies, securing corporate resources can be quite complex. Due to this complexity, it is often difficult to find expert resources for all of your systems. While it is possible to have personnel knowledgeable in many areas of information security at a high level, it is difficult to retain staff who are experts in more than a few subject areas. This is mainly because each subject area of information security requires constant attention and focus. Information security does not stand still.

1.2.1.??Thinking Like the Enemy

Suppose that you administer an enterprise network. Such networks are commonly comprised of operating systems, applications, servers, network monitors, firewalls, intrusion detection systems, and more. Now imagine trying to keep current with each of these. Given the complexity of today's software and networking environments, exploits and bugs are a certainty. Keeping current with patches and updates for an entire network can prove to be a daunting task in a large organization with heterogeneous systems.
Combine the expertise requirements with the task of keeping current, and it is inevitable that adverse incidents occur, systems are breached, data is corrupted, and service is interrupted.
To augment security technologies and aid in protecting systems, networks, and data, you must think like a cracker and gauge the security of your systems by checking for weaknesses. Preventative vulnerability assessments against your own systems and network resources can reveal potential issues that can be addressed before a cracker exploits it.
A vulnerability assessment is an internal audit of your network and system security; the results of which indicate the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of your network (as explained in Section??1.1.1.3, ???Standardizing Security???). Typically, vulnerability assessment starts with a reconnaissance phase, during which important data regarding the target systems and resources is gathered. This phase leads to the system readiness phase, whereby the target is essentially checked for all known vulnerabilities. The readiness phase culminates in the reporting phase, where the findings are classified into categories of high, medium, and low risk; and methods for improving the security (or mitigating the risk of vulnerability) of the target are discussed.
If you were to perform a vulnerability assessment of your home, you would likely check each door to your home to see if they are closed and locked. You would also check every window, making sure that they closed completely and latch correctly. This same concept applies to systems, networks, and electronic data. Malicious users are the thieves and vandals of your data. Focus on their tools, mentality, and motivations, and you can then react swiftly to their actions.
--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-xinetd_Configuration_Files-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files.html --- 2.5.4.3.??Altering xinetd Configuration Files

Product SiteDocumentation Site

--- NEW FILE sect-Security_Guide-xinetd_Configuration_Files-The_etcxinetd.d_Directory.html --- 2.5.4.2.??The /etc/xinetd.d/ Directory

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.5.4.2.??The /etc/xinetd.d/ Directory

The /etc/xinetd.d/ directory contains the configuration files for each service managed by xinetd and the names of the files correlate to the service. As with xinetd.conf, this directory is read only when the xinetd service is started. For any changes to take effect, the administrator must restart the xinetd service.
The format of files in the /etc/xinetd.d/ directory use the same conventions as /etc/xinetd.conf. The primary reason the configuration for each service is stored in a separate file is to make customization easier and less likely to affect other services.
To gain an understanding of how these files are structured, consider the /etc/xinetd.d/krb5-telnet file:
service telnet
{
         flags           = REUSE
	 socket_type     = stream
	 wait            = no
	 user            = root
	 server          = /usr/kerberos/sbin/telnetd
	 log_on_failure  += USERID
	 disable         = yes
}
These lines control various aspects of the telnet service:
  • service ??? Specifies the service name, usually one of those listed in the /etc/services file.
  • flags ??? Sets any of a number of attributes for the connection. REUSE instructs xinetd to reuse the socket for a Telnet connection.

    Note

    The REUSE flag is deprecated. All services now implicitly use the REUSE flag.
  • socket_type ??? Sets the network socket type to stream.
  • wait ??? Specifies whether the service is single-threaded (yes) or multi-threaded (no).
  • user ??? Specifies which user ID the process runs under.
  • server ??? Specifies which binary executable to launch.
  • log_on_failure ??? Specifies logging parameters for log_on_failure in addition to those already defined in xinetd.conf.
  • disable ??? Specifies whether the service is disabled (yes) or enabled (no).
Refer to the xinetd.conf man page for more information about these options and their usage.
From kwade at fedoraproject.org Mon Dec 22 19:28:45 2008 From: kwade at fedoraproject.org (Karsten Wade) Date: Mon, 22 Dec 2008 19:28:45 +0000 (UTC) Subject: web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US/Common_Content/css common.css, NONE, 1.1 default.css, NONE, 1.1 overrides.css, NONE, 1.1 Message-ID: <20081222192845.6406770133@cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com> Author: kwade Update of /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US/Common_Content/css In directory cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv11603/en_US/Common_Content/css Added Files: common.css default.css overrides.css Log Message: moving F10 security guide content to this new directory structure --- NEW FILE common.css --- body, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, pre, li, div { line-height: 1.29em; } body { background-color: white; margin:0 auto; font-family: "liberation sans", "Myriad ", "Bitstream Vera Sans", "Lucida Grande", "Luxi Sans", "Trebuchet MS", helvetica, verdana, arial, sans-serif; font-size:12px; max-width:55em; color:black; } body.toc_embeded { /*for web hosting system only*/ margin-left: 300px; } object.toc { /*for web hosting system only*/ border-style:none; position:fixed; width:290px; height:99.99%; top:0; left:0; z-index: 100; border-style:none; border-right:1px solid #999; } /* desktop styles */ body.desktop { margin-left: 24em; } body.desktop .book > .toc { display:block; width:24em; height:99%; position:fixed; overflow:auto; top:0px; left:0px; padding-left:1em; background-color:#EEEEEE; font-size: 0.8em; } .toc { line-height:1.35em; } .toc .chapter, .toc .appendix, .toc .glossary { margin-top:1em; } .toc .part { margin-top:1em; display:block; } span.appendix, span.glossary { display:block; margin-top:0.5em; } div { padding-top:0px; } div.section { padding-top:1em; } p { padding-top:0px; margin-top:0.3em; padding-bottom:0px; margin-bottom:1em; } /*Links*/ a:link { text-decoration:none; border-bottom: 1px dotted ; color:#3366cc; } a:visited { text-decoration:none; border-bottom: 1px dotted ; color:#003366; } div.longdesc-link { float:right; color:#999; } .toc a { font-weight:normal; } /*headings*/ h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { color: #336699; margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: 0em; background-color: transparent; } h1 { font-size:2.0em; } .titlepage h1.title { font-size: 3.0em; padding-top: 1em; text-align:left; } .book > .titlepage h1.title { text-align:center; } .article > .titlepage h1.title { text-align:center; } .producttitle { margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: 0em; font-size: 3.0em; font-weight: bold; background: #336699 url(../images/h1-bg.png) top left repeat; color: white; text-align: center; padding: 0.7em; } .titlepage .corpauthor { margin-top: 1em; text-align: center; } .section h1.title { font-size: 1.6em; padding: 0em; color: #336699; text-align: left; background: white; } h2 { font-size:1.6em; } h2.subtitle, h3.subtitle { margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 1.4em; text-align: center; } .preface > div > div > div > h2.title { margin-top: 1em; font-size: 2.0em; } .appendix h2 { margin-top: 1em; font-size: 2.0em; } h3 { font-size:1.3em; padding-top:0em; padding-bottom:0em; } h4 { font-size:1.1em; padding-top:0em; padding-bottom:0em; } h5 { font-size:1em; } h6 { font-size:1em; } h5.formalpara { font-size:1em; margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:.8em; } .abstract h6 { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:.5em; font-size:2em; } /*element rules*/ hr { border-collapse: collapse; border-style:none; border-top: 1px dotted #ccc; width:100%; margin-top: 3em; } sup { color:#999; } /* web site rules */ ul.languages, .languages li { display:inline; padding:0em; } .languages li a { padding:0em .5em; text-decoration: none; } .languages li p { display:inline; } .languages li a:link, .languages li a:visited { color:#444; } .languages li a:hover, .languages li a:focus, .languages li a:active { color:black; } ul.languages { display:block; background-color:#eee; padding:.5em; } /*supporting stylesheets*/ /*unique to the webpage only*/ .article ul { margin:0em; padding-left:2em; } .article li { margin:0em; padding-left:0em; list-style: disc; } .books { position:relative; } .versions li { width:100%; clear:both; display:block; } a.version { font-size:2em; text-decoration:none; width:100%; display:block; padding:1em 0em .2em 0em; clear:both; } a.version:before { content:"Version"; font-size:smaller; } a.version:visited, a.version:link { color:#666; } a.version:focus, a.version:hover { color:black; } .books { display:block; position:relative; clear:both; width:100%; } .books li { display:block; width:200px; float:left; position:relative; clear: none ; } .books .html { width:170px; display:block; } .books .pdf { position:absolute; left:170px; top:0px; font-size:smaller; } .books .pdf:link, .books .pdf:visited { color:#555; } .books .pdf:hover, .books .pdf:focus { color:#000; } .books li a { text-decoration:none; } .books li a:hover { color:black; } /*products*/ .products li { display: block; width:300px; float:left; } .products li a { width:300px; padding:.5em 0em; } .products ul { clear:both; } /*revision history*/ .revhistory { display:block; } .revhistory table { background-color:transparent; border-color:#fff; padding:0em; margin: 0; border-collapse:collapse; border-style:none; } .revhistory td { text-align:right; padding:0em; border-top: 1px solid #fff; } .revhistory tr td:first-child { text-align:left; } .revhistory tr td p { text-align:left; font-weight:bold; display:block; margin:0em; padding:0em; padding-bottom:0.7em; border-bottom:1px solid #eee; } .revhistory table th { background-color:transparent; color:#336699; font-size:2em; padding: 1em 0em; border-bottom:1px solid #eee; } /*credits*/ .authorgroup div { clear:both; text-align: center; } h3.author { margin: 0em; padding: 0em; padding-top: 1em; } .authorgroup h4 { padding: 0em; margin: 0em; padding-top: 1em; } .author, .editor, .translator, .othercredit { display:block; } .othercredit h3 { padding-top:1em; } .othercredit { margin:0em; padding:0em; } .releaseinfo { clear: both; } .copyright { margin-top: 1em; } /* qanda sets */ .answer { padding-bottom:1em; border-bottom:1px dotted #ccc; } .qandaset .toc { border-bottom:1px dotted #ccc; } .question { font-weight:bold; } .answer .data, .question .data { padding-left: 2.6em; } .answer label, .question label { float:left; font-weight:bold; } .package { font-style:italic; } /* inline syntax highlighting */ .hl-keyword { color: #002F5D; } .hl-string { color: #00774B; } .hl-comment { color: #FF00FF; } .hl-tag { color: #002F5D; } .hl-attribute { color: #a70000; } .hl-value { color: #4E376B; } .hl-html { color:#002F5D; } .hl-xslt { color: #00774B; } .hl-section { color: #00774B; } .hl-directive { color: #002F5D; } .hl-doctype { color: #002F5D; } /*Lists*/ ul { padding-left:1.6em; list-style-image:url(../images/dot.png); list-style-type: circle; } ul ul { list-style-image:url(../images/dot2.png); list-style-type: circle; } ol { list-style-image:none; list-style-type: decimal; } ol.loweralpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; } ol.lowerroman { list-style-type: lower-roman; } ol.upperalpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; } ol.upperroman { list-style-type: upper-roman; } dt { font-weight:bold; margin-bottom:0em; padding-bottom:0em; } dd { margin:0em; margin-left:2em; padding-top:0em; } li { padding-top:0px; margin-top:0em; padding-bottom:0px; margin-bottom:0.4em; } li p { padding-top:0px; margin-top:0em; padding-bottom:0px; margin-bottom:0.3em; } /*images*/ img { display:block; margin:2em 0; } .inlinemediaobject, .inlinemediaobject img { display:inline; margin:0em; } .figure img { display:block; margin:0; } .figure .title { margin:0em; margin-bottom:2em; padding:0px; } /*document modes*/ .confidential { background-color:#900; color:White; padding:.5em .5em; text-transform:uppercase; text-align:center; } .longdesc-link { display:none; } .longdesc { display:none; } .prompt { background-color:#ede7c8; padding:0em .3em; } /*user interface styles*/ .screen .replaceable { color:#444; } pre, code, .guibutton, .keycap, .guilabel { font-family:"liberation mono", "bitstream vera mono", "dejavu mono", monospace; } .guibutton, .keycap, .guilabel { font-weight:bold; white-space:nowrap; } .example { background-color:#dc9f2e; padding:5px; margin-bottom:10px; } /*terminal/console text*/ .computeroutput, .citetitle, .replaceable, .option { font-family:"liberation mono", "bitstream vera mono", "dejavu mono", monospace; } .replaceable { font-family:"liberation mono", "bitstream vera mono", "dejavu mono", monospace; font-style: italic; } .command, .filename, .keycap, .classname, .literal { font-family:"liberation mono", "bitstream vera mono", "dejavu mono", monospace; font-weight:bold; } pre { font-family:"liberation mono", "bitstream vera mono", "dejavu mono", monospace; display:block; background-color:#eeeeee; margin-bottom: 0.3em; padding:.5em 1em; white-space: pre-wrap; /* css-3 */ white-space: -moz-pre-wrap !important; /* Mozilla, since 1999 */ white-space: -pre-wrap; /* Opera 4-6 */ white-space: -o-pre-wrap; /* Opera 7 */ word-wrap: break-word; /* Internet Explorer 5.5+ */ } pre .replaceable, pre .keycap { color:white; } code { white-space: nowrap; } /*Notifications*/ div.note, div.important, div.warning { padding:1em; padding-bottom:20px; margin-top:.5em; margin-bottom:1.5em; background-repeat:no-repeat; background-position:1em 1em; } div.note pre, div.important pre, div.warning pre { background-color:#333; color:white; } div.note { background-image:url(../images/note.png); background-color:#8e9f00; color:white; } div.important { background-color:#d08e13; color:white; background-image:url(../images/important.png); } div.warning { background-color:#9e292b; color:white; background-image:url(../images/warning.png); } /* Admonition Headings */ div.note h2, div.important h2, div.warning h2 { height:32px; font-size:1.3em; } div.note h2, div.important h2, div.warning h2 { color:white; } /* Admonition Inlines */ div.note .replaceable, div.important .replaceable, div.warning .replaceable { color:#e3dcc0; } pre .replaceable, tt .replaceable { color:#444; } div.note .guilabel, div.important .guilabel, div.warning .guilabel { color:#e3dcc0; } /* Admonition Lists ... really? */ div.note li, div.warning li, div.important li { padding-left:10px; margin:0em; } div.note ul, div.warning ul, div.important ul { padding-left:40px; margin:0em; } /* Admonition links in verbatim ... *really* */ div.note pre pre a:visited, div.important pre pre a:visited, div.warning pre pre a:visited, div.note pre a:link, div.important pre a:link, div.warning pre a:link { color:#0066cc; } /* Admonition links */ div.note a:visited, div.important a:visited, div.warning a:visited, div.note a:link , div.important a:link , div.warning a:link { color:#f7f2d0; } /*notification icons*/ div.note h2, div.note p, div.warning h2, div.warning p, div.important h2, .important p { padding:0em; margin:0em; padding-left:56px; } /*Page Title*/ #title strong { display:none; } #title a { border:none; display:block; height:45px; width:110px; padding-left:200px; background:transparent url(../images/image_left.png) top left no-repeat; } #title { display:block; height:45px; background:transparent url(../images/image_right.png) top right no-repeat; padding-bottom:1em; } /*Table*/ table { border:1px solid #6c614b; width:100%; border-collapse:collapse; } table th { text-align:left; background-color:#6699cc; padding:.3em .5em; color:white; } table td { padding:.15em .5em; } table tr.even td { background-color:#f5f5f5; } table th p:first-child, table td p:first-child, table li p:first-child { margin-top:0em; padding-top:0em; display:inline; } th, td { border-style:none; vertical-align: top; } table table td { border-bottom:1px dotted #aaa; background-color:white; padding:.6em 0em; } table table { border:1px solid white; } td.remarkval { color:#444; } td.fieldval { font-weight:bold; } .lbname, .lbtype, .lbdescr, .lbdriver, .lbhost { color:white; font-weight:bold; background-color:#999; width:120px; } td.remarkval { width:230px; } td.tname { font-weight:bold; } th.dbfield { width:120px; } th.dbtype { width:70px; } th.dbdefault { width:70px; } th.dbnul { width:70px; } th.dbkey { width:70px; } span.book { margin-top:4em; display:block; } span.chapter { display:block; margin-top:0.5em; } /*Breadcrumbs*/ #breadcrumbs ul li.first:before { content:" "; } #breadcrumbs { color:#900; padding:3px; margin-bottom:25px; } #breadcrumbs ul { margin-left:0; padding-left:0; display:inline; border:none; } #breadcrumbs ul li { margin-left:0; padding-left:2px; border:none; list-style:none; display:inline; } #breadcrumbs ul li:before { content:"\0020 \0020 \0020 \00BB \0020"; color:#333; } /*status*/ .alpha1 { background: white url(../images/watermark-alpha1.png) top left repeat; } .alpha2 { background: white url(../images/watermark-alpha2.png) top left repeat; } .beta1 { background: white url(../images/watermark-beta1.png) top left repeat; } .beta2 { background: white url(../images/watermark-beta2.png) top left repeat; } .pre-release-candidate { background: white url(../images/watermark-pre-release-candidate.png) top left repeat; } .release-candidate { background: white url(../images/watermark-release-candidate.png) top left repeat; } /*index*/ .glossary h3, .index h3 { font-size: 2em; color:#aaa; margin:0em; } .indexdiv { margin-bottom:1em; } .glossary dt, .index dt { color:#444; padding-top:.5em; } .glossary dl dl dt, .index dl dl dt { color:#777; font-weight:normal; padding-top:0em; } .index dl dl dt:before { content:"- "; color:#ccc; } /*changes*/ .footnote { padding:.2em 1em; background-color:#c8c5ac; font-size: .7em; margin:0em; margin-bottom:.5em; color:#222; } table .footnote { margin:1em .5em; } sup { padding:0em .3em; padding-left:0em; } .footnote { position:relative; } .footnote sup { color:#e3dcc0; position:absolute; left: .4em; } .footnote sup a:link, .footnote sup a:visited { color:#92917d; text-decoration:none; } .footnote:hover sup a { color:#fff; text-decoration:none; } .footnote p { padding-left:5em; } .footnote a:link, .footnote a:visited { color:#00537c; } .footnote a:hover { color:white; } /**/ div.chapter { margin-top:3em; } div.section { margin-top:1em; } div.note .replaceable, div.important .replaceable, div.warning .replaceable, div.note .keycap, div.important .keycap, div.warning .keycap { color:white; } .authorgroup h4 { padding:0em; margin:0em; margin-top:1em; } .author, .editor, .translator, .othercredit { display:block; } ul li p:last-child { margin-bottom:0em; padding-bottom:0em; } /*document navigation*/ .docnav a, .docnav strong { border:none; text-decoration:none; font-weight:normal; } .docnav { list-style:none; margin:0em; padding:0em; position:relative; width:100%; padding-bottom:2em; padding-top:1em; border-top:1px dotted #ccc; } .docnav li { list-style:none; margin:0em; padding:0em; display:inline; font-size:.8em; } .docnav li:before { content:" "; } .docnav li.previous, .docnav li.next { position:absolute; top:1em; } .docnav li.up, .docnav li.home { margin:0em 1.5em; } .docnav li.previous { left:0px; text-align:left; } .docnav li.next { right:0px; text-align:right; } .docnav li.previous strong, .docnav li.next strong { display:block; height:22px; } .docnav { margin:0 auto; text-align:center; } .docnav li.next a strong { background: url(../images/stock-go-forward.png) top right no-repeat; padding-top:3px; padding-right:28px; font-size:1.2em; } .docnav li.previous a strong { background: url(../images/stock-go-back.png) top left no-repeat; padding-top:3px; padding-left:28px; font-size:1.2em; } .docnav li.home a strong { background: url(../images/stock-home.png) top left no-repeat; padding:5px; padding-left:28px; font-size:1.2em; } .docnav li.up a strong { background: url(../images/stock-go-up.png) top left no-repeat; padding:5px; padding-left:28px; font-size:1.2em; } .docnav a:link, .docnav a:visited { color:#666; } .docnav a:hover, .docnav a:focus, .docnav a:active { color:black; } .docnav a { max-width: 10em; overflow:hidden; } .docnav a:link strong { text-decoration:none; } .docnav { margin:0 auto; text-align:center; } ul.docnav { margin-bottom: 1em; } /* Reports */ .reports ul { list-style:none; margin:0em; padding:0em; } .reports li{ margin:0em; padding:0em; } .reports li.odd { background-color: #eeeeee; margin:0em; padding:0em; } .reports dl { display:inline; margin:0em; padding:0em; float:right; margin-right: 17em; margin-top:-1.3em; } .reports dt { display:inline; margin:0em; padding:0em; } .reports dd { display:inline; margin:0em; padding:0em; padding-right:.5em; } .reports h2, .reports h3{ display:inline; padding-right:.5em; font-size:10pt; font-weight:normal; } .reports div.progress { display:inline; float:right; width:16em; background:#c00 url(../images/shine.png) top left repeat-x; margin:0em; margin-top:-1.3em; padding:0em; border:none; } /*uniform*/ body.results, body.reports { max-width:57em ; padding:0em; } /*Progress Bar*/ div.progress { display:block; float:left; width:16em; background:#c00 url(../images/shine.png) top left repeat-x; height:1em; } div.progress span { height:1em; float:left; } div.progress span.translated { background:#6c3 url(../images/shine.png) top left repeat-x; } div.progress span.fuzzy { background:#ff9f00 url(../images/shine.png) top left repeat-x; } /*Results*/ .results ul { list-style:none; margin:0em; padding:0em; } .results li{ margin:0em; padding:0em; } .results li.odd { background-color: #eeeeee; margin:0em; padding:0em; } .results dl { display:inline; margin:0em; padding:0em; float:right; margin-right: 17em; margin-top:-1.3em; } .results dt { display:inline; margin:0em; padding:0em; } .results dd { display:inline; margin:0em; padding:0em; padding-right:.5em; } .results h2, .results h3{ display:inline; padding-right:.5em; font-size:10pt; font-weight:normal; } .results div.progress { display:inline; float:right; width:16em; background:#c00 url(../images/shine.png) top left repeat-x; margin:0em; margin-top:-1.3em; padding:0em; border:none; } /* Dirty EVIL Mozilla hack for round corners */ pre { -moz-border-radius:11px; } .example { -moz-border-radius:15px; } .term{ color:#336699; } .package { font-style: italic; } .edition { color: #336699; background-color: transparent; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: bold; text-align: center; } span.remark{ background-color: #ffff00; } --- NEW FILE default.css --- @import url("common.css"); @import url("overrides.css"); --- NEW FILE overrides.css --- a:link { color:#0066cc; } a:hover, a:active { color:#003366; } a:visited { color:#6699cc; } h1 { color:#3c6eb4 } .producttitle { background: #3c6eb4 url(../images/h1-bg.png) top left repeat; } .section h1.title { color:#3c6eb4; } h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { color:#3c6eb4; } table { border:1px solid #3c6eb4; } table th { background-color:#3c6eb4; } table tr.even td { background-color:#f5f5f5; } .term{ color:#3c6eb4 } .revhistory table th { color:#3c6eb4; } .edition { color: #3c6eb4; } From kwade at fedoraproject.org Mon Dec 22 19:28:46 2008 From: kwade at fedoraproject.org (Karsten Wade) Date: Mon, 22 Dec 2008 19:28:46 +0000 (UTC) Subject: web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US/images FirefoxWithKerberosSSO.png, NONE, 1.1 SCLogin.png, NONE, 1.1 SCLoginEnrollment.png, NONE, 1.1 auth-panel.png, NONE, 1.1 authicon.png, NONE, 1.1 n-t-n-ipsec-diagram.png, NONE, 1.1 n-to-n-ipsec-local.png, NONE, 1.1 n-to-n-ipsec-remote.png, NONE, 1.1 rh-securitylevel.png, NONE, 1.1 sec-ipsec-host2host.png, NONE, 1.1 serv-config.png, NONE, 1.1 tcp_wrap_diagram.png, NONE, 1.1 user_pass_groups.png, NONE, 1.1 user_pass_info.png, NONE, 1.1 Message-ID: <20081222192846.E275D70130@cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com> Author: kwade Update of /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US/images In directory cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv11603/en_US/images Added Files: FirefoxWithKerberosSSO.png SCLogin.png SCLoginEnrollment.png auth-panel.png authicon.png n-t-n-ipsec-diagram.png n-to-n-ipsec-local.png n-to-n-ipsec-remote.png rh-securitylevel.png sec-ipsec-host2host.png serv-config.png tcp_wrap_diagram.png user_pass_groups.png user_pass_info.png Log Message: moving F10 security guide content to this new directory structure From kwade at fedoraproject.org Mon Dec 22 19:28:46 2008 From: kwade at fedoraproject.org (Karsten Wade) Date: Mon, 22 Dec 2008 19:28:46 +0000 (UTC) Subject: web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US/Common_Content/images 1.png, NONE, 1.1 1.svg, NONE, 1.1 10.png, NONE, 1.1 10.svg, NONE, 1.1 11.png, NONE, 1.1 11.svg, NONE, 1.1 12.png, NONE, 1.1 12.svg, NONE, 1.1 13.png, NONE, 1.1 13.svg, NONE, 1.1 14.png, NONE, 1.1 14.svg, NONE, 1.1 15.png, NONE, 1.1 15.svg, NONE, 1.1 16.png, NONE, 1.1 16.svg, NONE, 1.1 17.png, NONE, 1.1 17.svg, NONE, 1.1 18.png, NONE, 1.1 18.svg, NONE, 1.1 19.png, NONE, 1.1 19.svg, NONE, 1.1 2.png, NONE, 1.1 2.svg, NONE, 1.1 20.png, NONE, 1.1 20.svg, NONE, 1.1 21.png, NONE, 1.1 21.svg, NONE, 1.1 22.png, NONE, 1.1 22.svg, NONE, 1.1 23.png, NONE, 1.1 23.svg, NONE, 1.1 3.png, NONE, 1.1 3.svg, NONE, 1.1 4.png, NONE, 1.1 4.svg, NONE, 1.1 5.png, NONE, 1.1 5.svg, NONE, 1.1 6.png, NONE, 1.1 6.svg, NONE, 1.1 7.png, NONE, 1.1 7.svg, NONE, 1.1 8.png, NONE, 1.1 8.svg, NONE, 1.1 9.png, NONE, 1.1 9.svg, NONE, 1.1 background.png, NONE, 1.1 bkgrnd_greydots.png, NONE, 1.1 bullet_arrowblue.png, NONE, 1.1 documentation.png, NONE, 1.1 dot.png, NONE, 1.1 dot2.png, NONE, 1.1 h1-bg.png, NONE, 1.1 image_left.png, NONE, 1.1 image_right.png, NONE, 1.1 important.png, NONE, 1.1 important.svg, NONE, 1.1 key.png, NONE, 1.1 logo.png, NONE, 1.1 note.png, NONE, 1.1 note.svg, NONE, 1.1 shade.png, NONE, 1.1 stock-go-back.png, NONE, 1.1 stock-go-forward.png, NONE, 1.1 stock-go-up.png, NONE, 1.1 stock-home.png, NONE, 1.1 title_logo.png, NONE, 1.1 title_logo.svg, NONE, 1.1 warning.png, NONE, 1.1 warning.svg, NONE, 1.1 watermark-alpha1.png, NONE, 1.1 watermark-alpha2.png, NONE, 1.1 watermark-beta1.png, NONE, 1.1 watermark-beta2.png, NONE, 1.1 watermark-blank.png, NONE, 1.1 watermark-pre-release-candidate.png, NONE, 1.1 watermark-release-candidate.png, NONE, 1.1 Message-ID: <20081222192846.9190E70130@cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com> Author: kwade Update of /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US/Common_Content/images In directory cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv11603/en_US/Common_Content/images Added Files: 1.png 1.svg 10.png 10.svg 11.png 11.svg 12.png 12.svg 13.png 13.svg 14.png 14.svg 15.png 15.svg 16.png 16.svg 17.png 17.svg 18.png 18.svg 19.png 19.svg 2.png 2.svg 20.png 20.svg 21.png 21.svg 22.png 22.svg 23.png 23.svg 3.png 3.svg 4.png 4.svg 5.png 5.svg 6.png 6.svg 7.png 7.svg 8.png 8.svg 9.png 9.svg background.png bkgrnd_greydots.png bullet_arrowblue.png documentation.png dot.png dot2.png h1-bg.png image_left.png image_right.png important.png important.svg key.png logo.png note.png note.svg shade.png stock-go-back.png stock-go-forward.png stock-go-up.png stock-home.png title_logo.png title_logo.svg warning.png warning.svg watermark-alpha1.png watermark-alpha2.png watermark-beta1.png watermark-beta2.png watermark-blank.png watermark-pre-release-candidate.png watermark-release-candidate.png Log Message: moving F10 security guide content to this new directory structure --- NEW FILE 1.svg --- --- NEW FILE 10.svg --- --- NEW FILE 11.svg --- --- NEW FILE 12.svg --- --- NEW FILE 13.svg --- --- NEW FILE 14.svg --- --- NEW FILE 15.svg --- --- NEW FILE 16.svg --- --- NEW FILE 17.svg --- --- NEW FILE 18.svg --- --- NEW FILE 19.svg --- --- NEW FILE 2.svg --- --- NEW FILE 20.svg --- --- NEW FILE 21.svg --- --- NEW FILE 22.svg --- --- NEW FILE 23.svg --- --- NEW FILE 3.svg --- --- NEW FILE 4.svg --- --- NEW FILE 5.svg --- --- NEW FILE 6.svg --- --- NEW FILE 7.svg --- --- NEW FILE 8.svg --- --- NEW FILE 9.svg --- --- NEW FILE important.svg --- image/svg+xml --- NEW FILE note.svg --- image/svg+xml --- NEW FILE title_logo.svg --- --- NEW FILE warning.svg --- image/svg+xml From kwade at fedoraproject.org Mon Dec 22 19:30:07 2008 From: kwade at fedoraproject.org (Karsten Wade) Date: Mon, 22 Dec 2008 19:30:07 +0000 (UTC) Subject: web/html/docs/security-guide/en_US Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion-Secure_Shell.html, 1.1, NONE Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion-Virtual_Private_Networks.html, 1.1, NONE Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion.html, 1.1, NONE Security_Guide-Encryption-Protecting_Data_at_Rest-File_Based_Encryption.html, 1.1, NONE We_Need_Feedback.html, 1.1, NONE chap-Security_Guide-Encryption.html, 1.1, NONE chap-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security.html, 1.1, NONE chap-Security_Guide-References.html, 1.1, NONE chap-Security_Guide-Secure_Installation.html, 1.1, NONE chap-Security_Guide-Securing_Your_Network.html, 1.1, NONE chap-Security_Guide-Security_Overview.html, 1.1, NONE chap-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance.html, 1.1, NONE index.html, 1.1, NONE pref-Security_Guide-Preface.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Related_Books.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Related_Documentation.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_Firewall_Websites.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_IP_Tables_Websites.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_Kerberos_Websites.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_PAM_Websites.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_TCP_Wrappers_Websites.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files-Access_Control_Options.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files-Binding_and_Redirection_Options.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files-Resource_Management_Options.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities-Threats_to_Network_Security.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities-Threats_to_Server_Security.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities-Threats_to_Workstation_and_Home_PC_Security.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Activating_the_IPTables_Service.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Enabling_and_Disabling_the_Firewall.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Other_Ports.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Saving_the_Settings.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Trusted_Services.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-Command_Options.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-IPTables_Match_Options.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-IPTables_Parameter_Options.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-Listing_Options.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-Target_Options.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Common_Exploits_and_Attacks.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives-Installation-Instructions.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives-Things_of_note.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives-Usage_Instructions.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-Protecting_Data_at_Rest-Full_Disk_Encryption.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-Anticipating_Your_Future_Needs.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-Nessus.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-Nikto.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-VLAD_the_Scanner.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-FORWARD_and_NAT_Rules-DMZs_and_IPTables.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-FORWARD_and_NAT_Rules-Prerouting.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Additional_Resources.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Basic_Firewall_Configuration.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Common_IPTables_Filtering.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-FORWARD_and_NAT_Rules.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-IPTables_and_Connection_Tracking.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-IPv6.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Malicious_Software_and_Spoofed_IP_Addresses.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Using_IPTables.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security-DISA_IASE_Documents.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security-NSA_Documents.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security-Tips_Guides_and_Tools.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Additional_Resources.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Command_Options_for_IPTables.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Differences_Between_IPTables_and_IPChains.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-IPTables_Control_Scripts.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-IPTables_and_IPv6.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Saving_IPTables_Rules.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-IPTables.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-IPTables_Match_Options-Additional_Match_Option_Modules.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-IPTables_Match_Options-ICMP_Protocol.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-IPTables_Match_Options-UDP_Protocol.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-IPsec_Host_to_Host_Configuration-Manual_IPsec_Host_to_Host_Configuration.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-IPsec_Network_to_Network_Configuration-Manual_IPsec_Network_to_Network_Configuration.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Additional_Resources.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Configuring_a_Kerberos_5_Client.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Configuring_a_Kerberos_5_Server.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Domain_to_Realm_Mapping.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-How_Kerberos_Works.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Kerberos_Terminology.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Kerberos_and_PAM.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Setting_Up_Cross_Realm_Authentication.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Setting_Up_Secondary_KDCs.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Links_of_Interest.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Manually_Encrypting_Directories-Step_by_Step_Instructions.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Manually_Encrypting_Directories-What_you_have_just_accomplished.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Manually_Encrypting_Directories.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Option_Fields-Access_Control.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Option_Fields-Expansions.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Option_Fields-Shell_Commands.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-PAM_Configuration_File_Format-Control_Flag.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-PAM_Configuration_File_Format-Module_Arguments.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-PAM_Configuration_File_Format-Module_Name.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-PAM_and_Administrative_Credential_Caching-Common_pam_timestamp_Directives.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-PAM_and_Device_Ownership-Application_Access.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-Additional_Resources.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-Creating_PAM_Modules.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_Configuration_File_Format.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_Configuration_Files.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_and_Administrative_Credential_Caching.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_and_Device_Ownership.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-Sample_PAM_Configuration_Files.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Secure_Installation-Utilize_LUKS_Partition_Encryption.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_FTP-Anonymous_Access.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_FTP-Use_TCP_Wrappers_To_Control_Access.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_FTP-User_Accounts.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NFS-Beware_of_Syntax_Errors.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NFS-Do_Not_Use_the_no_root_squash_Option.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Assign_Static_Ports_and_Use_iptables_Rules.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Edit_the_varypsecurenets_File.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Use_Kerberos_Authentication.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Use_a_Password_like_NIS_Domain_Name_and_Hostname.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_Portmap-Protect_portmap_With_iptables.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_Sendmail-Mail_only_Users.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_Sendmail-NFS_and_Sendmail.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-Do_Not_Remove_the_IncludesNoExec_Directive.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-Restrict_Permissions_for_Executable_Directories.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-The_Indexes_Directive.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-The_UserDir_Directive.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Security_Updates.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_FTP.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_NFS.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_NIS.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_Portmap.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_Sendmail.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Verifying_Which_Ports_Are_Listening.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-Configuring_Firefox_to_use_Kerberos_for_SSO.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-Getting_Started_with_your_new_Smart_Card.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-How_Smart_Card_Enrollment_Works.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-How_Smart_Card_Login_Works.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance-Install_Signed_Packages_from_Well_Known_Repositories.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance-Plan_and_Configure_Security_Updates-Adjusting_Automatic_Updates.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance-Plan_and_Configure_Security_Updates.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_Configuration_Files-Option_Fields.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-Additional_Resources.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-TCP_Wrappers_Configuration_Files.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-xinetd.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-xinetd_Configuration_Files.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Server_Security-Inattentive_Administration.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Server_Security-Inherently_Insecure_Services.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Server_Security-Unpatched_Services.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Workstation_and_Home_PC_Security-Vulnerable_Client_Applications.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Using_IPTables-Basic_Firewall_Policies.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Using_IPTables-Saving_and_Restoring_IPTables_Rules.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-Creating_an_IPsec_Connection.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec_Host_to_Host_Configuration.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec_Installation.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec_Network_to_Network_Configuration.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-Starting_and_Stopping_an_IPsec_Connection.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-VPNs_and_PROD.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Vulnerability_Assessment-Defining_Assessment_and_Testing.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Vulnerability_Assessment-Evaluating_the_Tools.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-Vulnerability_Assessment.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-xinetd_Configuration_Files-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files.html, 1.1, NONE sect-Security_Guide-xinetd_Configuration_Files-The_etcxinetd.d_Directory.html, 1.1, NONE Message-ID: <20081222193007.CA61770130@cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com> Author: kwade Update of /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/en_US In directory cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv12022/en_US Removed Files: Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion-Secure_Shell.html Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion-Virtual_Private_Networks.html Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion.html Security_Guide-Encryption-Protecting_Data_at_Rest-File_Based_Encryption.html We_Need_Feedback.html chap-Security_Guide-Encryption.html chap-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security.html chap-Security_Guide-References.html chap-Security_Guide-Secure_Installation.html chap-Security_Guide-Securing_Your_Network.html chap-Security_Guide-Security_Overview.html chap-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance.html index.html pref-Security_Guide-Preface.html sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Related_Books.html sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Related_Documentation.html sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_Firewall_Websites.html sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_IP_Tables_Websites.html sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_Kerberos_Websites.html sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_PAM_Websites.html sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_TCP_Wrappers_Websites.html sect-Security_Guide-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files-Access_Control_Options.html sect-Security_Guide-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files-Binding_and_Redirection_Options.html sect-Security_Guide-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files-Resource_Management_Options.html sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities-Threats_to_Network_Security.html sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities-Threats_to_Server_Security.html sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities-Threats_to_Workstation_and_Home_PC_Security.html sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities.html sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Activating_the_IPTables_Service.html sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Enabling_and_Disabling_the_Firewall.html sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Other_Ports.html sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Saving_the_Settings.html sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Trusted_Services.html sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-Command_Options.html sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-IPTables_Match_Options.html sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-IPTables_Parameter_Options.html sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-Listing_Options.html sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-Target_Options.html sect-Security_Guide-Common_Exploits_and_Attacks.html sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives-Installation-Instructions.html sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives-Things_of_note.html sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives-Usage_Instructions.html sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives.html sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-Protecting_Data_at_Rest-Full_Disk_Encryption.html sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-Anticipating_Your_Future_Needs.html sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-Nessus.html sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-Nikto.html sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-VLAD_the_Scanner.html sect-Security_Guide-FORWARD_and_NAT_Rules-DMZs_and_IPTables.html sect-Security_Guide-FORWARD_and_NAT_Rules-Prerouting.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Additional_Resources.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Basic_Firewall_Configuration.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Common_IPTables_Filtering.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-FORWARD_and_NAT_Rules.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-IPTables_and_Connection_Tracking.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-IPv6.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Malicious_Software_and_Spoofed_IP_Addresses.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Using_IPTables.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls.html sect-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security-DISA_IASE_Documents.html sect-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security-NSA_Documents.html sect-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security-Tips_Guides_and_Tools.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Additional_Resources.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Command_Options_for_IPTables.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Differences_Between_IPTables_and_IPChains.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-IPTables_Control_Scripts.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-IPTables_and_IPv6.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Saving_IPTables_Rules.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables_Match_Options-Additional_Match_Option_Modules.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables_Match_Options-ICMP_Protocol.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables_Match_Options-UDP_Protocol.html sect-Security_Guide-IPsec_Host_to_Host_Configuration-Manual_IPsec_Host_to_Host_Configuration.html sect-Security_Guide-IPsec_Network_to_Network_Configuration-Manual_IPsec_Network_to_Network_Configuration.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Additional_Resources.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Configuring_a_Kerberos_5_Client.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Configuring_a_Kerberos_5_Server.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Domain_to_Realm_Mapping.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-How_Kerberos_Works.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Kerberos_Terminology.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Kerberos_and_PAM.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Setting_Up_Cross_Realm_Authentication.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Setting_Up_Secondary_KDCs.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos.html sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Links_of_Interest.html sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Manually_Encrypting_Directories-Step_by_Step_Instructions.html sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Manually_Encrypting_Directories-What_you_have_just_accomplished.html sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Manually_Encrypting_Directories.html sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption.html sect-Security_Guide-Option_Fields-Access_Control.html sect-Security_Guide-Option_Fields-Expansions.html sect-Security_Guide-Option_Fields-Shell_Commands.html sect-Security_Guide-PAM_Configuration_File_Format-Control_Flag.html sect-Security_Guide-PAM_Configuration_File_Format-Module_Arguments.html sect-Security_Guide-PAM_Configuration_File_Format-Module_Name.html sect-Security_Guide-PAM_and_Administrative_Credential_Caching-Common_pam_timestamp_Directives.html sect-Security_Guide-PAM_and_Device_Ownership-Application_Access.html sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-Additional_Resources.html sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-Creating_PAM_Modules.html sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_Configuration_File_Format.html sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_Configuration_Files.html sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_and_Administrative_Credential_Caching.html sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_and_Device_Ownership.html sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-Sample_PAM_Configuration_Files.html sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM.html sect-Security_Guide-Secure_Installation-Utilize_LUKS_Partition_Encryption.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_FTP-Anonymous_Access.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_FTP-Use_TCP_Wrappers_To_Control_Access.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_FTP-User_Accounts.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NFS-Beware_of_Syntax_Errors.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NFS-Do_Not_Use_the_no_root_squash_Option.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Assign_Static_Ports_and_Use_iptables_Rules.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Edit_the_varypsecurenets_File.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Use_Kerberos_Authentication.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Use_a_Password_like_NIS_Domain_Name_and_Hostname.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_Portmap-Protect_portmap_With_iptables.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_Sendmail-Mail_only_Users.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_Sendmail-NFS_and_Sendmail.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-Do_Not_Remove_the_IncludesNoExec_Directive.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-Restrict_Permissions_for_Executable_Directories.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-The_Indexes_Directive.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-The_UserDir_Directive.html sect-Security_Guide-Security_Updates.html sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_FTP.html sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_NFS.html sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_NIS.html sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_Portmap.html sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_Sendmail.html sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server.html sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Verifying_Which_Ports_Are_Listening.html sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security.html sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-Configuring_Firefox_to_use_Kerberos_for_SSO.html sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-Getting_Started_with_your_new_Smart_Card.html sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-How_Smart_Card_Enrollment_Works.html sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-How_Smart_Card_Login_Works.html sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO.html sect-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance-Install_Signed_Packages_from_Well_Known_Repositories.html sect-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance-Plan_and_Configure_Security_Updates-Adjusting_Automatic_Updates.html sect-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance-Plan_and_Configure_Security_Updates.html sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_Configuration_Files-Option_Fields.html sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-Additional_Resources.html sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-TCP_Wrappers_Configuration_Files.html sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-xinetd.html sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-xinetd_Configuration_Files.html sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd.html sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Server_Security-Inattentive_Administration.html sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Server_Security-Inherently_Insecure_Services.html sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Server_Security-Unpatched_Services.html sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Workstation_and_Home_PC_Security-Vulnerable_Client_Applications.html sect-Security_Guide-Using_IPTables-Basic_Firewall_Policies.html sect-Security_Guide-Using_IPTables-Saving_and_Restoring_IPTables_Rules.html sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-Creating_an_IPsec_Connection.html sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec.html sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec_Host_to_Host_Configuration.html sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec_Installation.html sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec_Network_to_Network_Configuration.html sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-Starting_and_Stopping_an_IPsec_Connection.html sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-VPNs_and_PROD.html sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs.html sect-Security_Guide-Vulnerability_Assessment-Defining_Assessment_and_Testing.html sect-Security_Guide-Vulnerability_Assessment-Evaluating_the_Tools.html sect-Security_Guide-Vulnerability_Assessment.html sect-Security_Guide-xinetd_Configuration_Files-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files.html sect-Security_Guide-xinetd_Configuration_Files-The_etcxinetd.d_Directory.html Log Message: moving all of this to the f10/ sub-dir as these are Fedora 10 specific files --- Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion-Secure_Shell.html DELETED --- --- Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion-Virtual_Private_Networks.html DELETED --- --- Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion.html DELETED --- --- Security_Guide-Encryption-Protecting_Data_at_Rest-File_Based_Encryption.html DELETED --- --- We_Need_Feedback.html DELETED --- --- chap-Security_Guide-Encryption.html DELETED --- --- chap-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security.html DELETED --- --- chap-Security_Guide-References.html DELETED --- --- chap-Security_Guide-Secure_Installation.html DELETED --- --- chap-Security_Guide-Securing_Your_Network.html DELETED --- --- chap-Security_Guide-Security_Overview.html DELETED --- --- chap-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance.html DELETED --- --- index.html DELETED --- --- pref-Security_Guide-Preface.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Related_Books.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Related_Documentation.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_Firewall_Websites.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_IP_Tables_Websites.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_Kerberos_Websites.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_PAM_Websites.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_TCP_Wrappers_Websites.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files-Access_Control_Options.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files-Binding_and_Redirection_Options.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files-Resource_Management_Options.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities-Threats_to_Network_Security.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities-Threats_to_Server_Security.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities-Threats_to_Workstation_and_Home_PC_Security.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Activating_the_IPTables_Service.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Enabling_and_Disabling_the_Firewall.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Other_Ports.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Saving_the_Settings.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Trusted_Services.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-Command_Options.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-IPTables_Match_Options.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-IPTables_Parameter_Options.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-Listing_Options.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-Target_Options.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Common_Exploits_and_Attacks.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives-Installation-Instructions.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives-Things_of_note.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives-Usage_Instructions.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-Protecting_Data_at_Rest-Full_Disk_Encryption.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-Anticipating_Your_Future_Needs.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-Nessus.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-Nikto.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-VLAD_the_Scanner.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-FORWARD_and_NAT_Rules-DMZs_and_IPTables.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-FORWARD_and_NAT_Rules-Prerouting.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Additional_Resources.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Basic_Firewall_Configuration.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Common_IPTables_Filtering.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-FORWARD_and_NAT_Rules.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-IPTables_and_Connection_Tracking.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-IPv6.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Malicious_Software_and_Spoofed_IP_Addresses.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Using_IPTables.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security-DISA_IASE_Documents.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security-NSA_Documents.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security-Tips_Guides_and_Tools.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Additional_Resources.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Command_Options_for_IPTables.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Differences_Between_IPTables_and_IPChains.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-IPTables_Control_Scripts.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-IPTables_and_IPv6.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Saving_IPTables_Rules.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-IPTables.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-IPTables_Match_Options-Additional_Match_Option_Modules.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-IPTables_Match_Options-ICMP_Protocol.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-IPTables_Match_Options-UDP_Protocol.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-IPsec_Host_to_Host_Configuration-Manual_IPsec_Host_to_Host_Configuration.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-IPsec_Network_to_Network_Configuration-Manual_IPsec_Network_to_Network_Configuration.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Additional_Resources.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Configuring_a_Kerberos_5_Client.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Configuring_a_Kerberos_5_Server.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Domain_to_Realm_Mapping.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-How_Kerberos_Works.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Kerberos_Terminology.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Kerberos_and_PAM.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Setting_Up_Cross_Realm_Authentication.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Setting_Up_Secondary_KDCs.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Links_of_Interest.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Manually_Encrypting_Directories-Step_by_Step_Instructions.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Manually_Encrypting_Directories-What_you_have_just_accomplished.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Manually_Encrypting_Directories.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Option_Fields-Access_Control.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Option_Fields-Expansions.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Option_Fields-Shell_Commands.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-PAM_Configuration_File_Format-Control_Flag.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-PAM_Configuration_File_Format-Module_Arguments.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-PAM_Configuration_File_Format-Module_Name.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-PAM_and_Administrative_Credential_Caching-Common_pam_timestamp_Directives.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-PAM_and_Device_Ownership-Application_Access.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-Additional_Resources.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-Creating_PAM_Modules.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_Configuration_File_Format.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_Configuration_Files.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_and_Administrative_Credential_Caching.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_and_Device_Ownership.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-Sample_PAM_Configuration_Files.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Secure_Installation-Utilize_LUKS_Partition_Encryption.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Securing_FTP-Anonymous_Access.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Securing_FTP-Use_TCP_Wrappers_To_Control_Access.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Securing_FTP-User_Accounts.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NFS-Beware_of_Syntax_Errors.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NFS-Do_Not_Use_the_no_root_squash_Option.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Assign_Static_Ports_and_Use_iptables_Rules.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Edit_the_varypsecurenets_File.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Use_Kerberos_Authentication.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Use_a_Password_like_NIS_Domain_Name_and_Hostname.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Securing_Portmap-Protect_portmap_With_iptables.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Securing_Sendmail-Mail_only_Users.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Securing_Sendmail-NFS_and_Sendmail.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-Do_Not_Remove_the_IncludesNoExec_Directive.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-Restrict_Permissions_for_Executable_Directories.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-The_Indexes_Directive.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-The_UserDir_Directive.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Security_Updates.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_FTP.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_NFS.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_NIS.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_Portmap.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_Sendmail.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Verifying_Which_Ports_Are_Listening.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-Configuring_Firefox_to_use_Kerberos_for_SSO.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-Getting_Started_with_your_new_Smart_Card.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-How_Smart_Card_Enrollment_Works.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-How_Smart_Card_Login_Works.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance-Install_Signed_Packages_from_Well_Known_Repositories.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance-Plan_and_Configure_Security_Updates-Adjusting_Automatic_Updates.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance-Plan_and_Configure_Security_Updates.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_Configuration_Files-Option_Fields.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-Additional_Resources.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-TCP_Wrappers_Configuration_Files.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-xinetd.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-xinetd_Configuration_Files.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Server_Security-Inattentive_Administration.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Server_Security-Inherently_Insecure_Services.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Server_Security-Unpatched_Services.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Workstation_and_Home_PC_Security-Vulnerable_Client_Applications.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Using_IPTables-Basic_Firewall_Policies.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Using_IPTables-Saving_and_Restoring_IPTables_Rules.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-Creating_an_IPsec_Connection.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec_Host_to_Host_Configuration.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec_Installation.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec_Network_to_Network_Configuration.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-Starting_and_Stopping_an_IPsec_Connection.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-VPNs_and_PROD.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Vulnerability_Assessment-Defining_Assessment_and_Testing.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Vulnerability_Assessment-Evaluating_the_Tools.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-Vulnerability_Assessment.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-xinetd_Configuration_Files-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files.html DELETED --- --- sect-Security_Guide-xinetd_Configuration_Files-The_etcxinetd.d_Directory.html DELETED --- From kwade at fedoraproject.org Mon Dec 22 19:30:08 2008 From: kwade at fedoraproject.org (Karsten Wade) Date: Mon, 22 Dec 2008 19:30:08 +0000 (UTC) Subject: web/html/docs/security-guide/en_US/Common_Content/css common.css, 1.1, NONE default.css, 1.1, NONE overrides.css, 1.1, NONE Message-ID: <20081222193008.7E20970130@cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com> Author: kwade Update of /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/en_US/Common_Content/css In directory cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv12022/en_US/Common_Content/css Removed Files: common.css default.css overrides.css Log Message: moving all of this to the f10/ sub-dir as these are Fedora 10 specific files --- common.css DELETED --- --- default.css DELETED --- --- overrides.css DELETED --- From kwade at fedoraproject.org Mon Dec 22 19:30:12 2008 From: kwade at fedoraproject.org (Karsten Wade) Date: Mon, 22 Dec 2008 19:30:12 +0000 (UTC) Subject: web/html/docs/security-guide/en_US/images FirefoxWithKerberosSSO.png, 1.1, NONE SCLogin.png, 1.1, NONE SCLoginEnrollment.png, 1.1, NONE auth-panel.png, 1.1, NONE authicon.png, 1.1, NONE n-t-n-ipsec-diagram.png, 1.1, NONE n-to-n-ipsec-local.png, 1.1, NONE n-to-n-ipsec-remote.png, 1.1, NONE rh-securitylevel.png, 1.1, NONE sec-ipsec-host2host.png, 1.1, NONE serv-config.png, 1.1, NONE tcp_wrap_diagram.png, 1.1, NONE user_pass_groups.png, 1.1, NONE user_pass_info.png, 1.1, NONE Message-ID: <20081222193012.114CA70130@cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com> Author: kwade Update of /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/en_US/images In directory cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv12022/en_US/images Removed Files: FirefoxWithKerberosSSO.png SCLogin.png SCLoginEnrollment.png auth-panel.png authicon.png n-t-n-ipsec-diagram.png n-to-n-ipsec-local.png n-to-n-ipsec-remote.png rh-securitylevel.png sec-ipsec-host2host.png serv-config.png tcp_wrap_diagram.png user_pass_groups.png user_pass_info.png Log Message: moving all of this to the f10/ sub-dir as these are Fedora 10 specific files From kwade at fedoraproject.org Mon Dec 22 19:30:10 2008 From: kwade at fedoraproject.org (Karsten Wade) Date: Mon, 22 Dec 2008 19:30:10 +0000 (UTC) Subject: web/html/docs/security-guide/en_US/Common_Content/images 1.png, 1.1, NONE 1.svg, 1.1, NONE 10.png, 1.1, NONE 10.svg, 1.1, NONE 11.png, 1.1, NONE 11.svg, 1.1, NONE 12.png, 1.1, NONE 12.svg, 1.1, NONE 13.png, 1.1, NONE 13.svg, 1.1, NONE 14.png, 1.1, NONE 14.svg, 1.1, NONE 15.png, 1.1, NONE 15.svg, 1.1, NONE 16.png, 1.1, NONE 16.svg, 1.1, NONE 17.png, 1.1, NONE 17.svg, 1.1, NONE 18.png, 1.1, NONE 18.svg, 1.1, NONE 19.png, 1.1, NONE 19.svg, 1.1, NONE 2.png, 1.1, NONE 2.svg, 1.1, NONE 20.png, 1.1, NONE 20.svg, 1.1, NONE 21.png, 1.1, NONE 21.svg, 1.1, NONE 22.png, 1.1, NONE 22.svg, 1.1, NONE 23.png, 1.1, NONE 23.svg, 1.1, NONE 3.png, 1.1, NONE 3.svg, 1.1, NONE 4.png, 1.1, NONE 4.svg, 1.1, NONE 5.png, 1.1, NONE 5.svg, 1.1, NONE 6.png, 1.1, NONE 6.svg, 1.1, NONE 7.png, 1.1, NONE 7.svg, 1.1, NONE 8.png, 1.1, NONE 8.svg, 1.1, NONE 9.png, 1.1, NONE 9.svg, 1.1, NONE background.png, 1.1, NONE bkgrnd_greydots.png, 1.1, NONE bullet_arrowblue.png, 1.1, NONE documentation.png, 1.1, NONE dot.png, 1.1, NONE dot2.png, 1.1, NONE h1-bg.png, 1.1, NONE image_left.png, 1.1, NONE image_right.png, 1.1, NONE important.png, 1.1, NONE important.svg, 1.1, NONE key.png, 1.1, NONE logo.png, 1.1, NONE note.png, 1.1, NONE note.svg, 1.1, NONE shade.png, 1.1, NONE stock-go-back.png, 1.1, NONE stock-go-forward.png, 1.1, NONE stock-go-up.png, 1.1, NONE stock-home.png, 1.1, NONE title_logo.png, 1.1, NONE title_logo.svg, 1.1, NONE warning.png, 1.1, NONE warning.svg, 1.1, NONE watermark-alpha1.png, 1.1, NONE watermark-alpha2.png, 1.1, NONE watermark-beta1.png, 1.1, NONE watermark-beta2.png, 1.1, NONE watermark-blank.png, 1.1, NONE watermark-pre-release-candidate.png, 1.1, NONE watermark-release-candidate.png, 1.1, NONE Message-ID: <20081222193010.F365470130@cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com> Author: kwade Update of /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/en_US/Common_Content/images In directory cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv12022/en_US/Common_Content/images Removed Files: 1.png 1.svg 10.png 10.svg 11.png 11.svg 12.png 12.svg 13.png 13.svg 14.png 14.svg 15.png 15.svg 16.png 16.svg 17.png 17.svg 18.png 18.svg 19.png 19.svg 2.png 2.svg 20.png 20.svg 21.png 21.svg 22.png 22.svg 23.png 23.svg 3.png 3.svg 4.png 4.svg 5.png 5.svg 6.png 6.svg 7.png 7.svg 8.png 8.svg 9.png 9.svg background.png bkgrnd_greydots.png bullet_arrowblue.png documentation.png dot.png dot2.png h1-bg.png image_left.png image_right.png important.png important.svg key.png logo.png note.png note.svg shade.png stock-go-back.png stock-go-forward.png stock-go-up.png stock-home.png title_logo.png title_logo.svg warning.png warning.svg watermark-alpha1.png watermark-alpha2.png watermark-beta1.png watermark-beta2.png watermark-blank.png watermark-pre-release-candidate.png watermark-release-candidate.png Log Message: moving all of this to the f10/ sub-dir as these are Fedora 10 specific files --- 1.svg DELETED --- --- 10.svg DELETED --- --- 11.svg DELETED --- --- 12.svg DELETED --- --- 13.svg DELETED --- --- 14.svg DELETED --- --- 15.svg DELETED --- --- 16.svg DELETED --- --- 17.svg DELETED --- --- 18.svg DELETED --- --- 19.svg DELETED --- --- 2.svg DELETED --- --- 20.svg DELETED --- --- 21.svg DELETED --- --- 22.svg DELETED --- --- 23.svg DELETED --- --- 3.svg DELETED --- --- 4.svg DELETED --- --- 5.svg DELETED --- --- 6.svg DELETED --- --- 7.svg DELETED --- --- 8.svg DELETED --- --- 9.svg DELETED --- --- important.svg DELETED --- --- note.svg DELETED --- --- title_logo.svg DELETED --- --- warning.svg DELETED --- From sparks at fedoraproject.org Wed Dec 24 01:25:26 2008 From: sparks at fedoraproject.org (Eric Christensen) Date: Wed, 24 Dec 2008 01:25:26 +0000 (UTC) Subject: web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion-Secure_Shell.html, 1.1, 1.2 Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion-Virtual_Private_Networks.html, 1.1, 1.2 Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion.html, 1.1, 1.2 Security_Guide-Encryption-Protecting_Data_at_Rest-File_Based_Encryption.html, 1.1, 1.2 We_Need_Feedback.html, 1.1, 1.2 chap-Security_Guide-Encryption.html, 1.1, 1.2 chap-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security.html, 1.1, 1.2 chap-Security_Guide-References.html, 1.1, 1.2 chap-Security_Guide-Secure_Installation.html, 1.1, 1.2 chap-Security_Guide-Securing_Your_Network.html, 1.1, 1.2 chap-Security_Guide-Security_Overview.html, 1.1, 1.2 chap-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance.html, 1.1, 1.2 index.html, 1.1, 1.2 pref-Security_Guide-Preface.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Related_Books.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Related_Documentation.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_Firewall_Websites.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_IP_Tables_Websites.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_Kerberos_Websites.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_PAM_Websites.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_TCP_Wrappers_Websites.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files-Access_Control_Options.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files-Binding_and_Redirection_Options.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files-Resource_Management_Options.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities-Threats_to_Network_Security.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities-Threats_to_Server_Security.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities-Threats_to_Workstation_and_Home_PC_Security.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Activating_the_IPTables_Service.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Enabling_and_Disabling_the_Firewall.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Other_Ports.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Saving_the_Settings.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Trusted_Services.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-Command_Options.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-IPTables_Match_Options.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-IPTables_Parameter_Options.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-Listing_Options.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-Target_Options.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Common_Exploits_and_Attacks.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives-Installation-Instructions.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives-Things_of_note.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives-Usage_Instructions.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-Protecting_Data_at_Rest-Full_Disk_Encryption.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-Anticipating_Your_Future_Needs.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-Nessus.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-Nikto.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-VLAD_the_Scanner.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-FORWARD_and_NAT_Rules-DMZs_and_IPTables.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-FORWARD_and_NAT_Rules-Prerouting.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Additional_Resources.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Basic_Firewall_Configuration.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Common_IPTables_Filtering.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-FORWARD_and_NAT_Rules.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-IPTables_and_Connection_Tracking.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-IPv6.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Malicious_Software_and_Spoofed_IP_Addresses.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Using_IPTables.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security-DISA_IASE_Documents.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security-NSA_Documents.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security-Tips_Guides_and_Tools.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Additional_Resources.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Command_Options_for_IPTables.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Differences_Between_IPTables_and_IPChains.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-IPTables_Control_Scripts.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-IPTables_and_IPv6.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Saving_IPTables_Rules.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-IPTables.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-IPTables_Match_Options-Additional_Match_Option_Modules.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-IPTables_Match_Options-ICMP_Protocol.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-IPTables_Match_Options-UDP_Protocol.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-IPsec_Host_to_Host_Configuration-Manual_IPsec_Host_to_Host_Configuration.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-IPsec_Network_to_Network_Configuration-Manual_IPsec_Network_to_Network_Configuration.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Additional_Resources.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Configuring_a_Kerberos_5_Client.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Configuring_a_Kerberos_5_Server.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Domain_to_Realm_Mapping.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-How_Kerberos_Works.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Kerberos_Terminology.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Kerberos_and_PAM.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Setting_Up_Cross_Realm_Authentication.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Setting_Up_Secondary_KDCs.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Links_of_Interest.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Manually_Encrypting_Directories-Step_by_Step_Instructions.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Manually_Encrypting_Directories-What_you_have_just_accomplished.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Manually_Encrypting_Directories.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Option_Fields-Access_Control.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Option_Fields-Expansions.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Option_Fields-Shell_Commands.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-PAM_Configuration_File_Format-Control_Flag.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-PAM_Configuration_File_Format-Module_Arguments.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-PAM_Configuration_File_Format-Module_Name.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-PAM_and_Administrative_Credential_Caching-Common_pam_timestamp_Directives.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-PAM_and_Device_Ownership-Application_Access.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-Additional_Resources.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-Creating_PAM_Modules.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_Configuration_File_Format.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_Configuration_Files.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_and_Administrative_Credential_Caching.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_and_Device_Ownership.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-Sample_PAM_Configuration_Files.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Secure_Installation-Utilize_LUKS_Partition_Encryption.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_FTP-Anonymous_Access.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_FTP-Use_TCP_Wrappers_To_Control_Access.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_FTP-User_Accounts.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NFS-Beware_of_Syntax_Errors.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NFS-Do_Not_Use_the_no_root_squash_Option.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Assign_Static_Ports_and_Use_iptables_Rules.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Edit_the_varypsecurenets_File.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Use_Kerberos_Authentication.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Use_a_Password_like_NIS_Domain_Name_and_Hostname.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_Portmap-Protect_portmap_With_iptables.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_Sendmail-Mail_only_Users.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_Sendmail-NFS_and_Sendmail.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-Do_Not_Remove_the_IncludesNoExec_Directive.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-Restrict_Permissions_for_Executable_Directories.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-The_Indexes_Directive.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-The_UserDir_Directive.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Security_Updates.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_FTP.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_NFS.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_NIS.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_Portmap.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_Sendmail.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Verifying_Which_Ports_Are_Listening.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-Configuring_Firefox_to_use_Kerberos_for_SSO.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-Getting_Started_with_your_new_Smart_Card.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-How_Smart_Card_Enrollment_Works.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-How_Smart_Card_Login_Works.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance-Install_Signed_Packages_from_Well_Known_Repositories.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance-Plan_and_Configure_Security_Updates-Adjusting_Automatic_Updates.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance-Plan_and_Configure_Security_Updates.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_Configuration_Files-Option_Fields.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-Additional_Resources.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-TCP_Wrappers_Configuration_Files.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-xinetd.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-xinetd_Configuration_Files.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Server_Security-Inattentive_Administration.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Server_Security-Inherently_Insecure_Services.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Server_Security-Unpatched_Services.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Workstation_and_Home_PC_Security-Vulnerable_Client_Applications.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Using_IPTables-Basic_Firewall_Policies.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Using_IPTables-Saving_and_Restoring_IPTables_Rules.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-Creating_an_IPsec_Connection.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec_Host_to_Host_Configuration.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec_Installation.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec_Network_to_Network_Configuration.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-Starting_and_Stopping_an_IPsec_Connection.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-VPNs_and_PROD.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Vulnerability_Assessment-Defining_Assessment_and_Testing.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Vulnerability_Assessment-Evaluating_the_Tools.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-Vulnerability_Assessment.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-xinetd_Configuration_Files-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files.html, 1.1, 1.2 sect-Security_Guide-xinetd_Configuration_Files-The_etcxinetd.d_Directory.html, 1.1, 1.2 Message-ID: <20081224012526.2FBC370107@cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com> Author: sparks Update of /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US In directory cvs1.fedora.phx.redhat.com:/tmp/cvs-serv9366 Modified Files: Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion-Secure_Shell.html Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion-Virtual_Private_Networks.html Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion.html Security_Guide-Encryption-Protecting_Data_at_Rest-File_Based_Encryption.html We_Need_Feedback.html chap-Security_Guide-Encryption.html chap-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security.html chap-Security_Guide-References.html chap-Security_Guide-Secure_Installation.html chap-Security_Guide-Securing_Your_Network.html chap-Security_Guide-Security_Overview.html chap-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance.html index.html pref-Security_Guide-Preface.html sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Related_Books.html sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Related_Documentation.html sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_Firewall_Websites.html sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_IP_Tables_Websites.html sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_Kerberos_Websites.html sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_PAM_Websites.html sect-Security_Guide-Additional_Resources-Useful_TCP_Wrappers_Websites.html sect-Security_Guide-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files-Access_Control_Options.html sect-Security_Guide-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files-Binding_and_Redirection_Options.html sect-Security_Guide-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files-Resource_Management_Options.html sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities-Threats_to_Network_Security.html sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities-Threats_to_Server_Security.html sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities-Threats_to_Workstation_and_Home_PC_Security.html sect-Security_Guide-Attackers_and_Vulnerabilities.html sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Activating_the_IPTables_Service.html sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Enabling_and_Disabling_the_Firewall.html sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Other_Ports.html sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Saving_the_Settings.html sect-Security_Guide-Basic_Firewall_Configuration-Trusted_Services.html sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-Command_Options.html sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-IPTables_Match_Options.html sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-IPTables_Parameter_Options.html sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-Listing_Options.html sect-Security_Guide-Command_Options_for_IPTables-Target_Options.html sect-Security_Guide-Common_Exploits_and_Attacks.html sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives-Installation-Instructions.html sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives-Things_of_note.html sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives-Usage_Instructions.html sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-7_Zip_Encrypted_Archives.html sect-Security_Guide-Encryption-Protecting_Data_at_Rest-Full_Disk_Encryption.html sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-Anticipating_Your_Future_Needs.html sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-Nessus.html sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-Nikto.html sect-Security_Guide-Evaluating_the_Tools-VLAD_the_Scanner.html sect-Security_Guide-FORWARD_and_NAT_Rules-DMZs_and_IPTables.html sect-Security_Guide-FORWARD_and_NAT_Rules-Prerouting.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Additional_Resources.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Basic_Firewall_Configuration.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Common_IPTables_Filtering.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-FORWARD_and_NAT_Rules.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-IPTables_and_Connection_Tracking.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-IPv6.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Malicious_Software_and_Spoofed_IP_Addresses.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls-Using_IPTables.html sect-Security_Guide-Firewalls.html sect-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security-DISA_IASE_Documents.html sect-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security-NSA_Documents.html sect-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security-Tips_Guides_and_Tools.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Additional_Resources.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Command_Options_for_IPTables.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Differences_Between_IPTables_and_IPChains.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-IPTables_Control_Scripts.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-IPTables_and_IPv6.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables-Saving_IPTables_Rules.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables_Match_Options-Additional_Match_Option_Modules.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables_Match_Options-ICMP_Protocol.html sect-Security_Guide-IPTables_Match_Options-UDP_Protocol.html sect-Security_Guide-IPsec_Host_to_Host_Configuration-Manual_IPsec_Host_to_Host_Configuration.html sect-Security_Guide-IPsec_Network_to_Network_Configuration-Manual_IPsec_Network_to_Network_Configuration.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Additional_Resources.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Configuring_a_Kerberos_5_Client.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Configuring_a_Kerberos_5_Server.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Domain_to_Realm_Mapping.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-How_Kerberos_Works.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Kerberos_Terminology.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Kerberos_and_PAM.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Setting_Up_Cross_Realm_Authentication.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos-Setting_Up_Secondary_KDCs.html sect-Security_Guide-Kerberos.html sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Links_of_Interest.html sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Manually_Encrypting_Directories-Step_by_Step_Instructions.html sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Manually_Encrypting_Directories-What_you_have_just_accomplished.html sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption-Manually_Encrypting_Directories.html sect-Security_Guide-LUKS_Disk_Encryption.html sect-Security_Guide-Option_Fields-Access_Control.html sect-Security_Guide-Option_Fields-Expansions.html sect-Security_Guide-Option_Fields-Shell_Commands.html sect-Security_Guide-PAM_Configuration_File_Format-Control_Flag.html sect-Security_Guide-PAM_Configuration_File_Format-Module_Arguments.html sect-Security_Guide-PAM_Configuration_File_Format-Module_Name.html sect-Security_Guide-PAM_and_Administrative_Credential_Caching-Common_pam_timestamp_Directives.html sect-Security_Guide-PAM_and_Device_Ownership-Application_Access.html sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-Additional_Resources.html sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-Creating_PAM_Modules.html sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_Configuration_File_Format.html sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_Configuration_Files.html sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_and_Administrative_Credential_Caching.html sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-PAM_and_Device_Ownership.html sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM-Sample_PAM_Configuration_Files.html sect-Security_Guide-Pluggable_Authentication_Modules_PAM.html sect-Security_Guide-Secure_Installation-Utilize_LUKS_Partition_Encryption.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_FTP-Anonymous_Access.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_FTP-Use_TCP_Wrappers_To_Control_Access.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_FTP-User_Accounts.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NFS-Beware_of_Syntax_Errors.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NFS-Do_Not_Use_the_no_root_squash_Option.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Assign_Static_Ports_and_Use_iptables_Rules.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Edit_the_varypsecurenets_File.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Use_Kerberos_Authentication.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_NIS-Use_a_Password_like_NIS_Domain_Name_and_Hostname.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_Portmap-Protect_portmap_With_iptables.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_Sendmail-Mail_only_Users.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_Sendmail-NFS_and_Sendmail.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-Do_Not_Remove_the_IncludesNoExec_Directive.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-Restrict_Permissions_for_Executable_Directories.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-The_Indexes_Directive.html sect-Security_Guide-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server-The_UserDir_Directive.html sect-Security_Guide-Security_Updates.html sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_FTP.html sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_NFS.html sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_NIS.html sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_Portmap.html sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_Sendmail.html sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Securing_the_Apache_HTTP_Server.html sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security-Verifying_Which_Ports_Are_Listening.html sect-Security_Guide-Server_Security.html sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-Configuring_Firefox_to_use_Kerberos_for_SSO.html sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-Getting_Started_with_your_new_Smart_Card.html sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-How_Smart_Card_Enrollment_Works.html sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO-How_Smart_Card_Login_Works.html sect-Security_Guide-Single_Sign_on_SSO.html sect-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance-Install_Signed_Packages_from_Well_Known_Repositories.html sect-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance-Plan_and_Configure_Security_Updates-Adjusting_Automatic_Updates.html sect-Security_Guide-Software_Maintenance-Plan_and_Configure_Security_Updates.html sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_Configuration_Files-Option_Fields.html sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-Additional_Resources.html sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-TCP_Wrappers_Configuration_Files.html sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-xinetd.html sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd-xinetd_Configuration_Files.html sect-Security_Guide-TCP_Wrappers_and_xinetd.html sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Server_Security-Inattentive_Administration.html sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Server_Security-Inherently_Insecure_Services.html sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Server_Security-Unpatched_Services.html sect-Security_Guide-Threats_to_Workstation_and_Home_PC_Security-Vulnerable_Client_Applications.html sect-Security_Guide-Using_IPTables-Basic_Firewall_Policies.html sect-Security_Guide-Using_IPTables-Saving_and_Restoring_IPTables_Rules.html sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-Creating_an_IPsec_Connection.html sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec.html sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec_Host_to_Host_Configuration.html sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec_Installation.html sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-IPsec_Network_to_Network_Configuration.html sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-Starting_and_Stopping_an_IPsec_Connection.html sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs-VPNs_and_PROD.html sect-Security_Guide-Virtual_Private_Networks_VPNs.html sect-Security_Guide-Vulnerability_Assessment-Defining_Assessment_and_Testing.html sect-Security_Guide-Vulnerability_Assessment-Evaluating_the_Tools.html sect-Security_Guide-Vulnerability_Assessment.html sect-Security_Guide-xinetd_Configuration_Files-Altering_xinetd_Configuration_Files.html sect-Security_Guide-xinetd_Configuration_Files-The_etcxinetd.d_Directory.html Log Message: Fixed some issues in the doc. Index: Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion-Secure_Shell.html =================================================================== RCS file: /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US/Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion-Secure_Shell.html,v retrieving revision 1.1 retrieving revision 1.2 diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2 --- Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion-Secure_Shell.html 22 Dec 2008 19:28:43 -0000 1.1 +++ Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion-Secure_Shell.html 24 Dec 2008 01:24:52 -0000 1.2 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -3.6.??Secure Shell

Product SiteDocumentation Site

3.6.??Secure Shell

+3.6.??Secure Shell

Product SiteDocumentation Site

3.6.??Secure Shell

Secure Shell (SSH) also provides encrypted tunnels between computers but only using a single port. Port forwarding can be done over an SSH tunnel and traffic will be encrypted as it passes over that tunnel but using port forwarding isn't as fluid as a VPN.
\ No newline at end of file Index: Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion-Virtual_Private_Networks.html =================================================================== RCS file: /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US/Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion-Virtual_Private_Networks.html,v retrieving revision 1.1 retrieving revision 1.2 diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2 --- Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion-Virtual_Private_Networks.html 22 Dec 2008 19:28:43 -0000 1.1 +++ Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion-Virtual_Private_Networks.html 24 Dec 2008 01:24:52 -0000 1.2 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -3.5.??Virtual Private Networks

Product SiteDocumentation Site

3.5.??Virtual Private Networks

+3.5.??Virtual Private Networks

Product SiteDocumentation Site

3.5.??Virtual Private Networks

Virtual Private Networks (VPN) provide encrypted tunnels between computers or networks of computers across all ports. With a VPN in place, all network traffic from the client is forwarded to the server through the encrypted tunnel. This means that the client is logically on the same network as the server it is connected to via the VPN. VPNs are very common and are simple to use and setup.
\ No newline at end of file Index: Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion.html =================================================================== RCS file: /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US/Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion.html,v retrieving revision 1.1 retrieving revision 1.2 diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2 --- Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion.html 22 Dec 2008 19:28:43 -0000 1.1 +++ Security_Guide-Encryption-Data_in_Motion.html 24 Dec 2008 01:24:52 -0000 1.2 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -3.4.??Data in Motion

Product SiteDocumentation Site

3.4.??Data in Motion

+3.4.??Data in Motion

Product SiteDocumentation Site

3.4.??Data in Motion

Data in motion is data that is being transmitted over a network. The biggest threats to data in motion are interception and alteration. Your user name and password should never be transmitted over a network without protection as it could be intercepted and used by someone else to impersonate you or gain access to sensitive information. Other private information such as bank account information should also be protected when transmitted across a network. If the network session was encrypted then you would not have to worry as much about the data being compromised while it is being transmitted.
Data in motion is particularly vulnerable to attackers because the attacker does not have to be near the computer in which the data is being stored rather they only have to be somewhere along the path. Encryption tunnels can protect data along the path of communications. Index: Security_Guide-Encryption-Protecting_Data_at_Rest-File_Based_Encryption.html =================================================================== RCS file: /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US/Security_Guide-Encryption-Protecting_Data_at_Rest-File_Based_Encryption.html,v retrieving revision 1.1 retrieving revision 1.2 diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2 --- Security_Guide-Encryption-Protecting_Data_at_Rest-File_Based_Encryption.html 22 Dec 2008 19:28:43 -0000 1.1 +++ Security_Guide-Encryption-Protecting_Data_at_Rest-File_Based_Encryption.html 24 Dec 2008 01:24:52 -0000 1.2 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -3.3.??File Based Encryption

Product SiteDocumentation Site

3.3.??File Based Encryption

+3.3.??File Based Encryption

Product SiteDocumentation Site

3.3.??File Based Encryption

GnuPG (GPG) is an open source version of PGP that allows you to sign and/or encrypt a file or an email message. This is useful to maintain integrity of the message or file and also protects the confidentiality of the information contained within the file or email. In the case of email, GPG provides dual protection. Not only can it provide Data at Rest protection but also Data In Motion protection once the message has been sent across the network.
File based encryption is intended to protect a file after it has left your computer, such as when you send a CD through the mail. Some file based encryption solutions will leave remnants of the encrypted files that an attacker who has physical access to your computer can recover under some circumstances. To protect the contents of those files from attackers who may have access to your computer, use file based encryption combined with another solution such as full disk encryption. Index: We_Need_Feedback.html =================================================================== RCS file: /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US/We_Need_Feedback.html,v retrieving revision 1.1 retrieving revision 1.2 diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2 --- We_Need_Feedback.html 22 Dec 2008 19:28:43 -0000 1.1 +++ We_Need_Feedback.html 24 Dec 2008 01:24:52 -0000 1.2 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -2.??We Need Feedback!

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.??We Need Feedback!

+2.??We Need Feedback!

Product SiteDocumentation Site

2.??We Need Feedback!

To provide feedback for the Security Guide, please file a bug in https://bugzilla.redhat.com/. Index: chap-Security_Guide-Encryption.html =================================================================== RCS file: /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US/chap-Security_Guide-Encryption.html,v retrieving revision 1.1 retrieving revision 1.2 diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2 --- chap-Security_Guide-Encryption.html 22 Dec 2008 19:28:43 -0000 1.1 +++ chap-Security_Guide-Encryption.html 24 Dec 2008 01:24:52 -0000 1.2 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -Chapter??3.??Encryption

Product SiteDocumentation Site

Chapter??3.??Encryption

+Chapter??3.??Encryption

Product SiteDocumentation Site

Chapter??3.??Encryption

There are two main types of data that must be protected: data at rest and data in motion. These different types of data are protected in similar ways using similar technology but the implementations can be completely different. No single protective implementation can prevent all possible methods of compromise as the same information may be at rest and in motion at different points in time.

3.1.??Data at Rest

Data at rest is data that is stored on a hard drive, tape, CD, DVD, disk, or other media. This information's biggest threat comes from being physically stolen. Laptops in airports, CDs going through the mail, and backup tapes that get left in the wrong places are all examples of events where data can be compromised through theft. If the data was encrypted on the media then you wouldn't have to worry as much about the data being compromised. Index: chap-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security.html =================================================================== RCS file: /cvs/fedora/web/html/docs/security-guide/f10/en_US/chap-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security.html,v retrieving revision 1.1 retrieving revision 1.2 diff -u -r1.1 -r1.2 --- chap-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security.html 22 Dec 2008 19:28:43 -0000 1.1 +++ chap-Security_Guide-General_Principles_of_Information_Security.html 24 Dec 2008 01:24:52 -0000 1.2 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -Chapter??4.??General Principles of Information Security

Product Site
 Documentation Site

Chapter??4.??General Principles of Information Security

+Chapter??4.??General Principles of Information Security

Product Site
 Documentation Site

Chapter??4.??General Principles of Information Security

The United States' National Security Agency (NSA) provides hardening guides and hardening tips for many different operating systems to help government agencies, businesses, and individuals help secure their system against attacks. In addition to specific settings to change, a set of general principles have been developed to give you a high level view of information security.

4.1.??General Principles